Department of
BUSINESS AND MANAGEMENT






Syllabus for
Bachelor of Business Administration
Academic Year  (2023)

 
3 Semester - 2022 - Batch
Paper Code
Paper
Hours Per
Week
Credits
Marks
BBA311 WORKING WITH SPREADSHEETS-I 2 0 100
BBA331 FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT 4 4 100
BBA332 HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT 4 4 100
BBA333 MARKETING MANAGEMENT 4 4 100
BBA334 INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY AND E-BUSINESS 4 4 100
BBA335 INDIAN FINANCIAL SYSTEM 4 4 100
BBA361 INNOVATION AND CREATIVITY IN BUSINESS 3 3 100
BBA362 EVENT MANAGEMENT 3 3 100
BBA363 CROSS CULTURAL MANAGEMENT 3 3 100
BBA364 BUSINESS ENVIRONMENT 3 3 100
BBA381 INDUSTRY REVIEW PROJECT 0 1 100
BECH331 MICROECONOMICS-II 5 5 100
BECH332 MACROECONOMICS-II 5 5 100
BECH333 ADVANCED STATISTICAL METHODS USING SPSS 5 5 100
BECH341A HEALTH ECONOMICS: THEORY AND APPLICATION 4 4 100
BECH341B FOUNDATIONS OF BEHAVIOURAL ECONOMICS 4 4 100
BECH361A INDIAN GOVERNMENT AND POLITICS 4 4 100
BECH361B ESSENTIALS OF ACCOUNTING 4 4 100
BECH362A CONSUMER PSYCHOLOGY 4 4 100
BECH362B EDUCATION AND DEVELOPMENT 4 4 100
SDEH311 SKILL DEVELOPMENT 2 0 50
4 Semester - 2022 - Batch
Paper Code
Paper
Hours Per
Week
Credits
Marks
BBA431 COST AND MANAGEMENT ACCOUNTING 4 4 100
BBA432 ENTREPRENEURSHIP DEVELOPMENT 4 4 100
BBA433 RESEARCH METHODOLOGY 4 4 100
BBA434 INTRODUCTION TO BUSINESS ANALYTICS 4 4 100
BBA435 CORPORATE LAW AND GOVERNANCE 4 4 100
BBA461 INSURANCE AND RISK MANAGEMENT 3 3 100
BBA462 SUPPLY CHAIN MANAGEMENT 3 3 50
BBA463 GLOBAL BUSINESS 3 3 100
BBA464 SERVICE MANAGEMENT 3 3 100
BBA481 ENTREPRENEURSHIP DEVELOPMENT PROJECT 0 1 100
BECH431 FUNDAMENTALS OF ECONOMIC GROWTH AND DEVELOPMENT 5 5 100
BECH432 RESEARCH METHODOLOGY 5 5 100
BECH433 INTRODUCTION TO ECONOMETRICS 5 5 100
BECH441A ECONOMIC SOCIOLOGY 4 4 100
BECH441B LABOUR ECONOMICS 4 4 100
BECH461A INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS 4 4 100
BECH461B CORPORATE FINANCE 4 4 100
BECH462A INDUSTRIAL PSYCHOLOGY 4 4 100
BECH462B URBAN PLANNING AND DEVELOPMENT 4 4 100
SDEH411 SKILL DEVELOPMENT 2 0 50
VBBA411A WORKING WITH SPREADSHEETS-II 2 0 100
VBBA411B DEVELOPING COGNITIVE SKILLS 2 1 100
VBBA411C GREEN MANAGEMENT 2 0 100
VBBA411D EMOTIONAL INTELLIGENCE FOR MANAGERIAL SUCCESS 2 0 100
VBBA411E PROJECT MANAGEMENT SKILLS 2 0 100
5 Semester - 2021 - Batch
Paper Code
Paper
Hours Per
Week
Credits
Marks
BBA511A DIGITAL TRANSFORMATION 2 1 100
BBA511E ENTREPRENEURIAL ENHANCEMENT AND DECISION TOOLS 2 0 100
BBA511F TIME SERIES ANALYSIS 2 1 100
BBA511H TALENT ACQUISITION SKILLS-I 2 1 100
BBA511M MARKET FORECASTING AND CONSUMER ANALYSIS 2 1 100
BBA531 STRATEGIC MANAGEMENT 4 4 100
BBA532 TAXATION LAWS 4 4 100
BBA541E MANAGEMENT OF BUSINESS SUSTAINABILITY 4 4 100
BBA541F SECURITY ANALYSIS AND PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT 4 4 100
BBA541M CONSUMER BEHAVIOR 4 4 100
BBA542F GLOBAL BUSINESS FINANCE 4 4 100
BBA542H COMPENSATION MANAGEMENT 4 4 100
BBA542M BRAND MANAGEMENT 4 4 100
BBA543F STRATEGIC FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT 4 4 100
BBA543H INTERNATIONAL HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT 4 4 100
BBA544E WORKING CAPITAL MANAGEMENT 4 4 100
BBA544H HUMAN RESOURCE DEVELOPMENT 4 4 100
BBA545E PRODUCT DESIGN AND DEVELOPMENT 4 4 100
BBA545M INTERNATIONAL MARKETING 4 4 100
BBA551A DATA MANAGEMENT FOR BUSINESS ANALYTICS 4 4 100
BBA552A DATA VISUALIZATION 4 4 100
BBA553A PYTHON PROGRAMMING FOR BUSINESS ANALYTICS 4 4 100
BBA581 INTERNSHIP PROJECT 2 2 100
6 Semester - 2021 - Batch
Paper Code
Paper
Hours Per
Week
Credits
Marks
BBA631 PRODUCTION AND OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT 4 4 100
BBA632 BUSINESS LAWS 4 4 100
BBA641E INDUSTRIAL MARKETING 4 4 100
BBA641F TAXATION MANAGEMENT 4 4 100
BBA641H KNOWLEDGE MANAGEMENT 4 4 100
BBA641M INTEGRATED MARKETING COMMUNICATION 4 4 100
BBA642E MANAGING INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS 4 4 100
BBA642F CORPORATE RESTRUCTURING 4 4 100
BBA642M SALES AND DISTRIBUTION MANAGEMENT 4 4 100
BBA643E TECHNOLOGY AND ENTREPRENEURSHIP 4 2 100
BBA643F PROJECT AND INFRASTRUCTURE FINANCE 4 4 100
BBA643H STRATEGIC HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT 4 4 100
BBA643M RURAL MARKETING 4 4 100
BBA644E QUALITY MANAGEMENT 4 4 100
BBA644H PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT 4 4 100
BBA644M DIGITAL MARKETING 4 4 100
BBA645E ENTREPRENEURIAL FINANCE 4 4 100
BBA645F DEBT MARKETS AND MUTUAL FUNDS 4 4 100
BBA645H HUMAN RESOURCE ANALYTICS 4 4 100
BBA645M NEURO MARKETING 4 4 100
BBA651A ADVANCED DATA ANALYTICS FOR BUSINESS APPLICATIONS 4 4 100
BBA652A DATA WAREHOUSING AND DATA MINING 4 4 100
BBA653A ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE FOR BUSINESS AND SOCIETY 4 4 100
BBA654F FINANCIAL MODELING 4 4 100
BBA681 PROJECT 2 3 100
VBBA611A EMERGING TECHNOLOGIES AND BUSINESS INNOVATION 2 1 100
VBBA611E BUILDING BUSINESS MODELS 2 0 100
VBBA611F ADVANCED PANEL DATA ANALYSIS 2 1 100
VBBA611H TALENT ACQUISITION SKILLS-II 2 0 100
VBBA611M MEDIA ANALYTICS AND APPLICATIONS 2 1 100

BBA311 - WORKING WITH SPREADSHEETS-I (2022 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:30
No of Lecture Hours/Week:2
Max Marks:100
Credits:0

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

In this course you will learn the basic functions of excel through guided demonstration. Each week you will build on your excel skills and be provided an opportunity to practice what you have learned. Finally, you will have a chance to put your knowledge to work in a mini project. Please note, the content in this course was developed using a Windows version of Excel 2013.

Course Objectives:

●To demonstrate simple arithmetic calculations directly in a cell as well as by referring to another cell.

●To compare and contrast between formulas and functions in Excel.

●To examine and interpret data using the database functions of Excel.

 

●To model the chart function of Excel to represent numeric data in multiple formats.

Learning Outcome

CO1: Students are able to demonstrate simple arithmetic calculations directly in a cell as well as by referring to another cell.

CO2: Students are able to compare and contrast between formulas and functions in Excel.

CO3: Students are able to examine and interpret data using the database functions of Excel.

CO4: Students are able to model the chart function of Excel to represent numeric data in multiple formats.

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:6
Introduction to Spread Sheet
 

Understanding Microsoft Excel, Excel Workbook Windows, Basic Spreadsheet Skills, Excel Help System, Opening and Closing Workbooks, Understanding Workbook File Formats, Creating New Workbooks, Selecting Cells, Auto Sum, and Auto Fill Function, Cell Referencing and Request, Formatting Cells, Formatting Numbers, Placing Cell Alignment, Cell, Rows and Columns, Understanding Worksheets

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:6
Basic functions
 

Editing, Copying and Moving Cells, Page Layouts in Excel, Proofing Workbook, Basic Options, Ribbons and Toolbar, AutoFilter, Advanced Filters, Managing Windows, Multiple Windows, Splitting Windows, Freezing Panes, Linking Data, Basics’ Assessment

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:6
Excel Intermediate
 

Introduction to Excel Spreadsheet Intermediate Level, Defining Names in Excel, Sorting Data, Using Excel Tables, Filtering Data in Excel, Find and Replace, Headers and Footers, Adding Comment, Conditional Formatting

Unit-4
Teaching Hours:6
Charts
 

Understand Charts, Chart Design Options and Tools, Chart Format Tools, Combo Charts

Unit-5
Teaching Hours:6
Advanced Functions
 

Functions within Excel, Understanding Date Function, Super Power, Array Formulae, Advanced Range Names, What If function? Information Functions, Logical Functions

Text Books And Reference Books:
  1. “Microsoft Excel 2019: Data Analysis and Business Model” by L. Winston Wayne, PHI Learning Publishers, ISBN: 978-9389347180.
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading
  1. “Excel 2019 All-in-One: Master the new features of Excel 2019/Office 365”, by Lokesh Lalwani, ISBN: 978-9388511582.
  2. https://www.tutorialspoint.com/advanced_excel/index.htm
  3. https://www.reed.co.uk/courses/microsoft-excel-3-course-bundle--basic-intermediate-advanced-courses-only-24/67735
Evaluation Pattern

CIA I – 20 Marks

CIA II – 20 Marks

CIA III – 20 Marks

CIA IV – 20 Marks

CIA V – 20 Marks

Total – 100 Marks (Grade)

BBA331 - FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT (2022 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:60
No of Lecture Hours/Week:4
Max Marks:100
Credits:4

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

Financial Management is an introductory core course that is offered with the intent to equip the students with the basic knowledge of finance theory and its application to develop relevant financial strategies pertinent to profit-seeking organisations. The theme of financial management is structured around three decision-making financial areas: Investment- long term as well as working capital, Financing and Dividend policy. This imbibes students with analytical and decision-making skills in managing finance through the application of theoretical questions and practical problems.

Course Objectives:

CO1: To understand the basics of the finance function and the concepts of financial management

CO2: To apply the knowledge in financial decisions

CO3: To develop analytical skills to identify financial management problems and solve them.

CO4: To analyse the relationship among capital structure, cost of capital, dividend decisions, and value of the business.

CO5: To assess a firm’s requirement for long-term assets by applying capital budgeting techniques.

Learning Outcome

CLO1: Demonstrate understanding of the principles and concepts of financial management

CLO2: Extend the knowledge of financial management concepts in taking finance decisions

CLO3: Apply the relevant theories and concepts of financial management.

CLO4: Examine the relationship between capital structure, cost of capital and dividend decisions

CLO5: Evaluate projects for profitability

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:6
Introduction to Financial management
 

Meaning of finance and financial management, Types of finance – public and private finance , classification of private finance – personal finance, business finance and finance of non-profit organization Importance and Scope of financial management, Approaches to finance function Relationship of finance with other business functions, Objectives of financial management – profit maximization and wealth maximization - merits and criticisms Financial decisions, Internal relation of financial decisions, Factors influencing financial decisions Functional areas of financial management, Functions of a finance manager.

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:9
Sources of finance and Capitalization
 

Ownership securities – Equity shares, Preference shares, Deferred shares, No par stock/shares, Shares with differential rights, Sweat Equity Creditorship securities – Debentures – Zero coupon bonds, Callable bonds, Deep discount bonds Internal financing or ploughing back of profit – factors affecting ploughing back of profits – merits and demerits Loan financing – short term and long term sources. Meaning of capitalization – Theories of capitalization – cost theory and earnings theory. Over capitalization and under capitalization – causes – effects and remedies, Watered stock, Over trading and under trading

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:10
Capital Structure
 

Meaning of capital structure and financial structure, principles of capital structure, optimum capital structure, determinants of capital structure, theories of capital structure and EPS – practical problems. Point of indifference, capital gearing

Unit-4
Teaching Hours:12
Cost of capital and Leverages
 

Meaning of cost of capital, significance of cost of capital, components of cost of capital – computation of cost of capital and Weighted Average Cost of Capital – practical problems. Meaning of leverage, types of leverages – operating, financial and combined leverage, risk and leverage – practical problems

Unit-5
Teaching Hours:10
Capital budgeting
 

Meaning of capital budgeting, Importance, Need, Time value of money (using Table Value), capital budgeting process, project appraisal by using traditional methods and modern methods Practical problems on payback period, Accounting rate of return, NPV method , Profitability index, IRR methods

Unit-6
Teaching Hours:6
Dividend policy decisions
 

Meaning, Kinds, Bonus shares – merits and demerits, theories of dividend decisions, determinants of dividend policy decisions. (Theory only)

Unit-7
Teaching Hours:7
Management of working capital
 

Meaning of working capital, types of working capital, working capital cycle, adequate working capital, determinants of working capital, estimation of working capital. Management of cash –practical problems. Management of inventory and debtors – theory only.

Text Books And Reference Books:

Khan, M, Y, & Jain, P, K (2018). Financial Management. Tata Mc Graw Hill

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

Fundamental of Financial Management, by Van Horne

Evaluation Pattern

Component

Description

Units

Maximum marks

Weightage

Total Marks in Final Grade

CIA1

Group Assignment

1 & 2

20

100%

20

CIA2

Mid Semester Examination – Embedded Case study

1, 2, 3 &

4 (part only)

50

50%

25

CIA3

Individual Assignment

4 (Part only), 5,6 & 7

20

100%

20

ESE

Written Test

All units

50

60%

30

Attendance

 

 

5

100%

5

TOTAL

100

BBA332 - HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT (2022 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:60
No of Lecture Hours/Week:4
Max Marks:100
Credits:4

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

Course Description: Human Resource Management course provides an overview of the HR function covering the entire gamut of operations related to the employee life cycle management. The course focuses on providing the basic understanding of HR processes and practices followed in a business organisation. It orient learners towards understanding of various HR functions such as recruitment and selection, training and development, performance management system, compensation management, contemporary issues and trends in human resource management.The course meets the national and local context of people management and enables students to have a global perspective on Human resource management practices

 

Course Objectives:

  • To develop understanding of conceptual foundations of HRM
  • To understand the processes and practices in HR functions
  • To explain important labour laws and its implications
  • To identify contemporary trends and challenges in the field of HRM
  • To assess the application of appropriate HR intervention in conjunction with organization need.

Learning Outcome

CO1: Demonstrate conceptual clarity on various concepts, theories and frameworks in HRM

CO2: Apply different HR techniques for effective human resource management

CO3: Explain industrial relations and their implications

CO4: Develop appropriate policies and procedures according to organizational requirements

CO5: Outline ethical issues & other contemporary issues related to workplace

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:6
Introduction
 

Concept of HRM, Evolution of HRM, Role of Human Resource Manager, Functions of HRM, HR Structure and Concept of Strategic HRM.

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:10
Job Analysis and Human Resource Planning
 

Concept of Job Analysis, Importance and Benefits of Job Analysis, Job Analysis Process, Job Description, Job Specification and other Job-related concepts- Job Enrichment, Job Enlargement, Job Rotation, Flexi timing, Telecommuting and Ergonomics.     

Concept & Importance of HRP; Different stages of HR Planning Process; Action Plans in case of shortage and surplus of the workforce.

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:8
Recruitment and Selection
 

Concept of Recruitment, Factors affecting Recruitments, Sources of Recruitment; Definition and Importance of Selection, Stages involved in Selection Process, Types of Selection Tests and Types of Interviews. Meaning and Benefits of Induction, Content of an Induction Program

Unit-4
Teaching Hours:8
Learning & Development and Career Mobility
 

Meaning and Importance of Training and Development Programs, Stages involved in Training Process, On-the-Job and Off-the-Job Training & Development Methods. Career Management Process, Models of Career Management, Role & Challenges of Career Development, Career Development Initiatives, Stages in Career Planning, Internal and External Mobility of Employees.

Unit-5
Teaching Hours:12
Performance Appraisal & Compensation Management
 

Purpose of Performance Appraisal, Trait, Behavioural and Result Methods of Performance Appraisals, Process of Performance Appraisal, Components of compensation, incentive payments, scope of incentive schemes, types of incentives, group incentives, managing employee benefits and services

Unit-6
Teaching Hours:8
Introduction to Industrial Relations & Labour laws
 

Meaning of Industrial Relations, Theories of IR, Meaning and Sources of Employee Grievance, Grievance Handling Systems, Meaning & Process of Collective Bargaining, Indiscipline, Settlement Machinery of Industrial Conflicts. Labour laws related to social security measures

Unit-7
Teaching Hours:8
Contemporary issues and trends in HRM
 

Gig workers, Work from home, Ethical Issues in HRM, E-HRM, Introduction to International HRM

Text Books And Reference Books:

Dessler, G. (2020). Human Resource Management. New Delhi: Pearson.

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading
  • Armstrong, M. (2020). Handook of HRM Practice. USA: Kogan Page.
  • Basak, S. P. (2016). Human Resource Management: Text & Cases. New Delhi: Vikas
  • Rao, S. (2018). Essentials of Human Resource Management & Industrial Management: Text & Cases. New Delhi: Himalaya Publication.
  • Robbins, D. A. (2016). Fundamentals of Human Resource Management. New Delhi: Wiley.
Evaluation Pattern

CIA 1 – 20 Marks

CIA 2 – 50 Marks

CIA 3 – 20 Marks

ESE – 50 Marks 

BBA333 - MARKETING MANAGEMENT (2022 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:60
No of Lecture Hours/Week:4
Max Marks:100
Credits:4

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

Marketing is a particularly stimulating subject for learners since its practical application is visible every day. Old rules of marketing are no longer useful to those who want to influence these new consumers’ choices. This course will lead the exploration of the leading edge of this paradigm shift that is now underway. This course introduces students to the concepts and processes of marketing and takes them deeper into the world of marketing.

Learning Outcome

CO1: Outline challenges in the marketing environment

CO2: Identify existing marketing strategies and tactics

CO3 : Examine feasible marketing ideas using relevant tools

CO4: Evaluate the ethical perspectives of marketing actions

CO5: Propose socially relevant Marketing initiatives

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:8
Introduction to Marketing Fundamentals
 

Meaning Definition marketing, scope of marketing, core marketing concepts, Delivering and Creating Customer Value. Marketing Ecosystem- contemporary roles and responsibilities of marketing managers.

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:10
Connecting with Customers
 

Consumer behavior model (Black box) Factors affecting consumer Behavior, Types of Buying Decision Behavior, The Buyer Decision Process, Business Buyer Behavior, The Business Buyer Decision Process, Institutional and Government Market. Segmentation, targeting and positioning for competitive advantage.

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:10
Product Decision
 

Product Levels, Product Characteristics and Classifications, New product development stages, categories of new product, reasons for launching new products and its failure. Product life cycle strategies and its extension, Ansoff’s Matrix, meaning of services, unique characteristics of services, 7Ps of service marketing, Service delivery process

Unit-4
Teaching Hours:8
Pricing
 

Pricing consideration and approaches, Types of pricing, Methods, Pricing strategies: new product pricing strategies, Product mix pricing strategies, Price adjustment strategies.

Unit-5
Teaching Hours:8
Distribution Channels
 

Marketing channels, structure, types and criteria of selecting a channel, wholesaling, retailing, and physical distribution, Channel Management channel (Channel design, channel conflict)

Unit-6
Teaching Hours:10
Promotion
 

Significance of Integrated Marketing Communication, Advertising, sales promotion, personal selling, and sales management.  Public and customer relations, direct and online marketing, multilevel marketing-the new marketing model. Others promotional strategies (Buzz Marketing, Stealth Marketing, Guerrilla Marketing)

Unit-7
Teaching Hours:6
Socially Responsible Marketing
 

Sustainable Marketing, Social Criticisms of Marketing, Marketing’s Impact on Individual, Marketing’s Impact on Society as a Whole, Marketing’s Impact on Other Businesses, Actions to Promote Sustainable Marketing, Principles and Marketing Ethics

Text Books And Reference Books:
  1. Kotler.P, & Keller.K.L., Koshy & Jha  (2020). Marketing Management, 20th edition, Pearson

 

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading
  1. Marshall & Johnston, Marketing Management, McGraw Hill
  2. Kotler & Sheth, 16th ed., Marketing Management, Pearson publication
  3. Kotler & Armstrong, 15th ed., Principles of Marketing Management, Pearson publication
  4. Chernev & Kotler, 5th ed., Strategic Marketing Management, Brightstar Media
  5. Stanton, Etzel, Walker, Fundamentals of Marketing, Tata-McGraw Hill, New Delhi.
  6. Saxena, Rajan, Marketing Management, Tata-McGraw Hill, New Delhi.
  7. McCarthy, E.J., (2016). Basic Marketing: A managerial approach. Irwin, New York.
Evaluation Pattern

Component

 

Description

Units

Maximum marks

Weightage

Total Marks in Final Grade

CIA1

Group Assignment

1, 2,3

20

100%

20

CIA2

Mid Semester Examination

1,2,3, 4

50

50%

25

CIA3

Individual Assignment

4,5,6,7

20

100%

20

ESE

End Semester Examination

All units

50

60%

30

Attendance

 

 

5

100%

5

TOTAL

100

BBA334 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY AND E-BUSINESS (2022 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:60
No of Lecture Hours/Week:4
Max Marks:100
Credits:4

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

Course Description: The objective of the course is to make students aware about how information systems work in different functional areas and provide information according to the needs of different management levels. This course covers basic concepts and its understanding would help students to learn most recent developments in the area of information systems and e-commerce. After going through this course, student will be able to leverage information systems and e-commerce to manage the organizations more efficiently. They will learn about security issues and how to safeguard organizational information.  

Course Objectives: 

  • To provide students with basic concepts in information system and the benefits with these systems, in modern society.
  • To understand systems definition, systems requirements, and information needed for decision maker.
  • To identify several methods to enhance and develop information systems and to   manage the information system resources electronically.
  • To understand several financial technologies used in information system. 
  • To expose students to legal aspects of Information System.

 

 

 

Learning Outcome

CO1: Understand the fundamental concepts of Information Systems.

CO2: Demonstrate the role of Data Base Management System in enhancing Information Systems.

CO3: Evaluate the impact of Decision Support System on Information Systems.

CO4: Assess the functions of cloud computing, grid computing and other financial technologies.

CO5: Examine the importance of Electronic Commerce and Information Technology Act.

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:8
FOUNDATION CONCEPTS OF INFORMATION SYSTEM
 

Concept of Business Information System, DIKW pyramid, Pyramid structure of BIS, Architecture of BIS, Types of BIS, Challenges for BIS in a multinational organization, Information System Activities, Strategic use of Information Systems

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:12
RELATIONAL DATA BASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
 

DBMS Introduction, structure of DBMS, components of DBMS, functions of DBMS, Master data, Transaction data, Data Dictionary, users and access permissions, introduction to RDBMS. Structured Query Language (SQL) – DDL, DML and DCL. –Queries and Sub-queries – Examples Joins and unions.

RELATIONAL DATABASE MANAGEMENT & SQL (PRACTICALS)  

        DDL, DML and DCL Commands.

        Built in functions.

        Nested Queries.

        Aggregate Functions.

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:8
DECISION SUPPORT SYSTEMS
 

Classical, Administrative and Political Decision making Model, Herbert Simon's Model, Structured Vs Unstructured Decisions, Types of Decision Support Systems, Group Decision Support System, Executive Information System, Knowledge Based Expert Systems and Artificial Intelligence.

Unit-4
Teaching Hours:8
DEVELOPMENT OF BUSINESS INFORMATION SYSTEM
 

Overview of Information System Development Methods, SDLC - Requirement Analysis, System Design, Systems Development, Software Testing, Implementation & Evaluation. Agile software development, Business Continuity Plan and Disaster Recovery.

Unit-5
Teaching Hours:8
STRATEGIC INFORMATION SYSTEMS & FINANCIAL TECHNOLOGY
 

Cloud Computing, Grid Computing, Knowledge Management Systems, Pervasive Computing, Financial Technology & Block chain Technology, Robotic Process Automation.

Unit-6
Teaching Hours:8
FUNCTIONAL INFORMATION SYSTEMS
 

Enterprise resource planning (ERP), Modules under ERP - Marketing, Material Management, Finance, Accounts, HRM and Production management. Security threats to BIS and remedial measures, Business Process Reengineering.

Unit-7
Teaching Hours:8
E- COMMERCE and IT ACT
 

E - Commerce activities – marketing, purchasing, payments, publishing and governance, e-commerce architecture, Business models- B2B & B2C, Challenges, Information Technology Act

Text Books And Reference Books:
  1. Joshi, G. (2013). 1st Edition, Management Information Systems. Oxford University Press
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading
  1. Kenneth C. Laudon and Jane Price Laudon, (2018). Management Information Systems – Managing the digital firm, PHI Learning. Pearson Education, PHI, Asia
  2. James A O’Brien and George M Marakas, (2017), 10th edition. Management Information Systems, Tata McGraw Hill Publishers
  3. Justice Yatindra Singh, (2012), 4th edition. Cyber Laws, Universal Law Publishing Co, New Delhi.
  4. Rekha Chandulal, (2015), 1st edition, Ecommerce Unmasked: Hidden Secrets to fight Online Battles.
  5. Effy Oz, (2008), 6th edition. Management Information Systems, Course Technology Publishers

 

Evaluation Pattern

Overall Assessment Description

Component of Final Grade

Max Marks per Component

Weightage towards Final Grade

Total Marks per Component in Final Grade

CIA-I (10 + 10)

20

100 %

20

CIA-II

50

50%

25

CIA-III (10 + 10)

20

100%

20

End Semester

50

60 %

30

Attendance

5

100%

5

Total

   

100

BBA335 - INDIAN FINANCIAL SYSTEM (2022 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:60
No of Lecture Hours/Week:4
Max Marks:100
Credits:4

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

Course Description:This course is to make students familiarize with various components of Indian financial system and enable them to understand the mechanisms in exchange of funds among various players in the financial system. The course also imbibes knowledge on the independent regulators of the Capital market, insurance, banking, and various services sectors. The course also introduces students to the various financial instruments dealt in the Indian financial markets and provides an insight into the international financial markets.

Course Objectives: 

        To understand the structure, organisation and working of the financial system in India.

        To demonstrate the role of regulatory bodies in Indian financial system 

        To evaluate the impact of money market and capital market operations.  

        To assess the functions of the financial institutions and financial services. 

To examine the importance of International financial markets

Learning Outcome

CO1: Understand the components of Indian Financial System

CO2: Demonstrate the role of regulatory authorities in financial system

CO3: Evaluate the impact of money market and capital market operations

CO4: Assess the functions of various financial institutions and financial services

CO5: Examine the importance of International Financial markets

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:4
Introduction
 

Meaning – Structure - Functions - Components of financial system - Financial system and economic development - Reforms in Financial Sector in India 

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:10
Capital Market
 

Meaning – Classification - Functions – Types - Primary market - Secondary market -functioning of various stock exchanges - NSE, BSE, OTCEI - Financial instruments in capital market - Long term loans market - Derivatives Market - Government Securities market - Capital market scams – SEBI - Reforms in capital markets

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:10
Money Market
 

Meaning – Significance - Structure-Features of money market - Money market instruments - Reforms in money market – Monetary policy - Credit Policy

Unit-4
Teaching Hours:10
Regulators of financial system
 

Meaning – Functions  -  Banking institutions - Scheduled commercial banks and scheduled cooperative banks - Non Banking Institutions – Regional Rural Banks - NBFCs and Development Finance institutions - Insurance and Housing Finance Companies  – IRDA. 

RBI Functions - Banking regulation and requirement - licensing and supervision, capital reserve, corporate governance, financial reporting and disclosures, Capital adequacy-Banking ombudsman scheme - Basel norms

Unit-5
Teaching Hours:10
Banking compliance
 

Anti-money laundering: Prevention of money laundering act (PMLA) - Customer due diligence -Know your customer norms - International sanctioning-Financial Intelligence unit - fraud detection and management in banks - International banking scenario-Documentary letter of credit -Correspondent banking and NRI accounts - bad banks

Unit-6
Teaching Hours:8
Financial instruments and Financial Services
 

Financial Instruments:  Shares - Mutual Funds – Debentures - Bonds - Money market instruments (Self learning) - Derivatives - Hedging instruments and others.

Financial services: Fund based services – Leasing – Hire Purchase – Consumer Credit – Bill Discounting – Factoring and Insurance.

Fee based services – Issue Management, Merchant Banking, Credit rating, Debt Restructuring and Stock Broking.

Unit-7
Teaching Hours:8
International Financial Markets
 

Forex market rate determination Nature, Organization and Participants- Offshore Financing Instruments- Foreign Exchange market – Foreign Direct Investment and Foreign Institutional Investment.

Text Books And Reference Books:

 Pathak, B. V (2018). Indian Financial System. New Delhi: Pearson Education

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading
  1. Desai, V. (2019). The Indian Financial System and Development. Mumbai: Himalaya Publishers.
  2. Gordon, N. (2014). Indian Financial System. Mumbai: Himalaya publishers.
  3. Khan, M.Y. (2019). Indian Financial System. New Delhi: McGraw-Hill.
  4. Sharma, G. (2014). Indian Financial System. Ludhiana: Kalyani publishers.
  5. Singh, P. (2018). Dynamics of Indian Financial System: Markets, Institutions and Services, ANE Books.
Evaluation Pattern

Component

 

Units

Maximum marks

Weightage

Total Marks in Final Grade

CIA1A

1

10

100%

10

CIA1B

1,2 and 3

10

100%

10

CIA2

1,2 & 3

50

50%

25

CIA3

4 & 5

20

100%

20

 

 

 

 

 

ESE

ALL

50

60%

30

Attendance

 

5

100%

5

Total

100

 

BBA361 - INNOVATION AND CREATIVITY IN BUSINESS (2022 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:45
No of Lecture Hours/Week:3
Max Marks:100
Credits:3

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

 

Course Description: Actual business context requires a degree of adaptation to change which requires the acquisition of new skills and abilities to seize opportunities and improve productivity and economic performance. This course deals with the study of innovation and creativity. Students are expected to understand and identify strategies to promote ideas on innovative /creative products or services and necessary actions to implement them successfully.

 

Course Objectives: 

        To infer the concept of innovation and creativity, their components and differences. 

        To identify the tools used for formulation of an innovation strategy for a product/business/industry.

        To explain the key planning elements in idea generation process for business as well as societal issues. 

        To assess the role of a business leader in facilitating creativity within the organisation.

  • To discuss a framework for the design and implementation of a systematic innovation strategy.

 

 

Learning Outcome

CO1: Compare and contrast the difference between creativity and innovation in terms of its types and how creativity leads to innovation.

CO2: Apply the tools used for formulation of an innovation strategy for a product/business/industry.

CO3: Demonstrate the key planning elements in idea generation for business as well as societal issues.

CO4: Evaluate the role of a business leader in facilitating creativity within the organization.

CO5: Develop a framework for the design and implementation of a systematic innovation strategy.

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:9
Introduction to the process of innovation
 

 

Level of knowledge: Conceptual

 

Incremental and Radical Innovation, Factors that favours incremental innovation, Innovation in processes, Service innovations. The concept of S-curve: Three lessons, Where do you stand on the S- curve, Limits to these lessons.

 

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:9
Idea generation
 

 

Level of knowledge: Conceptual

 

New Knowledge, Tapping the ideas of customers, Learning from the lead users, Empathetic design, Invention factories and Skunkworks, Open market innovation, The role of mental preparation, How management can encourage idea generation, Two idea generating techniques.

 

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:9
Recognizing opportunities and Moving innovation to market
 

 

Level of knowledge: Conceptual

 

A method for opportunity recognition, Rough -cut business evaluation.The idea funnel, Stage-gate systems, A caution on funnels and stage-gate systems, Financial issues, Extending innovation through platforms.

 

Unit-4
Teaching Hours:9
Creativity and creative groups
 

 

Level of knowledge: Conceptual

 

Myths about creativity, three components of individual creativity, Characteristics of creative groups, Handling conflicts in groups, Time pressure and creativity. Enhancing creativity: enriching the organization and workplace, Organisational enrichment, Enriching the physical workplace.

 

Unit-5
Teaching Hours:9
Role of Leaders in promoting innovation
 

 

Level of knowledge: Conceptual        

 

Develop an innovation -friendly culture, establish strategic direction, be involved with innovation, be open but skeptical, Improve the idea-to-commercialisation process, apply portfolio thinking, put people with the right stuff in charge, create an ambidextrous organisation.

 

Text Books And Reference Books:

1.  Richard Luecke. Guide to Managing Creativity and Innovation, Harvard Business Press.

2.  Managing Creativity and Innovation: Practical Strategies to Encourage Creativity by Harvard Business Review 

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

 

  1. P. Rizwan Ahmed (2015).Creative & Innovation Management,Margham Publications.

       2. R. Keith Sawyer (2014). Explaining Creativity: The Science of Human Innovation,Oxford University Press

Evaluation Pattern

 

 

CIA – 1 (20)*

CIA – 2 (25)*

CIA – 3 (20)*

Attendance (5)*

ESE  (30)*

Total (100)*

Component

1

2

MSE

1

2

 

ESE

 

Marks

20

50

20

5

50

145

Nature

Individual  Assignment

Written Examination

Group Presentation

 

 Written Examination

 

BBA362 - EVENT MANAGEMENT (2022 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:45
No of Lecture Hours/Week:3
Max Marks:100
Credits:3

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

Event Management is a glamorous and exiting profession which demands a lot of hard work with team coordination and foresight. As the name suggests, it means conceptualizing, planning, organizing and finally executing the event. This industry is relatively new in India, but holds a lot of promise for expansion. It offers enormous scope for ambitious young people.  This course is designed to provide an introduction to the Principles of Event management. The student will learn how to formulate event tourism strategies for destinations. The planning and implementation of festivals, entertainment events, corporate events, cultural events and sports events will be focused upon.

Course Objectives: The main objectives of this course are to: 

       Give an understanding of the concept and significance of event management.

       Create awareness about the type of events.

       Identify the different marketing techniques and revenue generation methods for events.

       Aid the students to plan and organize events in campus or take it up as a career. 

Learning Outcome

CO1: Identify the importance of Event Management.

CO2: Classify the types of events.

CO3: Describe the difference between sponsorship and donations.

CO4: Explain the steps necessary to plan and create successful events.

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:10
Introduction to Event Management
 

Type of Event, Event Team, Why Event Management, Requirement of Event Management, Analyzing the event, scope of the event, Decision makers, Establishing Policies and Procedures, career in event management.

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:10
Event Planning and Team Management
 

Locating People, Clarifying Roles, Developing content Guidelines, Participant Tips, Reference Checks, Requirement Forms, Introduction, Fees & Honorariums, Expense Reimbursement, Travel Arrangements, Worksheets Preparing a planning schedule, Role and functions of an event manager. Organizing Tasks, Assigning Responsibility, Overall Planning Tips, Protocols, Dress Codes, Staging, staffing.

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:10
Event Marketing and Advertising
 

Nature and Process of Marketing. Seeking Sponsorship, Types of sponsorship, Event Sponsorship, Event Organizer, Event Partners, Event Associates, Image branding, Advertising and PR, Meetings and Group Development, Special Events, wedding, meetings, sports, rallies,Tools of Promotion, Tips on writing a New Release, Direct Marketing, Word of Mouth,  The Promotion Schedule, Planning a Promotion Campaign for an Event, EMBOK.Image branding, Advertising and PR, Meetings and Group Development, Special Events Types, wedding, meetings, sports, rallies, Event Sponsorship Understand Sponsorship, Understand , Event Organizer, Event Partners, Event Associates.           

Unit-4
Teaching Hours:10
Event Production and Logistics
 

Staffing and vendors, logistics and staging, breaking Down the event, Outsourcing strategies, Concept, theme, Fabrication, light & sound, handling venders, Logistic policy, procedures, performance standards, event evaluation.Budget – cost of event, Profit and loss statement, balance sheet, panic Payments, Financial control system.

Unit-5
Teaching Hours:5
Event Safety and Security
 

Security, occupational safety, Major risk and emergency planning, Incident Reporting, emergency procedures, Health and safety issues, insurance, licenses and permissions.

Text Books And Reference Books:
  1. Mohan.S. (2011). Event Management & Public Relations. New Delhi: Enkay Publishing House.
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

1)     Allen, J. (2003). Event Planning Ethics and Etiquette. Canada: John Wiley & Sons.

2)      Allison.S. (2012). The Event Marketing Handbook. Kaplan Business.

3)      Kimball, C. (2015). Start Your Own Event Planning Business. Entrepreneur Press.

4)      S.K, Goyal. (2013). Event Management. New Delhi: Adhyayan Publishers.

5)      Singh.G, K. &. (2012). Event Management: A Blooming Industry and an Eventful Career. New Delhi: Haranand Publications.

Evaluation Pattern

Component

 

Description

Units

Maximum marks 

Weightage

Total Marks in Final Grade

CIA1

Individual

 

20

20%

20

CIA2

Mid-term

 

50

25%

25

CIA3

Individual/Group

 

20

20%

20

ESE

 

 

50

30%

30

Attendance

 

 

10

5%

5

TOTAL

 

 

100

BBA363 - CROSS CULTURAL MANAGEMENT (2022 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:45
No of Lecture Hours/Week:3
Max Marks:100
Credits:3

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

Course Description: The course will make students understand the importance of managing cultural diversity in a globalized world. They will learn about the factors that influence a country’s culture and communication process. The course will help them to develop cultural sensitivity and improve their cultural awareness.

 

Course Objectives:

 

        To understand the importance of managing cultural diversity in a globalized world.

 

        To learn about the factors that influence a country’s culture and communication process.

To develop cultural sensitivity and improve their cultural awareness.

Learning Outcome

CO1: To understand the importance of managing cultural diversity in a globalized world.

CO2: To learn about the factors that influence a country?s culture and communication process.

CO3: To develop cultural sensitivity and improve their cultural awareness.

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:9
Challenging roles of Global Manager
 

 

Challenges of Globalization, Role of Global Manager- organizational context, culture and managerial roles- Evaluating cross cultural management studies

 

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:9
Understanding Role of Culture
 

 

Features of Culture, Key cultural terminology, Cultural Differences, Culture and Social Group.

 

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:9
Comparing Culture
 

 

Kluckhohn & Strodbeck Framework, Hofstede Study, The GLOBE study, Trompenaars Dimensions, Cultural Distance.

 

Unit-4
Teaching Hours:9
Communicating Across Culture
 

 

Cultural factors in communication, Variables in communication process, International Body Language, Guidelines for English and foreign languages. The internet and intercultural Communication.

 

Unit-5
Teaching Hours:9
Regional Cultural Specifics
 

 

Understanding the characteristics and Cultural guidelines for: North American Work Culture – Pan American perspective, United States of America; Middle-East Work Culture- Middle East overview, Cultural Aspect of Arab, Egypt, Saudi Arabia.; Asian Work Culture- Cultural aspect of China, India, Japan, Pakistan, South Korea; European Work Culture- European Diversity and synergy, Western Europe, France, Italy.

 

Text Books And Reference Books:

 

        Thomas, D. C. 1. (2018). Cross-cultural management: Essential concepts (Fourth edition.). London: Sage.

 

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

Thomas, D. C. 1. (2018). Cross-cultural management: Essential concepts (Fourth edition.). London: Sage.

 

Evaluation Pattern

 

 

CIA – 1 (20)*

CIA – 2 (25)*

CIA – 3 (20)*

Attendance (5)*

ESE  (30)*

Total (100)*

Component

1

2

MSE

1

2

 

ESE

 

Marks

20

50

20

5

50

145

Nature

Individual  Assignment

Written Examination

Group Presentation

 

 Written Examination

 

BBA364 - BUSINESS ENVIRONMENT (2022 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:45
No of Lecture Hours/Week:3
Max Marks:100
Credits:3

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

 

Course Description:

 

        To explore the dynamic nature of business in an intensely competitive environment.

 

        To examine the two-way impact of Business on Environment and Environment on Business.

 

        To evaluate the multidimensional settings within which businesses operate.

 

        To analyze the market forces and their influence on business. 

           To build a conducive internal business environment for the firm to operate.

Learning Outcome

CO1: To explore the dynamic nature of business in an intensely competitive environment.

CO2: To examine the two-way impact of Business on Environment and Environment on Business.

CO3: To evaluate the multidimensional settings within which businesses operate.

CO4: To analyze the market forces and their influence on business.

CO5: To build conducive Internal business environment for the firm to operate.

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:10
Introduction to Business Environment
 

 

Level of knowledge: Conceptual

 

Concept of Business, Characteristics of Business; Goals of Business;  Introduction to Business History; Evolution of Businesses as Family Business in India;  Components  of  Business Environment – Internal, External, Micro and Macro Elements; SWOT Analysis ; Michael Porter’s  Five Forces Model of Industry Analysis. Impact of  global  political, economic and technological developments on Businesses in India.

 

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:10
Political & Legal Environment
 

 Level of knowledge: Conceptual

The changing  role and approach of Government in Business  during Pre-Independence period and Post-Independence period; Important Political Systems; Key Political  Institutions in India; Expectations of Business from Government and Expectations of Government from Business; Interface between Law and Business. Milestone of key legislations  impacting businesses in India. Key regulatory bodies in India regulating businesses.

 

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:10
Economic Environment
 

 

Level of knowledge: Conceptual

Kinds of Economic Systems and their Impact on Economic Development,  Classification of countries based on Economic Development; Role of international  economic institutions and economic development in India; Economic and industrial  development during Planning period; Economic Policies and economic developments in India;   Economic Reforms and their impact on core sectors of the economy;  Development of Public sector, Private sector in India; Changing economic scenario and impact of globalization on India; Natural Resources  and Economic Environment; Transition of India as agrarian economy to industrial economy. Changing patterns of Indian economy on a global economy.

 

Unit-4
Teaching Hours:8
Socio-Cultural & Demographic Environment
 

 

Level of knowledge: Conceptual

Meaning and importance of  Socio-cultural  factors affecting business; Impact of  Business on Society and Society on Business, in Indian and global context;  Impact of business on culture and impact of culture on Business Key; Demographic factors that influence businesses. Changing composition of  demography and Indian Business; Well-accepted  socio-cultural norms for business in India and abroad.

 

Unit-5
Teaching Hours:7
Technological Environment
 

 

Level of knowledge: Conceptual

Importance of technological developments on economic development in India; Major technological breakthroughs globally and in India. Technology driven businesses in India; Cost -Benefit  analysis  of technological developments.in India

 

Text Books And Reference Books:

 

  1. Cherunilam, F. (2019). Business Environment - Text and Cases. New Delhi: Himalaya Publishing House.

 

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

 

  1. K.Ashwatappa. (2016). Essentials of Business Environment. New Delhi: Himalaya Publishing House.
  2. Alam, F. A. (2017). Business Environment: Indian and Global Perspective. New Delhi: PHI Learning Pvt., Ltd.,.
  3. Paul, J. (2010). Business Environment: Text & Cases. New Delhi: Tata McGraw Hill Education Private Limited.
  4. Saleem, S. (2015). Business Environment. New Delhi: Pearson Education

 

Evaluation Pattern

 

 

CIA – 1 (20)*

CIA – 2 (25)*

CIA – 3 (20)*

Attendance (5)*

ESE  (30)*

Total (100)*

Component

1

2

MSE

1

2

 

ESE

 

Marks

20

50

20

5

50

145

Nature

Individual  Assignment

Written Examination

Group Presentation

 

 Written Examination

 

BBA381 - INDUSTRY REVIEW PROJECT (2022 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:25
No of Lecture Hours/Week:0
Max Marks:100
Credits:1

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

Course Description:

Industry Review Project work is aimed at preparing the BBA third semester student, in understanding the underlying forces at works in the industry; the overall attractiveness of the industry and the critical factors that determine the company’s success within the industry. Students get an opportunity to understand  the nature of business, changes  taking in  business and also analyze the strategic  role played by the management of the company in spearheading the company towards its growth and expansion. 

Course Objectives:

·         To provide an understanding of the industry through the performance of selected companies.

·         To apply management theories in constructing industry profiles.

·         To examine organization structure, product and client  profile, financial details and strategies of the companies studied.

·         To evaluate the contribution and challenges of the industry through the companies studied.

·         To suggest solutions and strategies for better market growth and sustainability of the company and the industry.

Learning Outcome

On having completed this course student should be able to:

To understand the industry through the performance of the companies.

 To apply management theories in constructing industry profile.

To examine  organization structure, product and client       profile, financial details and startegies of the companies studied

To evaluate the contribution and challenges of the industry through the companies studied

To evaluate the contribution and challenges of the industry through the companies studied.

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:6
Unit 1. Introduction to the Industry
 

Common for all three companies-For Each of the 3 Companies.

1.1. Evolution of the industry with brief History in general

1.2. Major players/competitors and their market share

1.3. Industry Growth Rate and Turnover

1.4. Govt. Regulations & Policies

1.5. Environmental Impact Assessment.

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:6
Unit 2. Company Profile
 

For each of the three companies assigned.

2.1.1 Name of the Business Enterprise & Year of Establishment

2.1.2 No. of. Employees and Brief Profile of Key Executives

2.1.3 Corporate Governance & Profile of CEO/CMD

2.1.4 Total Share Capital

2.1.5 Share Holding Pattern and Major Shareholder

2.1.6 Total Sales (Indian &International Operations)

2.1.7 Major Competitors & Their Unique Products

2.1.8 Annual Growth Rate (last 5 years)

2.1.9 No of Subsidiaries (Indian and International)

2.1.10 Global/Indian Headquarters (Registered & Corporate Office Address)

2.1.11 Market Share [during last three years]

2.1.12 Mergers and Acquisitions, Joint-Ventures, Licensing, Collaborations & Strategic Alliances.

2.1.13 Diversification in to other businesses (in recent three years, If any)

2.1.14 Nature of business with core business and unique products/brands

2.1.15 Brief Product profile & reasons for success of products

2.1.16 Registered Patents/ Trade Marks/ Copy Rights/GI Registrations (if any)

2.1.17 Market capitalization (incase of public company) in India or abroad

2.1.18 Major clients/customers (Nationally and internationally)

2.1.19 Litigations, if any;

2.1.20 Awards/Recognitions by Government bodies/Associations (National & International).

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:6
Unit 3. Industry Analysis
 

3.1 Applying Michael Porter’s Five Forces Model to your Industry Analysis

3.1.1 Rivalry among existing firms

3.1.2 Threat of New Entrants

3.1.3 Threat of Substitutes

3.1.4 Bargaining power of buyers

3.1.5 Bargaining power of sellers-These are common for all three companies.

Unit-4
Teaching Hours:6
Unit 4. Comparative Analysis of companies
 

Compare all three companies on the following criteria .

4.1. Name of the Business Enterprise & Year of Establishment

4.2. No. of. Employees and Brief Profile of Key Executives

4.3.Corporate Governance & Profile of CEO/CMD

4.4. Total Share Capital; 4.5. Share Holding Pattern and Major Shareholder

4.6. Total Sales (Indian &International Operations)

4.7. Major Competitors & Their Unique Products

4.8. Annual Growth Rate (last 5 years)

4.9. No of Subsidiaries (Indian and International)

4.10.Global/Indian Headquarters (Registered & Corporate Office Address)

4.11.Market Share [during last three years].

4.12 Mergers and Acquisitions, Joint-Ventures, Licensing, Collaborations & Strategic Alliances.

4.13. Diversification in to other businesses (in recent three years, If any).

4.14 Nature of business with core business and unique products/brands

4.15.Brief Product profile & reasons for success of products;

4.16.Registered Patents/ Trade Marks/ Copy Rights/GI Registrations (As applicable)

4.17. Market capitalization (incase of public company) in India or abroad

4.18 .Major clients/customers (Nationally and internationally)

4.19. Litigations, if any

4.20. Awards/Recognitions by Government bodies/Associations (National & International)

4.21. SWOT Analysis Comparison-Strengths, Weaknesses, Opportunities and threats.

4.22 McKinsey’s 7 S Model. -Structure, Style, Strategy, Staff, Skill, System and Shared Values.

Unit-5
Teaching Hours:6
Unit 5. Findings and Suggestions
 

5.1 For Industry in general; and

5.2 Three individual Companies, in particular.

5.3 Suggestions based on comparative analysis of companies such as strategies for market growth and strategies to overcome weaknesses as new market strategies etc.

 

Bibliography/References and Annexure

Text Books And Reference Books:

Websites related to Industry as well as company

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

Websites related to Industry as well as company

Evaluation Pattern

Component of Final Grade

Max Marks per Component

Weightage towards Final Grade

Total Marks per Component in Final Grade

VIVA-VOCE

50

50 %

50

REPORT EVALUATION

50

50 %

50

Total

 

 

100

 

 

BECH331 - MICROECONOMICS-II (2022 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:75
No of Lecture Hours/Week:5
Max Marks:100
Credits:5

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

Course Description:

The course is designed to provide a sound training in microeconomic theory to formally analyze the behaviour of individual agents. Since students have familiarity with the quantitative techniques in the previous semesters, mathematical tools are used to facilitate understanding of the basic concepts. This course looks at the behaviour of the consumer and the producer and covers the behaviour of a competitive firm, general equilibrium, imperfect markets and topics under information economics.

 

Course Objectives:

The course aims to help students to:

 

  1. understand various aspects of consumer behaviour and demand analysis, production theory and behaviour of costs, market structure and equilibrium and efficiency of firms;

  2. examine various concepts related to optimizing behavior of economic agents; 

  3. understand the contribution of various Micro-Economic concepts and in evaluating their macro -policy prescriptions.

Learning Outcome

CO1: explain the dynamic relationship of microeconomic variables/aspects related to consumer and producer behaviour and efficiency of firms

CO2: explain the dynamic relationship of microeconomic variables/aspects related to consumer and producer behaviour and efficiency of firms

CO3: examine the implications of microeconomic foundations on macroeconomic policies.

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:22
Consumer Theory
 

Preferences: Consumer Preferences, assumptions about preferences; Indifference Curves: Well-behaved preferences; The Marginal Rate of Substitution, other interpretations of the MRS, behaviour of the MRS; Utility: Cardinal Utility, constructing an utility function, indifference curves from utility; Marginal utility (MU): Marginal utility and MRS, The n-good case; Indirect utility function, expenditure minimization; Budget constraint: Properties of the budget set; Slutsky equation: Substitution effect, income Effect; Change in demand, rates of change, law of demand; Compensated demand curves; Choice under risk: Contingent consumption, functions and probabilities, expected utility function; The Von Neumann-Morgenstern theorem, risk aversion, risk spreading.

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:16
Production, Costs and Perfect Competition
 

Production Functions: Inputs and Outputs, Describing Technological Constraints, Properties of Technology, The Marginal Product, Variations in One Input, Isoquant Maps and the Rate of Technical Substitution, Returns to Scale, The Elasticity of Substitution, Some Common Production Functions, Technical Progress; Cost: Cost-Minimizing Input Choices, Cost Functions, Changes in Input Prices, Change in the Price of One Input, Short-Run, Long-Run Distinction.

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:22
Market Structure and Game Theory
 

Perfect competition: Profit Maximization, Marginal Revenue, Short-Run Supply by a Price Taking Firm, Profit Maximization and Input Demand, Revenue Maximization, Managers and the Principal-Agent Problem. Imperfect Competition: (a)Monopoly: Barriers to Entry, Profit Maximization and Output Choice, Monopoly and Resource Allocation, Monopoly and Product Quality, Peak-load pricing; Two-part tariff; Price Discrimination, Regulation of Monopolies; (b) Monopolistic Competition: Model of Product Differentiation; (c)Oligopoly: Pricing under Homogeneous Oligopoly.

Unit-4
Teaching Hours:15
General Equilibrium and Efficiency
 

General Equilibrium: General Equilibrium Models, Perfectly Competitive Price System, The Necessity of General Equilibrium; Efficiency: Pareto Efficiency, Efficiency in Production, Efficiency in Product Mix, Competitive Prices and Efficiency; Departures from the Competitive Assumptions, Market Adjustment and Information, Disequilibrium Pricing and Expectations. Externalities – Positive and Negative externalities, Externalities of imperfect competition.

Text Books And Reference Books:

Bernheim, D & B. Michael, W. D. (2009). Microeconomics. New Delhi: Tata McGraw-

Hill India.

Snyder, C. & Nicholson, W. (2011). Fundamentals of Microeconomics (11 th ed.). New 

Delhi Cengage Learning India.

Varian, H. R. (2014). Intermediate Microeconomics: a Modern Approach (9t h ed.). New

 

Delhi: W.W. Norton and Company/Affiliated East-West Press India.

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

Henderson, J. M. & Quandt R. E. (2003). Microeconomic Theory: A Mathematical 

Approach, New Delhi: McGraw Hill.

Koutsoyiannis, A. (1979). Modern Microeconomics. London: Macmillan Press.

Evaluation Pattern

Evaluation Pattern

CIA1

MSE* (CIA2)

CIA3

ESE**

Attendance

Weightage

20

25

20

30

05

* Mid Semester Exam      ** End Semester Exam

BECH332 - MACROECONOMICS-II (2022 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:75
No of Lecture Hours/Week:5
Max Marks:100
Credits:5

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

In continuation to the Macroeconomics - I, wherein the students were given a systematic and sequential school-wise introduction to mainstream approaches in Macroeconomics, this course introduces the dynamic relationship that exists between various important macroeconomic variables in the short-run as well as in the long-run. The course begins with an in-depth discussion of the IS-LM framework which forms the fountain of the Keynesian approach. Then it proceeds to the derivation of aggregate demand and supply, followed by discussions on output, unemployment and inflation nexus and the exchange rate determination in an open economy. The course has also included in its discussion recent debates in the field of macroeconomics such as the critiques of IS-LM framework, backward-bending Phillips curve, Discretion versus Policy debate etc. It also introduces students to the latest development in the field of macroeconomic policy such as the inflation targeting approach.

Course Objectives:

This course has been conceptualised in order to:

 

  1. enhance the understanding of the learners regarding the macroeconomic dynamics in the short-run closed as well as open economy.

  2. introduce the fundamental theoretical differences between the Classicals and the Keynesians on their approach related to aggregate demand and supply.

  3. understand and analyse the nexus between output, inflation and unemployment in both the short-run and in the long-run.

  4. understand and critically evaluate contemporary macroeconomic policies, create reports and deliver presentations.

Learning Outcome

CO1: explain the macroeconomic dynamics in the short-run closed economy as well as open economy.

CO2: compare and contrast the theoretical differences between the Keynesians and the Classicals related to Aggregate Demand and Aggregate Supply.

CO3: test and discover the nexus between output, inflation and unemployment in both the short-run and in the long-run.

CO4: evaluate the pros and cons of various macroeconomic policies in the real-world context; create reports following APA guidelines, and deliver presentations before peers.

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:20
The Closed Economy in the Short Run
 

The goods market and derivation of IS curve; real influences and Shift in IS schedule; the money market and derivation of LM curve; monetary influences and the shift in LM curve; determination of equilibrium income and interest rates; the relative efficacy of fiscal and monetary policy under IS-LM framework; Critiques of IS-LM.

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:10
The Aggregate Demand and Supply
 

 

The derivation of aggregate demand and supply curves; The Keynesian aggregate demand with vertical aggregate supply curve; sources of wage rigidity and unemployment; the flexible price with fixed money wage model; labour supply and money wage; the shift in aggregate supply; Keynes vs. Classicals.

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:20
Output, Inflation and Unemployment
 

 

Links between output and unemployment: Okun’s law; Estimates of potential GDP and their limitations; Natural rate of unemployment; Factors affecting natural rate of unemployment; Links between inflation and unemployment: Phillips curve; Friedman-Phelps expectations augmented Phillips curve; Output-inflation trade-off: Keynesian vs. Monetarists view; Backward bending Phillips Curve and threshold inflation; Disinflation and sacrifice ratio.

Unit-4
Teaching Hours:15
Open Economy Models
 

 

The Mundell-Fleming model: Key Assumption; determining equilibrium output and exchange rate in a small open economy; the monetary and fiscal policy under floating and fixed exchange rates regimes; the Mundell-Fleming model with changing price level.

Unit-5
Teaching Hours:10
Macroeconomic Policy
 

Active or Passive Policy Debate; Fiscal Policy: Public-Choice and Partisan Theories, Automatic Fiscal Stabilisers, Pros and Cons of Balanced Budget Rules, Traditional and Ricardian View of Public debt, crowding in and crowding out effect, Ricardian equivalence; Monetary Policy: Goals of Monetary Policy and Intermediate Targets, Choosing Intermediate Targets in the case of Supply and Demand Shocks, Targeting Monetary Aggregates and its Implications, Targeting Interest Rates and its Implications;  Recent International Experience: Discretion versus Policy Rules Debate, Taylor’s Rule and Monetary Policy, Inflation Targeting: Issues Relating to Inflation Targeting, Country Experiences with Inflation Targeting.

Text Books And Reference Books:

D’Souza, E. (2012). Macroeconomics (2nd ed.).  New Delhi: Pearson Education.

Dornbusch, R., Fischer, S., & Startz, R. (2015). Macroeconomics (11th ed.). New Delhi: Tata McGraw.

Froyen, R. (2014). Macroeconomics: Theories and Policies (10th ed.). New Delhi: Pearson Education.

Mankiw, N. G. (2015). Macroeconomics (9th ed.). London: Worth Publishers.

 

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

Abel, A. B. & Bernanke, B. S. (2011). Macroeconomics (7th ed.) New Delhi: Pearson Education.

Blanchard, O. (2009). Macroeconomics (5th ed.). New Delhi: Pearson Education.

Krugman, P. R., Obstfeld, M. & Melitz, M. (2012). International Economics (9th ed.). New Delhi: Pearson Education.

Moorthy, V. (2017). Applied Macroeconomics. New Delhi: I. K. International Publishing House.

 

Sheffrin, S. M. (1996). Rational Expectations (2nd ed.). Cambridge:  Cambridge University Press.

Evaluation Pattern

Evaluation Pattern

CIA1

MSE* (CIA2)

CIA3

ESE**

Attendance

Weightage

20

25

20

30

05

* Mid Semester Exam      ** End Semester Exam

BECH333 - ADVANCED STATISTICAL METHODS USING SPSS (2022 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:75
No of Lecture Hours/Week:5
Max Marks:100
Credits:5

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

Course Description:

This course on Advanced Statistical Methods begins with some basic concepts of probability, followed by probability distributions of discrete and continuous random variables and joint distributions. A detailed focus is given to inferential statistics (testing of hypothesis), and the course ends with parametric and non-parametric tests for better statistical inference. The course content will be delivered using SPSS software for a better understanding of applications in economics.

Course Objectives:

This course has been designed to help students to:

  • demonstrate understanding of basic probability theory and relate sampling technique with the theory of distribution;
  • understand the methodology of testing theories.
  • apply different methods of hypothesis testing to verify theories.

Learning Outcome

CO1: Explain various concepts of probability and relate different sampling techniques with the help of theory of distribution.

CO2: Summarise different stages involved in testing a theory, or theories.

CO3: Make use of different parametric and non-parametric tests to verify the existing theories and assumptions.

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:15
Elementary Probability Theory and Distribution
 

Sample spaces and events; probability axioms and properties; counting techniques; conditional probability and Bayes’ rule; independence.

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:15
Random Variables and Probability Distributions
 

Defining random variables; Probability distributions; Expected values of random variables and functions of random variables; Properties of commonly used discrete and continuous distributions (Uniform, Binomial, Normal, Poisson and Exponential random variables).

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:15
Testing of Hypothesis: Basic Concepts
 

Meaning of hypothesis; Types and steps in testing of hypothesis; Flow diagram for hypothesis testing; Type I and Type II error; Two-tailed and One-tailed tests (basics); Importance of parametric and non-parametric tools.

Unit-4
Teaching Hours:15
Testing of Hypothesis: Parametric Tests
 

‘t’ Test: One sample ‘t’ test; Independent sample ‘t’ test; Paired sample ‘t’ test; Analysis of variance (ANOVA).

Unit-5
Teaching Hours:15
Testing of Hypothesis: Non-Parametric Tests
 

Chi-square test; Phi coefficient; Mann-Whitney test; Wilcoxon signed rank test; Kruskal-Wallis test; Friedman’s ANOVA.

Text Books And Reference Books:

Anderson, D. R., Sweeney, D. J., Williams, T. A., Camm, J. D., & Cochran, J. J. (2014). Essentials of Statistics for Business and Economics. Boston: Cengage Learning.

Douglas, A. L., Lind, W. G. M., & Samuel, A. W. (2006). Basic Statistics for Business and Economics. New York: McGraw-Hill Education

Field, A. (2009). Discovering Statistics using SPSS. London: Sage publications.

Gibbs, G. R. (2002). Qualitative Data Analysis: Explorations with NVivo. Buckingham: Open University Press Hall.

Kothari, C. R. (2004). Research Methodology: Methods and Techniques. New Delhi: New Age International.

Levine, D. M. (2005). Statistics for Managers Using Microsoft Excel (5th ed.). New York: Prentice.

Sharma, J. K. (2010). Fundamentals of Business Statistics. New Delhi: Vikas Publishing House.

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

Croxton, F. E. F. E., & Cowden, D. J. (1955). Applied General Statistics. New Jersey: Prentice Hall. Inc.

Freund, J. E., & Perles, B. M. (2007). Modern Elementary Statistics. New Jersey: Prentice Hall.

Gupta, S. C., & Kapoor, V. K. (2007). Fundamentals of Applied Statistics. New Delhi: Sultan Chand & Sons.

Larsen, R. J., & Marx, M. L. (2012). An Introduction to Mathematical Statistics and its Applications. (5th ed.). New Jersey: Prentice Hall.

Evaluation Pattern

Evaluation Pattern

CIA 1

MSE* (CIA 2)

CIA 3

ESE**

Attendance

Weightage

20

25

20

30

05

Mid Semester Exam      ** End Semester Exam

ESE: will be a submission-based evaluation.

BECH341A - HEALTH ECONOMICS: THEORY AND APPLICATION (2022 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:60
No of Lecture Hours/Week:4
Max Marks:100
Credits:4

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

Course Description

Health economics is at the interface of economics and health science. Economic theory is applied for decision making in the health sector. The course aims at providing the students with the basic knowledge on the definition and scope of health and measuring the quality of health using appropriate methods and to relate the supply and demand concept with respect to health, understanding different health costs concepts and functioning of economics of health insurance. The course also aims to introduce economic evaluation techniques to measure the health outcomes and its implication which will enable the students to practically use the evaluation technique for predicting outcomes.

Course Objectives

The course aims to help students to:

  • provide an understanding of the role of health economics in health care decision making.
  • introduce and explain various concepts and dimensions of decision making in the health sector and health care management.
  • apply various evaluation techniques to analyse the health outcomes.
  • provide overview of manpower in the Indian health sector

Learning Outcome

CO1: outline the basics of health economics, distinguish between the demand for and supply of health and will be able to restate the quality of health.

CO2: compare different cost concepts and interpret the functioning of economics of health insurance.

CO3: apply the cost-benefit/cost-effective/cost-utility methods to measure health outcomes.

CO4: assess the manpower planning in the health sector.

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:10
Introduction
 

What is Health Economics?; the four basic questions: Production and Allocative efficiency and the production possibility curve, the distribution question, implications of the four basic questions; Concept of Health; Health as a good and utility analysis; Concept of medical care; Production of good health, Determinants of good health; Measurement of health status and quality of life: Mortality, morbidity and HALY, QALY family of summary measures. The concept of economics of epidemics and pandemics.

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:10
Demand for medical care
 

Demand for medical care and law of demand: Utility maximizing rule, the law of demand, other economic demand-side factors, supplier induced demand hypothesis; Non-economic determinants of demand for medical care, market demand for medical care, fuzzy demand curves and elasticities.

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:15
Health Cost Concepts and Economic Evaluation
 

Opportunity cost; fixed and variable costs; incremental and marginal cost; direct and indirect medical costs time costs and travel cost; cost benefit analysis; cost effectiveness analysis; cost utility analysis: methodologies and issues.

Unit-4
Teaching Hours:10
Economics of Health Insurance
 

The relationship between health insurance and demand for medical care; Information asymmetry, adverse selection; Risk aversion; Moral hazard; Health insurance-challenges; Insurance concepts; Co-payments; Co-insurance rates, deductibles, group insurance.

Unit-5
Teaching Hours:15
Manpower Planning in Health Sector
 

Concept of manpower planning in health; Steps in Manpower planning - models; the health workforce; medical education; physician supply, physician incentives; Indian Medicine; the pharmaceutical industry. Indian health system delivery and policy: issues and way forward. 

Text Books And Reference Books:

Phelps, C. E. (2012). Health Economics. (5th ed.). London: Routledge.

Saterre, R. E, & Neun S P. (2007). Health Economics: Theories, Insights and Industry Studies. (5th ed.). New Delhi: Cengage Learning India Private Limited.

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

Clewer, A. & Perkins, D. (1998). Economics for Healthcare Management. (1st ed.). United States: Prentice Hall.

Olsen, J A. (2009). Principles in Health Economics and Policy. (1st ed.). New Delhi: Oxford University Press.

Shanmugasundaram, Y. (1994). Theory and Practice of Health Economics in India. Chennai: Institute of Advanced Studies and Research.

Evaluation Pattern

 

Evaluation Pattern

CIA1

MSE* (CIA2)

CIA3

ESE**

Attendance

Weightage

20

25

20

30

05

*  Mid Semester Exam      ** End Semester Exam


 

BECH341B - FOUNDATIONS OF BEHAVIOURAL ECONOMICS (2022 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:60
No of Lecture Hours/Week:4
Max Marks:100
Credits:4

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

Course Description

The course aims to explain the principles and methods of behavioral economics while contrasting them with standard economic models. It highlights the importance of cognitive ability, social interaction, moral incentives and emotional responses in explaining human behaviour and economic outcomes. 

Course Objectives

  • To understand the scope of interaction between psychological phenomena and economic variables
  • To develop perspectives about economic phenomena outside the spectrum of core economic theories.

Learning Outcome

CO1: Identify and explain the most important contributions to behavioural economics.

CO2: Examine and analyse the importance of such findings in explanation of economic behaviour and outcomes.

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:13
Introduction to Behavioural Economics
 

Nature of Behavioural economics; Methodological approach; Origins of behavioral economics; Neo-classical and behavioral approaches to studying economics

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:30
Foundations of Behavioural Economics
 

Values; Preferences and Choices; the standard model; Axioms, assumptions and definitions; The neuro scientific basis of utility Beliefs; Heuristics and Biases; The standard model; Probability estimation; Self-evaluation bias- Projection bias- Causes of irrationality Decision making under risk and uncertainty; Risk based assessment; Prospect theory; Reference points; Loss Aversion; Shape of utility function; Decision weighting Mental accounting; Nature and components of mental accounting; Framing and editing; Budgeting and fungibility; Choice bracketing and dynamics

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:17
Strategic interaction
 

Nature of behavioural game theory; mixed strategies; Bargaining; Social Preferences: Altruism, envy, fairness and justice; Intentions, reciprocity and trust; Limited strategic thinking.

Text Books And Reference Books:

Angner, E. (2016). A Course in Behavioral Economics .(2nd ed.).New York: Palgrave Macmillan.

Wilkinson, N., &  Klaes, M. (2012).  An Introduction to Behavioral Economics. New York:  Palgrave Macmillan.

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

Ariely, D. (2008). Predictably Irrational. New York: Harper & Collins.

Camerer, C. F., Loewenstein, G., & Rabin, M. (eds). (2011). Advances in Behavioral Economics. Princeton:  Princeton University Press.

Cartwright, E. (2017). Behavioral Economics. London: Routledge.

Jalan, B. (1997). India's Economic Policy. New Delhi: Penguin Books India.

Kahneman, D., & Tversky, A. (2013). Choices, Values, and Frames. In Handbook Of The Fundamentals Of Financial Decision Making: Part I (pp. 269-278).

Kahneman, D., &  Tversky, A. (Eds.). (2000). Choices, Values, and Frames. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

Kapila, U. (Eds.). (2009). Indian Economy since Independence.  New Delhi: Academic Foundation.

Thaler, R. H., & Sunstein, C. R. (1975). Nudge: Improving Decisions about Health, Wealth, and Happiness. London: Penguin Books.

Evaluation Pattern

 

Evaluation Pattern

CIA1

MSE* (CIA2)

CIA3

ESE**

Attendance

Weightage 

20

25

20

30

05

Question Paper Pattern: MSE and ESE (Max. Marks = 50)

Section A

Section B

Section C

5 x 2 = 10 Marks

6 x 5 = 30 Marks

1 x 10 = 10 Marks

BECH361A - INDIAN GOVERNMENT AND POLITICS (2022 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:60
No of Lecture Hours/Week:4
Max Marks:100
Credits:4

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

Course Description

This course analyzes the structural aspects of the Indian state and offers a detailed understanding of important components of the Indian Constitution. It further examines the important organs of the state and their structural equations. Specifically, it provides debates on the functional aspects through executive and judiciary and its influence on Indian economy. 

Course Objectives

The objectives of the course are to introduce students to: 

  • examine the dynamics of the Indian state and structure.
  • identify and analyze the contemporary issues and debates of Indian Constitution.
  • illustrating and outlining the nature, structure, working of the Constitution and the functional implications involved in it.

Learning Outcome

CO1: CO1: Interpret and appraise the philosophy and structure of the Indian Constitution.

CO2: CO2: Analyze the evolution of the Indian Constitution and how the executive and judiciary relations are determined by various constitutional factors.

CO3: CO3: Evaluate the structural determinants of legislature, executive and judiciary in handling the economic affairs.

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:15
State and Constitution
 

The Concepts of State and Constitutionalism; Preamble of the Indian Constitution; Philosophy of the Constitution;Salient Features; Fundamental Rights; Directive Principles of State Policy.

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:15
Executive and Judiciary
 

Parliamentary and Presidential forms of Government: A Debate; Union and State Council of Ministers: Organization and Functions; Indian Judiciary System – Judicial Review, Judicial Activism, Public Interest Litigation, Judicial Reforms.

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:15
Union and State Relations
 

Unitary and Federal features – Legislative, Administrative and Financial Relations – Ministry of Finance, NITI Aayog, Finance Commission and State Autonomy Debate.  

Unit-4
Teaching Hours:15
Key Issues and Players
 

The Electoral Political Economy - Role of Pressure Groups and Public Opinion in the Electoral Process; Social Justice and Regional Disparities.

Text Books And Reference Books:
  • Avasthi, AP. (2016). Indian Government and Politics. Agra: Lakshmi Narain Agarwal.
  • Bakshi, P.M. (2012). The Constitution of India. New Delhi: Universal Law.
  • Chakrabarty, B. and Pandey, R.K. (2008). Indian Government and Politics. New Delhi: Sage.
  • Fadia, B.L. (2016). Indian Government and Politics. Agra: Sahitya Bhawan.
  • Ghai, K.K. (2015). Indian Government and Politics. Noida: Kalyani.
  • Ghosh, P. (2014). Indian Government and Politics. New Delhi: PHI Learning.
  • Johari, J.C. (2014). The Constitution of India: A Politico-Legal Study. New Delhi: Sterling.
  • Kashyap, S. (2014). Our Parliament. New Delhi: National Book Trust.
  • Kashyap, S.C. (2011). Our Constitution. New Delhi: National Book Trust.
  • Saxena, R. and Singh, M.P. (2011). Indian Politics: Constitutional Foundations and Institutional Functioning. New Delhi: PHI Learning.
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading
  • Anand, C.L. (2008). Constitutional Law and History of Government of India. New Delhi: Universal Law.
  • Pylee, M.V. (2012). Constitutional Amendments in India. New Delhi: Universal Law.
  • Constituent Assembly Debates. New Delhi: Lok Sabha Secretariat.
  • Kashyap, S.C. and Kashyap, A. (2012). Indian Presidency: Constitution Law and Practice. New Delhi: Universal Law.
  • Prasad, A. and Singh, C.P. (2012). Judicial Power and Judicial Review. Lucknow: Eastern Book Company.
  • Hassan, Z. (Ed.) (2006). Parties and Party Politics in India. New Delhi: OUP.
  • Kumar, B.V. (2009). Electoral reforms in India: Current Discourses. Jaipur: Rawat.
  • Sundar Ram, D. (Ed.). (2007). Federal System and Coalition Government in India: Conflict and Consensus in Centre-State Relations. New Delhi: Kanishka.
  • Joshi, R.P. and Narwani, G.S. (2005). Panchayat Raj in India: Emerging Trends Across the States. Jaipur: Rawat.
Evaluation Pattern

Course Code

Course Title

Assessment Details

 

 

CIA 1

MSE

(CIA 2)

CIA 3

ESE

Attendance

 

20

Marks

25

Marks

20

Marks

30

Marks

05

Marks

 

Individual Assignment

Written Exam

Group Assignment

Written Exam

 

 

 

 

 

Section A:

3 x 5 = 15 Marks

Section B:

2 x 10 = 20 Marks

Section C:

1 x 15 = 15 Marks

 

Section A:

3 x 5 = 15 Marks

Section B:

2 x 10 = 20 Marks

Section C:

1 x 15 = 15 Marks

 

 

BECH361B - ESSENTIALS OF ACCOUNTING (2022 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:60
No of Lecture Hours/Week:4
Max Marks:100
Credits:4

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

Course Description:

This course is intended to provide knowledge on accounting practices in sole and partnership firms of the 21st century and equip students with concepts, processes and reporting of financial statements in modern organizations.

 Course Objectives:

The course aims to make students:

  1. understand the basic accounting principles and practices
  2. demonstrate the accounting cycle and the steps involved in the preparation of financial statements.
  3. explain the practices of accounting in different forms of business except limited liability companies.

 

 

 

Learning Outcome

CO-1: To demonstrate a thorough knowledge of accounting principles and practices.

CO-2: To apply accounting in different forms of business except for limited liability companies.

CO-3: To build financial statements of a sole proprietorship business.

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:5
Introduction to Accounting
 

Meaning, Need for accounting, Internal and External users of accounting information, limitations of accounting, accounting Concepts and Conventions, Accounting Practices, Generally Accepted Accounting Principles, IFRS (concept only).

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:12
Accounting systems & process
 

Nature of accounting, Accounting equation - Systems of accounting, Process of accounting transactions, types of accounts, Rules of accounting. Journal - Meaning, features, simple and compound entries., Capital and revenue expenditures, Capital and revenue receipts, Contingent assets and contingent liabilities, Preparation of ledgers. Preparation of trial balance.

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:10
Subsidiary books
 

Subsidiary books – material evidences – proforma invoice, debit and credit note, types of subsidiary books - Sales book, Sales return book, Purchases book, Purchase returns book, receivable book, payable book, Cash Book- (Single column, double column, and three columnar cash book, petty cash book) and journal proper.

Unit-4
Teaching Hours:6
Rectification of errors
 

Meaning, Types of accounting errors, Need for rectification and practical problems on rectification of errors.

Unit-5
Teaching Hours:8
Unit V: Bank reconciliation statement
 

Introduction, meaning, causes for difference between balance as per Cash Book and Pass Book, Advantages of reconciliation, Need for reconciliation and preparation of bank reconciliation statement.

Unit-6
Teaching Hours:12
Final Accounts
 

Preparation of Trading and Profit and Loss account and balance sheet of sole trading concerns including all adjustments.

Unit-7
Teaching Hours:7
Fundamentals of Partnership
 

Preparation of partners’ capital account- fixed and fluctuating-preparation of profit and loss adjustment account –calculation of interest on drawings. Limited liability partnership (concept only).

Text Books And Reference Books:

Jain S P & Narang K L. (2014). Basic Financial Accounting, New Delhi: Kalyani Publishers.

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

Arora M. N. (2013). Accounting For Management. New Delhi: Himalaya Publishing House.

Bhattacharya. (2014). Essentials of Financial Accounting (Based on IFRS) (2nd ed.), Prentice Hall India.

Gupta, A. (2013). Financial Accounting for Management: An Analytical Perspective (1st ed.), Noida: Pearson Education.

Maheshwari, S.N., & Maheshwari, S.K. (2014). Advanced Accountancy (10th ed.), 1, New Delhi: Jain Book Agency.

Porter, G.A., & Norton, C.L. (2014). Financial Accounting (IFRS update) (6th ed.), Cengage Learning.

Radhaswamy, M & Gupta, R.L. (2014). Advanced Accountancy. 2, New Delhi: Sultan Chand & Sons.

Raman, B. S. (2013). Financial Accounting (1stedi). I & II, New Delhi: UNITED Publishers.

Reddy, A. (2013). Fundamentals of Accounting. New Delhi: Himalaya Publishing House

Shukla, M. (2014). Advanced Accounts, New Delhi:  S Chand Group

Vasudeva, S. (2013). Accounting For Business Managers. New Delhi: Himalaya Publishing House.

Evaluation Pattern

EvaluationPattern

CIA1

MSE* (CIA2)

CIA3

ESE**

Attendance

Weightage

20%

25%

20%

30%

05%

* Mid Semester Exam      ** End Semester Exam

BECH362A - CONSUMER PSYCHOLOGY (2022 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:60
No of Lecture Hours/Week:4
Max Marks:100
Credits:4

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

Course Description:

This paper is introduced to equip the students with the modern trends and courses in the field of consumer psychology. This paper provides a broad overview into the very interesting phenomena of the behaviour of consumers.

 

Course Objectives: The course aims to help students to:

  • Understand the different concepts related to customers and market.
  • Emphasize and know the role of psychological factors on people’s economic activity.
  • Identify the roles of different social factors impacting the consumer decision making.
  • Illustrate the process involved in the decision making process while making a purchase.

Learning Outcome

CO1: Understand the different concepts related to customers and market

CO2: Emphasize and know the role of psychological factors on people?s economic activity.

CO3: Identify the roles of different social factors impacting the consumer decision making.

CO4: Illustrate the process involved in the decision making process while making a purchase.

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:10
Introduction
 

Definition of Consumer Behaviour, scope, marketing concepts, customer value, customer satisfaction and retention; Market segmentation: meaning of market segmentation: different types of segmentation, bases for segmentation; Product positioning: meaning and types

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:25
Factors Influencing Consumer Behaviour
 

Consumer motivation: needs, goals, arousal, applications and evaluation; personality and consumer elements, Consumer perception; Consumer learning: elements and measures of consumer learning theories. Attitudes: meaning, attitude formation, strategies of attitude change.

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:15
Communication and consumer in social environment
 

 

Marketing communication: components of communication, communication process, designing and persuasive communication.

Reference Groups: meaning and power of reference group, types of reference groups, family, life-cycle, consumption rules; Social class: nature, social class categories: affluent consumer, middle class, techno class and applications of social class; Culture: influence of consumer behaviour, geographic and regional cultures.

Unit-4
Teaching Hours:10
Consumer Decision-making
 

Consumer Decision: meaning, levels of consumer decision, views and models of consumer decision making; Consumer Influence and diffusion of innovation: opinion leadership, dynamics of opinion leadership, diffusion of innovation, diffusion process, adoption process and profile of consumer innovator.

Text Books And Reference Books:

Schiffman. L., G. & Wisenblit. J. (2015). Consumer Behaviour, 11th Ed., Pearson Publication. USA.

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

Foxall, G, & Ronald, G, E. (1997) Consumer Psychology for Marketing, International Thomson Business Press, London.

Evaluation Pattern

 

CIA 1

CIA 2

CIA 3

Attd

ESE

20

25

20

05

30

 

 

CIA 1: Individual Assignments (video case presentation - "why this product is successful"?

                                                                                                       Identify a successful product and present in terms of the crietria mentioned in the unit -1 for example ; market segmentation/ product positioning/ customer retention

 

CIA 2: Mid-Semester Examination(Written Examination)

Pattern:  Section A    5 x 02 = 10 marks (out of 6)

                Section B    4 x 05 = 20 marks (out of 5)

                Section C   1 x 10 = 10 marks (out of 2)

                Section D   1 x 10 = 10 marks (Compulsory)

 

CIA 3: Group Assignments (Surveys, & Field Studies)

 

ESE: End Semester Examination (Written Examination)

Pattern:  Section A    5 x 02 = 10 marks (out of 6)

                Section B    4 x 05 = 20 marks (out of 5)

                Section C   1 x 10 = 10 marks (out of 2)

                Section D   1 x 10 = 10 marks (Compulsory)

BECH362B - EDUCATION AND DEVELOPMENT (2022 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:60
No of Lecture Hours/Week:4
Max Marks:100
Credits:4

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

As education in every sense is one of the fundamental factors of development, this course is designed to understand the various nuances of education and development. No country can achieve sustainable economic development without substantial investment in human capital. Education enriches people’s understanding of themselves and the world. It improves the quality of their lives and leads to broad social benefits to individuals and society. Education raises people’s productivity and creativity and promotes entrepreneurship and technological advances. In addition, it plays a very crucial role in securing economic and social progress and improving income distribution. So, this course serves as a foundation course for carrying out research on education and development.

Course Objectives

The aim of this course is to;

  • develop an understanding of the link between education and economic development; 
  • comprehend the role of education in bringing about equity and social welfare;
  • relate the main political, economic, and social processes that influence education;
  • developing an insight of the educational policies in India.

Learning Outcome

CO1: explain the relationship between education and economic development

CO2: outline the role of education in bringing about equity and social welfare

CO3: examine the market for teachers and its contribution to economic development

CO4: demonstrate critical understanding of the educational policies in India

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:12
Introduction and overview
 

Introduction; role of education in economic development: access to education and purpose of Education - a comparison across countries, education outcomes and their relationship with macroeconomic performance, Education as consumption and Education as individual, social and national investment; Education as an industry.

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:12
Return on education: A theoretical approach
 

Concept of Returns to education - non-pecuniary benefits; social returns of education; Scientific management and education; Cost Effectiveness Analysis in Education. Difference between Cost-benefit and Cost –Effectiveness Analysis; Theories: Human capital and job signaling theories; returns due to job signaling versus returns due to human capital- a comparison.

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:12
Education, Equity and Income Distribution
 

Educational equity measures (a) the equal opportunity criterion (b) the cost – benefit criterion, and (c) the ability to pay criterion; Education as a determinant of income variance, and the relevant contribution of different levels of education.  Spill-over and inter-generational effects of education; Discrimination and diversity. (Caste, Gender, Ethnic); Equity and Social justice.

Unit-4
Teaching Hours:12
Market for teachers
 

Meaning and purpose of Economics of Teacher provision, changing labour market in India- Demand and supply aspects for teachers and problems associated with the estimation; Choice of profession -gender perspective, relationship between teacher quality and teachers’ salaries. Significance of teachers in promoting national economic development.

Unit-5
Teaching Hours:12
Indian Experience from 1980s
 

Crisis in education; National policy on Education- 1986, 1992, 2019; Economic reforms; Financing of education; Education and Employment; Privatisation, Public - Private Partnership, District Primary Education Programme; Corporatization, Merit goods, non-merit good; Right to Education Act-2009, Education in XIIth plan.

Text Books And Reference Books:

Krueger, A. and Lindahl, M. Education for Growth: Why and For Whom? Journal of Economic Literature, 39(4) 2001.
Bowels S and Gintis H, 1975, “The problem with Human Capital Theory- A Marxian Critique”, American Economic Review 65(May).
Boyd, D., et al. (2013). Analyzing the determinants of the matching of public-school teachers to jobs: Disentangling the preferences of teachers and employers. Journal of Labor Economics, 31(1): 83-117.
Chalam K.S, “Modernisation and Dalit Education: Ambedkar’s vision”, Rivat Publications, Jaipur, 2008.
Clark, D. and Martorell, P. (2014). The signaling value of a high school diploma. Journal of Political Economy 122(2): 282-318.
Cohn and Geske (1990), “The Economics of Education”, Butterworth-Heinemann; Subsequent edition. Ch.1.
Dolton, P. (2006). Teacher supply. In Handbook of the Economics of Education. Vol. 2, edited by Eric Hanushek and Finis Welch, 1051–78. Amsterdam: Elsevier: Amsterdam.
Ehrenberg, R., Pieper, P., and Willis, R. (1998). Do economics departments with lower tenure probabilities pay higher faculty salaries? Review of Economics and Statistics, 80(4): 503-512.
Figlio, D. 2002. Can public schools buy better-qualified teachers? Industrial and Labor Relations Review, 55 (4): 686–99.
Flyer, F., and Rosen, S. (1997). The new economics of teachers and education. Journal of Labor Economics, 15 (1): S104–39.
Foster P, “The Contribution of Economic to Development” Ed by Psacharopoulos. G. (1987).
Friedman Milton - The role of Government in Education in Economics and the Public Interest, ed. Robert A. Solo (1955).
Gary S. Becker, 1964, “Human Capital: A theoretical and Empirical Analysis with Special Reference to Education “, the University of Chicago Press, third edition.
Greenberg, D. and McCall, J. (1974). Teacher mobility and allocation. Journal of
Hanushek, E., and Rivkin, S. (2006). Teacher quality. In Handbook of the Economics of Education. Vol. 2, edited by Eric Hanushek and Finis Welch, 1051–78. Amsterdam.
Harry Cleaver, “Against Speedup: Some Materials offered as a Contribution to the Discussion of the Application of an Industrial Management Technique to Higher Education”, (1996).
Hicks N L, “Education and Economic growth in Economics of Education” Ed by Psacharopoulos. G. (1987).
Hoxby, C. (2000). Does competition among public schools benefit students and
taxpayers? American Economic Review, 90(5):1209–1238.
Human Resources, 9(4): 480-502.
McPherson, M. and Winston, G. (1983). The economics of academic tenure: A relational perspective. Journal of Economic Behavior and Organization, 4(2-3): 163-184.
National Education Policy- 1986, Govt. of India.
Nietzsche, “The Future of Our Educational Institutions” (1872), critical excerpts on “efficient” state management of education.
Patnaik Prabhat, 2005: “Education and Globalisation”, Social Scientist, 33, September- October.
Sadgopal Anil: Common School System: “Do we have an option” Janata Magazine, 63, June 2008, Mumbai.
Spence, M. (1973). Job market signaling. Quarterly Journal of Economics, 87(3): 355-374.
Stiglitz, J. (1975). The theory of ‘screening,’ education and the distribution of income.
American Economic Review, 65(3): 283-300.
Thorat Sukhdev, 2008: Emerging issues in Higher education, Approach and Strategy in 11th plan, UGC Report.
Tilak Jandhyala B G, 1997, “Five decades of Under- Investment in Education, EPW, 32.
Tilak, Jandhayala B G (1981) “Investment decision- making in education and the internal rate of return, Indian Journal of Industrial Relation, Vol.16, No.3.
Toutkoushian and Paulsen (2016), “Economics of Higher Education- background, concepts and application”. Springer publication.ch 1&2.
Winkler, D. R. (1988). Screening models and education. In G. Psacharopoulos (ed.),
Research in the Economics of Education. Elmsford, NY: Pergamon Press.

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

National Education Policy- 1986, Govt. of India.
Sadgopal Anil: Common School System: “Do we have an option” Janata Magazine, 63, june 2008, Mumbai.
Thorat Sukhdev, 2008: Emerging issues in Higher education, Approach and Strategy in 11th plan, UGC Report.
Hoxby, C. (2000). Does competition among public school’s benefit students and taxpayers? American Economic Review, 90(5):1209–1238.
Chalam K.S, “Modernisation and Dalit Education: Ambedkar’s vision”, Rivat Publications, Jaipur, 2008.
Stiglitz, J. (1975). The theory of ‘screening,’ education and the distribution of income. American Economic Review, 65(3): 283-300.
Gary S. Becker, 1962, “Investment on Human Capital: A Theoritical Analysis”, Journal of Political Economy, 70 (supplement- October)
Gary S. Becker, 1964, “Human Capital: A theoritical and Empirical Analysis with Special Reference to Education “, the University of Chicago Press, third edition.
Tilak, Jandhayala B G (1981) “Investment decision- making in education and the internal rate of return, Indian Journal of Industrial Relation, Vol.16, No.3.

Evaluation Pattern

Evaluation Pattern

CIA1

MSE* (CIA2)

CIA3

ESE**

Attendance

Weightage

20

25

20

30

05

* Mid Semester Exam      ** End Semester Exam

SDEH311 - SKILL DEVELOPMENT (2022 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:30
No of Lecture Hours/Week:2
Max Marks:50
Credits:0

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

Course Description :

This course has been designed to promote professional skills in the students. The theme identified for the third and fourth semesters is Critical thinking and professional Development. The topics identified under the theme will enable the students to understand the challenges faced during their career and allow them to face them with necessary skills. 

 

Course Objective:

The course aims to:

      ●  Develop discipline specific skills for professional and personal growth.

  • Provide a platform to nurture and hone skills necessary for professional development 

Learning Outcome

CO1: To demonstrate skills required for professional workspaces

CO2: To apply academic and professional skills for self-development and organisational development.

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:30
Unit Outline
 

Students must choose MOOC courses offered by various online platforms in the specific theme given for the third and fourth semesters. This consists of review of literature, reference management system, workspace etiquettes, critical analysis writing, SOP, article analysis, writing argumentative essays, resume writing, cover letters and job finding through an online portal.

Text Books And Reference Books:

The students have to follow the references given in the MOOC courses they have opted for.

 
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

The students have to follow the references given in the MOOC courses they have opted for.

Evaluation Pattern

Attendance

Submitting report

40 % weightage

60 % weightage

BBA431 - COST AND MANAGEMENT ACCOUNTING (2022 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:60
No of Lecture Hours/Week:4
Max Marks:100
Credits:4

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

This course covers the fundamental concepts and various aspects in and of cost as well as management accounting. This course discusses how to prepare cost sheet, costing for materials, labour cost and overheads. This course also talks about financial statement analysis using various tools like comparative and common size Income Statements and Balance Sheet, Trend Analysis, Ratio Analysis, Cash Flow Statement, Budgets and Budgetary Control. It also throws some light on Management Reporting in general. And thus this course as a part of Business administration programme provides fundamental knowledge and basic understanding on various methods, tools and techniques of cost and management accounting helpful for financial decision making required for a budding professional in the domain of accounting and finance.

·       To familiarize the learners with the basic concepts and processes used to determine product costs.

·        To make known the students in ascertaining Material, Labour and Overhead cost

·       To enrich the knowledge of the learners in knowing and applying various tools like ratio analyis, cash flow statemet, marginal costing for analysing the financial statements for managerial information

·       To provide with the basic understanding of budgetary control

Learning Outcome

CO1: Interpret the relevant theories of cost and management accounting and prepare cost sheet and quotations.

CO2: Ascertain Material and Labor cost

CO3: Ascertain, allot and apportion of the overheads

CO4: Assess and interpret the financial statements for managerial decision making

CO5: Examine and understand management reports

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:8
Introduction to Cost and management accounting
 

Definitions, features, objectives, functions, scope, advantages and limitations. Relationship and differences between Cost accounting, Management accounting and Financial accounting.  Cost Concepts-Cost classification – Elements of cost - Preparation of cost sheet and quotation

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:10
Material Cost. Labour Cost and Overheads
 

Material Cost: direct and indirect material cost, Inventory control techniques-stock levels, EOQ, ABC analysis. Issue of materials to production- pricing methods-FIFO, LIFO and Average methods

Labor cost: direct and indirect labour cost-methods of payment of wages including incentive plans -Halsey and Rowan plans, Taylor's Piece Rate method.

Overheads: features, classification, methods of allocation and apportionment of overheads, primary and secondary distributions (Repeated & step ladder method only)

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:8
Marginal Costing
 

Meaning - Importance - Marginal Cost Equation - Difference between Marginal costing and Absorption costing - Applications of Marginal costing

Unit-4
Teaching Hours:7
Budgetary control
 

Meaning and importance - Types of Budgets, practical problems- Flexible Budget  and cash Budget

Unit-5
Teaching Hours:10
Financial Statement Analysis
 

Comparative Income Statements and Balance Sheets, Common size Income Statements and Balance Sheet Trend Analysis,

Ratio Analysis  Introduction, Classification and Interpretation of Ratios, Problems on ratio analysis 

Unit-6
Teaching Hours:13
Cash flow statement
 

Introduction, Concept of Cash, Sources of cash flow Cash from operation, cash from Financing and cash from investment, Inflow and outflow of cash Preparation of cash flow statements- practical problems 

Unit-7
Teaching Hours:4
Management Reporting
 

Procedures and Utility, Sample Reports

Text Books And Reference Books:

Arora,M.N (2016).Cost and Management Accounting, New Delhi: Himalaya Publishing House.

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

SP Jain & Narang. Cost and Management Accounting, Kalyani Publishers, New Delhi

Evaluation Pattern

Component

 

Description

Units

Maximum marks

Weightage

Total Marks in Final Grade

CIA1

Group Assignment

 

20

100%

20

CIA2

Mid Semester Examination

 

50

50%

25

CIA3

Individual Assignment

 

20

100%

20

ESE

End Semester Examination

 

50

60%

30

Attendance

 

 

5

100%

5

TOTAL

100

BBA432 - ENTREPRENEURSHIP DEVELOPMENT (2022 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:60
No of Lecture Hours/Week:4
Max Marks:100
Credits:4

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

Course Description: From the perspective of a country's economic development, entrepreneurship is a

necessary ingredient for stimulating economic growth and employment opportunities. In the developing

world, successful small businesses are the primary engines of job creation & income growth. In this

direction, this course on entrepreneurship development, educates an individual about the efforts taken by

the government broadly to encourage entrepreneurship.From the perspective of development of an individual’s entrepreneurial ability, entrepreneurship education becomes critical as the goal of the course is to help the youth start to think about what dreams or

ideas they have and how they can develop and fulfil them. It is also a way to learn how to interact and

cooperate with other people, be creative and find tools for how to develop themselves and their ideas. The

course aims to motivate an individual to take up an entrepreneurship to attain self-reliance and growth.

Course Objective:

To demonstrate an understanding of the need for entrepreneurship development.

2. To identify critical success factors for taking up entrepreneurship

3. To evaluate factors influencing the entrepreneurial activities in different contexts.

4. To analyze functional strategies required for entrepreneurial success

 

5. To develop business plans for entrepreneurial opportunities

 

Learning Outcome

 

CLO1. Demonstrate an understanding of the need entrepreneurship development

 

CLO2. Identify Critical success for taking up entrepreneurship

 

CLO3. Evaluate factors influencing   the entrepreneurial activities in different contexts

 

CLO.4 Analyze functional strategies required for entrepreneurial success

CLO5. Develop business plans for entrepreneurial opportunities

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:12
Introduction to Entrepreneurship
 

 Evolution of the Concept of Entrepreneurship; Theories of Entrepreneurship- Innovation Theory, Harvard

School Theory, Theory of High Achievement, Theory of Profits, Theory of Adjustment of Price-

Entrepreneurship Today; Difference Between a Manager and an Entrepreneur; Models of Entrepreneurial

Development; Types of Entrepreneurs; Intrapreneurship; Women Entrepreneurship-Women Enterprises-

Challenges Faced by Women Entrepreneurs; Entrepreneurial Competencies-Types and importance;

Mobility of Entrepreneurs; Geographical Mobility of Entrepreneurs; Occupational Mobility; Entrepreneurship

in Family Owned Businesses and Non Family Owned Businesses; Challenges & Obstacles faced by

Entrepreneurs; Factors influencing Entrepreneurship-Socio-Cultural, Economic, Political Technological &

Global factors; Business Climate in India for entrepreneurship; Creating Favorable Conditions for the

growth of entrepreneurship in India; Capacity Building for Entrepreneurs.

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:10
Identification of Opportunities
 

 Opportunity sensing & Idea Generation; The creativity & innovation; Techniques of Idea Generation-Brain

storming, Reverse Brain storming, Brain writing, Attribute Listing, Free Association, Forced Relationship,

Gordon Method & Parameter Analysis; Selection of Product/Service, Invention, Innovation & Imitation;

Product innovation; Identification of Business Opportunities; Business Opportunities in India; Models for

Opportunity Evaluation & Screening.

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:8
Entrepreneurship in Micro, Small and Medium Enterprises
 

 Definition, Role and Importance of Micro, Small, and Medium Enterprises (MSMEs); Problems Faced by

MSME Sector; Government Policy for MSME Sector; Rural Entrepreneurship- Cottage, Khadi and Village

Industries. Make in India Initiatives & Skill Development; Entrepreneurship Development Programs (EDP),

 

An overview of UNCTAD’s Entrepreneurship Policy Framework.

Unit-4
Teaching Hours:7
Feasibility analysis for Business Plan
 

 Business Planning-Financial Planning, Marketing Planning- Production & Operational Planning and Human

Resource Planning; Importance of a Business Plans; Contents of a Business Plan- Management Summary;Financial Feasibility, Marketing Feasibility and Technological Viability of Business Plans. Business Incubation and Development.

Unit-5
Teaching Hours:8
New Venture Creation and Promotion
 

 

Procedure for Setting Up an Enterprise; Selection of a Project; Decide on the Constitution Obtain

Registration; Obtain Clearances from Departments as Applicable; Arrange for Land/Shed; Arrange for Plant

and Machinery; Arrange for Infrastructure; Prepare Project Report; Apply for and Obtain Finance;

Implement the Project and Obtain Final Clearances. Project Life Cycle , Project Scheduling -Gantt Charts,

Network Techniques ; Project Management Software; Capital Budgeting; Generating an Investment Project

Proposal; Project Analysis; Market Analysis, Technical Analysis, Financial Analysis, Economic Analysis,

Project Evaluation and Selection ; The Payback Period; ; Benefit-Cost Ratio (BCR) Project Financing Equity

Financing; Angel Investing ; Debt Financing ; Miscellaneous Sources; Project Implementation Phase;

Capital Structure and Cost of Capital; Detailed Project Report; Ecological Analysis.

Unit-6
Teaching Hours:8
Institutional Support to Promote Entrepreneurship
 

 

Institutions Supporting Business Enterprises; Central-level Institutions; National Board for Micro, Small, and

Medium Enterprises (NBMSME) The Khadi and Village Industries Commission (KVIC) The Coir Board

MSME-DO; National Small Industries Corporation (NSIC); National Science and Technology

Entrepreneurship Development Board (NSTEDB) National Productivity Council (NPC) Entrepreneurship

Development Institute of India (EDII) National Research Development Corporation of India (NRDCI)

National Entrepreneurship Development Institutes; Other Institutions National Bank for Agriculture and

Rural Development (NABARD) Housing and Urban Development Corporation (HUDCO); Technical

Consultancy Organization (TCO); Small Industries Development Bank of India (SIDBI) ; Export Promotion

Councils (EPCs).

State-level Institutions; State Directorate of Industries and Commerce; District Industries Centers (DIC) ;

State Financial Corporation (SFC); State Industrial Development Corporation (SIDC); State Industrial Area

Development Board (SIADB).

Unit-7
Teaching Hours:7
Social Entrepreneurship
 

Meaning &; importance Social Entrepreneurship; Sustainable Development Goals (SDG,2030); Social and

Environmental Dimension of Entrepreneurship; Social Enterprises and their Goals; Need & Importance of

Social Enterprise Establishment and Management of Non-Government Organizations; Government Policy

for Social Enterprises.

Text Books And Reference Books:

Poornima M Charantimath (2020) “Entrepreneurship Development and Small Business Enterprises”, 3rd Edition, Pearson Publication.

Hisrich, Robert D, Manimala, J. Mathew, Peters, Michael P. and Shepard, Dean A, (2015).

Entrepreneurship. New Delhi: Tata-McGraw-Hill.

 

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

David, H. (2013). Entrepreneurial Development (5ed.), Prentice Hall

● Gupta, C.B., & Srinivasan, N.D. (2012) Entrepreneurship Development, New Delhi:Sultan Chand & Sons.

 

Evaluation Pattern

Component of Final Grade

Max Marks per Component

Weightage towards Final Grade

Total Marks per Component in Final Grade

CIA-I

30

15 %

15

CIA-II

50

25 %

25

CIA-III

30

15%

15

End Semester

100

40 %

40

Attendance

5

5 %

5

Total

 

 

100

BBA433 - RESEARCH METHODOLOGY (2022 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:60
No of Lecture Hours/Week:4
Max Marks:100
Credits:4

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

Research in common parlance refers to a search for knowledge in any stream or discipline, finding solutions or inputs for questions raised.  Students will be provided with basic concepts of research and its process. The course focuses on inculcating research culture among students through hands-on learning experiences. This course will equip the students with the required skill sets for identifying, analysing and interpreting business problems. This process will help in informed business decision-making. The course is designed to provide experiential learning in all the modules.

Course Objectives:

  • To understand the concepts, tools and terminologies used in the research world.
  • To identify the methods best suited for investigating different types of problems and questions.
  • To demonstrate hands-on experience with different tools used in research
  • To construct research questions that are based on and build upon a critical appraisal of existing research;
  • To develop a research design and analysis of the results, to provide suggestions based on research findings.

 

Learning Outcome

CO 1: Demonstrate ability to understand different research terminologies.

CO 2: Identify research problems and questions

CO 3: Develop methodology for research problems

CO 4: Analyse data required for business decision-making.

CO 5: Propose suggestions based on the findings from the research.

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:6
Introduction to Business Research
 

Meaning, Objectives, purpose, types, scope and significance of research in business and industry.  Criteria for Good research, Ethics in Research.

 

 

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:8
Research Process
 

Research Process - Steps in research, identification and formulation of research problem, extensive literature review, Research gap, statement of the problem, need for the study, Variables- meaning and types.  Theoretical framework, research questions. Deductive and inductive logic

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:10
Formulation of Research Problem and Hypotheses
 

Identifying and formulating research problem, Diagnosis of symptoms and problem. Setting research objectives. Doing a review of literature – purpose, methods.  Hypothesis – Meaning, Purpose, Sources, characteristics of hypotheses, types of hypothesis, Formulation of hypothesis.

Unit-4
Teaching Hours:10
Measurement Scales and Sampling Techniques
 

Sample design, steps in sampling process, sampling methods – probability Sampling and non-probability sampling, sampling error, Criteria for good sample, determining sample size (infinite and finite). Measurement – Types of Scales, Scaling techniques. 

Unit-5
Teaching Hours:10
Data Collection
 

Data sources - primary and secondary data, Data Collection methods- Survey, observation, Interview, focus group technique. Data collection instruments, construction of Questionnaire, schedule, characteristics of good instrument, and errors in measurement, Reliability and validity of research instruments.

 

Unit-6
Teaching Hours:12
Data Analysis
 

Data processing – Editing, coding, tabulation, normality and stationary test, pictorial and graphical presentation of Data, Parametric and non-parametric hypothesis testing, hypothesis testing using statistical tools such as descriptive, Chi–square, t-test, ANOVA, Correlation and Regression. 

Unit-7
Teaching Hours:4
Report Writing and Presentation of Results
 

Classification and tabulation, research presentation, types of report - Research proposal, research report. Format of a report-Layout, Precautions. Citation and referencing (APA, 6th edition)

 

Text Books And Reference Books:

1.Kothari, C. R. (2019). Research Methodology Methods & Techniques (2 ed.). New Delhi: Vishwa Prakashan.

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

1.Bryman, Alan and Bell, Emma (2011), Business Research Methods, 3/e, Oxford University Press 

2.Chawla, D., &Sondhi, N. (2011). Research Methodology: Concepts and cases. New Delhi: Vikas Publishing House 

3.Gupta, S. L and Gupta, Hitesh (2012), Business Research Methods, McGraw Hill Education (India) Private Limited, New Delhi

4.Krishnaswamy, K.N., Sivakumar, A.I., Mathirajan, M (2007), Management Research Methodology, Pearson, New Delhi 

5.Kothari, C. R. (2009). Research Methodology Methods & Techniques (2 ed.). New Delhi: VishwaPrakashan.

6.Krishnaswami, O., &Ranganatham, M. (2013). Methodology of Research in Social Sciences. Mumbai: Himalaya Publishing House.

7.Majhi, P. R., &Khatua, P. K. (2013). Research Methodology (Concepts, Methods, Techniques and SPSS). Mumbai: Himalaya Publishing House.

8.Srivastava. T. N and RegoShailaja (2012), Business Research Methodology, Tata McGraw Hill Education Private Limited, New Delhi.

9.Bajpal, N. (2017). Business research methods. New Delhi: Pearson.

 

Evaluation Pattern

Component

 

Description

Units

Maximum marks

Weightage

Total Marks in Final Grade

CIA1

Journal review and problem identification     

1,2 & 3

25

100%

25

CIA2

Hypothesis Formulation, Questionnaire Design  & Sample Design

3,4 & 5

20

100%

20

CIA3

Data collection and Analysis

5& 6

20

100%

20

CIA4

Construct a research report and Presentation

 7

50

60%

30

Class participation

5

100%

5

TOTAL

100

BBA434 - INTRODUCTION TO BUSINESS ANALYTICS (2022 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:60
No of Lecture Hours/Week:4
Max Marks:100
Credits:4

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

Course Description: Business Analytics is the process of converting data into insights. It is “the extensive use of data, statistical and quantitative analysis, explanatory and predictive models, and fact-based management to drive decisions and actions.” With the increase in the availability of data, Analytics has now become a major differentiator in both the top line and the bottom line of any organization. It is hence not surprising that research has shown that data-driven companies perform 5%-6% better per annum. As data analytics skills are essential for all managers today, even those who are not looking to become hard core data analysts will benefit from this course. This course is a must for professionals looking to learn data analytics, as well as students who are looking to pursue data science as a career.

 

Course Objectives:

 

        To understand and articulate a business problem and convert it into a viable Analytics question 

 

        To apply Data visualization for exploratory analysis and communicate effectively to diverse audience 

 

        To evaluate various analytical approaches and select the most appropriate for the given problem 

To apply knowledge and develop solutions across a range of functional areas like Marketing Finance, HR and Operations.

Learning Outcome

 

CL01 Understand and articulate a business problem and convert it into a viable Analytics question 

 

CLO2 Apply Data visualization for exploratory analysis and communicate effectively to diverse audience 

 

CLO3 Evaluate various analytical approaches and select the most appropriate for the given problem 

             CL04 Apply knowledge and develop solutions across a range of functional areas like Marketing Finance, HR and Operations.

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:10
INTRODUCTION TO ANALYTICS
 

 

Level of Knowledge: Application

 

Data – Information – Intelligence – Knowledge Approach, Types of Analytics, Types of Digital Data, Source of Data, Importance of Data Quality, Looking Data from many perspective, evolution of Business Analytics and Role of DSS, EIS and Digital Dashboards, Business Analytics Tools and Software, Role of Business Analyst in Business & Society, Business Analytics Process, Business Analytics Architecture & Framework.

 

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:10
DATA WAREHOUSE & DATA MINING
 

 

Level of Knowledge: Application

 

Introduction to OLTP and OLAP, Data Mart, Data Lake, Data Warehouse Architecture & Data Warehouse Design, Extract Transform Load (ETL), Data Mining Concepts, Architectural aspects of Data Mining, Data Mining Techniques - Linear Regression, Logistic Regression, Cluster Analysis, Classification, Association, Decision Tree, Data Mining Issues & Challenges, Big Data, Data Mining & Big Data application in Business.

 

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:10
APPLICATION OF ANALYTICS
 

 

Level of Knowledge: Application

 

Analytics in Business Support Functions, Analytics in Industries – Telecom, Retail, Healthcare, Governance, Supply Chain, Marketing, Finance, Retail & Human Resource, Sports Analytics, Social Media Analytics, Social Networking Analytics, Recommendation Systems. 

 

Unit-4
Teaching Hours:5
Business Analytics Tool (TABLEAU - Practical)
 

 

Level of Knowledge: Application

 

Data Visualization, Data importing (live vs. extract), Connecting to Real Time Database, Continuous and discrete data, Different kinds of plots and their usage (bar chart, line chart, scatter, histogram, dual axis), Heat Map, Filters, Parameters, Functions and calculated field, Row and aggregate calculations, Table calculations

 

Unit-5
Teaching Hours:5
Dashboard (TABLEAU / Power BI - Practical)
 

 

Level of Knowledge: Application

 

Dashboard and interactive plots, Cross Database Joins & Data Blending, Data interpretation, finding hidden meanings, Effective ways of presentation, Capstone and analytics of real world data

 

Unit-6
Teaching Hours:15
Business Analytics Tool (R / R Studio Programming - Practical)
 

 

Level of Knowledge: Application

 

Introduction to R, Features of R, R – Packages, R-Data Types, R – Variables, R – Operators, R- Decision Making, R – Graphs, R – Function, R – Looping, Correlation, Regression 

 

Unit-7
Teaching Hours:5
Case Study / Use Case
 

 

Level of Knowledge: Application

 

Case Studies on Credit Risk Analytics – Time Series Analysis, Cross – Sell or Up –Sell & Customer Life Time Value Analytics in Marketing, Prediction of Job Attrition in HR and Talent Analytics

 

Text Books And Reference Books:

 

  1. R N Prasad and Seema Acharya (2018), “Fundamentals of Business Analytics”, Second Edition, Wiley India Pvt. Ltd
  2. Dinesh Kumar U (2017), "Business Analytics- The Science of Data-Driven Decision Making", Wiley Publication

 

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading
  1. James Evans (2016), "Business Analytics" Pearson Publishers, 2nd Edition
  2. Jiawei Han and Michelin Kamber (2015), “Data Mining: Concepts and Techniques”, Morgan Kaufmann Publication
  3. Kimball, R. and Ross, M (2006), “The Data Warehouse Toolkit: The Complete Guide to Dimensional Modelling”, John Wiley & Sons
  4. Kimball, R., and Caserta, J (2004), “The Data Warehouse ETL Toolkit: Practical Techniques for Extracting, Cleaning, Conforming, and Delivering Data”, John Wiley & Sons
  5. Turban E, Armson, JE, Liang, TP & Sharda (2007), “Decision support and Business Intelligence Systems”, 8th Edition, John Wiley & Sons
  6. Michael J. A. Berry and Gordon S. Linoff (2004), “Data Mining Techniques for marketing, Sales and CRM”, John Wiley & Sons
Evaluation Pattern

Component

 

Description

Units

Maximum marks

Weightage

Total Marks in Final Grade

CIA1

Applications of Business Analytics-Only One Component

1,3

25

100%

25

CIA2

MCQ Quiz: 25 questions of 1 mark each

1,2,3

25

100%

25

CIA3

Tableau Programming

4,5

25

100%

25

CIA4

R Programming

6

25

100%

25

TOTAL

100

BBA435 - CORPORATE LAW AND GOVERNANCE (2022 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:60
No of Lecture Hours/Week:4
Max Marks:100
Credits:4

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

Course Description: This course is designed to provide a basic understanding of Corporate Law regulations and Corporate Governance Framework in India. The importance of corporate law is the establishment of laws that govern how corporations are formed and operated.  Good corporate governance incorporates a set of rules that define the relationship between stakeholders, management and the board of directors of a company and influence how the company is operating. Corporate law dictates the formation and the activities of corporations, while corporate governance regulates the balancing of interests among a business’s different stakeholders. Corporate law and governance therefore directly shape what businesses do and how they do it. This course is   a blend of key provisions of prevailing corporate law and  measures to ensure  improved  corporate governance in India.

 

Course Objectives:

 

        To outline the framework of Corporate Law and  Corporate Governance  in India

 

        To explain the provisions relating to incorporation and management of companies  in India

 

        To identify causes of the problem faced by companies relating to the legal aspects of running companies

 

        To propose possible solutions to the problems relating to the legal aspects of running companies

To analyze the compliance requirements of corporate Governance norms

Learning Outcome

CO4: Propose possible solutions to the problems relating to the legal aspects of running companies

CO5: Analyse the compliance requirements of corporate Governance provisions

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:12
Introduction to Company Law
 

 

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

 

 Meaning, Nature, Features of a company; Types of Company, Distinction between Pvt & Pub Ltd Company Judicial acceptance of the company as a separate legal entity; Concept of Corporate Veil, Applicability of Companies Act; Definitions and Key Concepts.

 

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:8
Conceptual Framework of Corporate Governance
 

 

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

 

Introduction, Need and Scope of Corporate Governance; Evolution of Corporate Governance; Developments in India; Developments in Corporate Governance – A Global Perspective; Elements of Good Corporate Governance. SEBI Guidelines and Listing Agreement.             

 

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:12
Members and Stakeholders:
 

 

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

 

Becoming a member of company; Register of Members; Declaration of Beneficial Interest; Rectification of Register of Members; Rights of Members; Variation of Shareholders’ rights; Shareholders Democracy; Shareholder agreement, Subscription Agreements, Veto powers. Role of Investor Associations in Securing Shareholders Rights. Role of Institutional Investors in Corporate Governance Distribution of Profits: Declaration and Payment of Dividend; Unpaid Dividend Account; Investor Education and Protection Fund; Right to dividend; rights shares and bonus shares to be held in abeyance. Stakeholders: Investors, Employees, Customers, Lenders, Vendors, Government & Society. 

 

Unit-4
Teaching Hours:6
Accounts, Audit and Auditors
 

 

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

 

National Financial Reporting Authority; Auditors & type -Appointment, Resignation and Procedure relating to Removal, Qualification and Disqualification; Rights, Duties and Liabilities; Audit and Auditor's Report; Cost Audit; Secretarial Audit; Special Audit; Internal Audit. Transparency and Disclosures: Board’s Report; Annual Return; Annual Report;

 

Unit-5
Teaching Hours:10
Company Meetings
 

 

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual                                                     

 

General Meetings and Meetings of Board and its Committees: Frequency, Convening and Proceedings of Board and Committee meetings; Agenda Management; Management Information System; Meeting Management; Resolution by Circulation; Types of Resolutions; Secretarial Standard – 1; Duties of Company Secretaries before, during and after Board/ Committee Meeting. Annual General Meeting; Extraordinary general Meetings; Other General Meetings; Types of Resolutions; Notice, Quorum, Poll, Chairman, Proxy; Meeting and Agenda; Process of conducting meeting; Voting and its types-vote on show of hands, Poll, E-Voting, Postal ballot; Circulation of Members' Resolutions etc.; Signing and Inspection of Minutes; Secretarial Standard – 2; Duties of Company Secretaries before, during and after General Meeting.

 

Unit-6
Teaching Hours:12
Board of Directors and Governance.
 

 

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

 

Board Constitution and its Powers; Board composition; Restriction and Powers of Board; Board Committees- Audit Committee, Nomination and Remuneration Committee, Stakeholder relationship Committee and other Committees. DIN requirement for Directors, Types of Directors; Appointment/ Reappointment, Disqualifications, Vacation of Office, Retirement, Resignation and Removal, and Duties of Directors; Rights of Directors; Loans to Directors; Disclosure of Interest. Corporate Governance issues with regard to Related Party Transactions. Key Managerial Personnel (KMP’s) and their Remuneration: Appointment of Key Managerial Personnel; Managing and Whole-Time Directors, Manager, Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer; Company Secretary – Appointment, Role and Responsibilities, Company Secretary as a Key Managerial Personnel; Functions of Company Secretary; Officer who is in default; Remuneration of Managerial Personnel.

 

Text Books And Reference Books:

Dr. Avtar Singh (2017) : Company Law; Eastern Book Company, 34, Lalbagh, Lucknow – 226 001        

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

1. C.R. Datta (2015) : Datta on the Company Law; Lexis Nexis, Butterworths Wadhwa, Nagpur

A.Ramaiya (2017) : Guide to the Companies Act; Lexis Nexis, Butterworths Wadhwa, Nagpur

2.K.C. Garg, R.C. Chawla, Vijay Gupta(2018) : Company Law; Kalyani Publishers, 1/1, Rajinder Nagar, Civil Lines, Ludhiana – 141 001.

3.A.K. Majumdar(2015), Dr. G.K. Kapoor, Sanjay Dhamija : Company Law and Practice; Taxmann, 59/32, New Rohtak Road, New Delhi-110 005

4.D.K. Jain(2016) : Company Law Ready Reckoner; Bharat Law House Pvt. Ltd.; T1/95, Mangolpuri Industrial Area, Delhi-110083.

5.Corporate Governance Principles, Policies and Practices by E. K. Satheesh, K. P. Muraleedharan A. C. Fernando

Evaluation Pattern

 

CIA – 1 (20)*

CIA – 2 (25)*

CIA – 3 (20)*

Attendance (5)*

ESE  (30)*

Total (100)*

Component

1

2

MSE

1

2

 

ESE

 

Marks

20

50

20

5

50

145

Nature

Individual  Assignment

Written Examination

Group Presentation

 

 Written Examination

 

BBA461 - INSURANCE AND RISK MANAGEMENT (2022 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:45
No of Lecture Hours/Week:3
Max Marks:100
Credits:3

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

Course Description: This is a generic elective course offered in the fourth semester to students across all specializations. In this course Students better understand & analyse products and processes with an insurance component. This course intends to provide a basic understanding of the insurance mechanism and understanding of risk and methods of handling risk, risk identification and measurement.

 

Course objectives: This course aims

 

        To analyse the risk identification and risk measurement process in Insurance companies.

 

        To understand the importance and the basic concepts of insurance.

 

        To examine the basics of life insurance contract, issuance and settlement of an insurance contract

 

        To examine the various aspects of General Insurance contract, issuance and settlement of a general insurance contract.

 

        To examine the latest trends in insurance sector

 

Learning Outcome

CO1: Analyse the identification, measurement and risk management procedures in companies.

CO2: Understand and get familiarized with the insurance sector and the basic concepts related to insurance

CO3: Familiarize with basics of life insurance contract and its issuance and settlement

CO4: Familiarize with various aspects of General Insurance contract and its issuance and settlement

CO5: Examine the latest trends, challenges and opportunities in the sector.

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:9
Introduction to risk management
 

 

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

 

Risk and Uncertainty -Types of Risk -Sources of Risk-Methods of handling Risk-Degree of Risk-Risk Identification-Business Risk Exposures-Individual Exposures -Exposures of Financial Assets -Exposures of Human Assets -Exposures to Legal Liability - Exposure to Work-Related Injury-Basic concepts form probability and Statistics. Evaluating the Frequency and Severity of Losses

 

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:12
Risk identification and measurement
 

 

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

 

Management of Risk- Risk Management Process- Risk Management by Individuals and Corporations- Understanding the cost of Risk-Risk Management and Societal Welfare. Risk Control -Risk Financing Techniques-Advanced Issues in Risk Management: The Changing Scope of Risk Management- Insurance Market Dynamics-Loss Forecasting

 

 

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:8
Introduction to Insurance
 

 

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

 

Meaning, Nature and Scope of Insurance, Classification of Insurance Business- Life Insurance and General Insurance- Reinsurance- Fundamental  principles of insurance- Essentials of Insurance Contracts. Indian Insurance Industry- Insurance sector Reforms in India-Regulation of Insurance-IRDA-Insurance ombudsman

 

Unit-4
Teaching Hours:8
Life insurance
 

 

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Regulations relating to Life Insurance-General principles of life insurance contract proposals and policy; assignment and nomination; title and claims; -Life Insurance Documents-. Classification -Money Back Policies-Unit Linked Plans.  Annuities -Classification of Annuities

 

Unit-5
Teaching Hours:8
General insurance
 

 

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

General Insurance: Fire Insurance -Essentials of Fire Insurance Contracts, Types of Fire Insurance Policies. Marine Insurance-Types– Marine Insurance Principles Important Clauses in Marine Insurance-Clauses in Marine Policy. Motor Vehicles Insurance-, Types, -Factors to be considered for Premium Fixing- Health Insurance –Medi-claim Policy, Group Medi-claim Policy, Features of Group Health Insurance, Personal Accident Policy  

 

Text Books And Reference Books:

 

  1. Gupta P.K., (2016). Insurance and Risk Management. Bengaluru, Himalayan Publication.

 

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

 

  1. Dr Neelam C Gulati (2011).Principles of Risk Management and Insurance. New Delhi Excel Publishing
  2. Dr G Syamala Rao (2011).Growth and Performance of Insurance Sector with Special Reference to LIC of India. New Delhi Excel Publishing
  3. Panda G.S., (2012). Principle and practice of insurance. Bengaluru, Kalyani publishers.
  4. Scott E. Harrington, Gregory R Niehaus. (2016). Risk Management and Insurance. Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company Limited, New Delhi.
  5. C. Arthur Williams, Jr. Peter Young, Michael Smith. (2015). Risk Management and Insurance. Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company Limited, New Delhi.

 

Evaluation Pattern

 

 

CIA – 1 (20)*

CIA – 2 (25)*

CIA – 3 (20)*

Attendance (5)*

ESE  (30)*

Total (100)*

Component

1

2

MSE

1

2

 

ESE

 

Marks

20

50

20

5

50

145

Nature

Individual  Assignment

Written Examination

Group Presentation

 

 Written Examination

 

BBA462 - SUPPLY CHAIN MANAGEMENT (2022 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:45
No of Lecture Hours/Week:3
Max Marks:50
Credits:3

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

‌‌This‌ ‌course‌ ‌is‌ ‌designed‌ ‌to‌ ‌help‌ ‌students‌ ‌learn‌ ‌about‌ ‌the‌ ‌fundamentals‌ ‌and‌ ‌also‌ ‌the‌ ‌‌robust‌ ‌approach‌ ‌to‌ ‌decision‌ ‌making‌ ‌in‌ ‌supply‌ ‌chains.‌ ‌State-of-the-art‌ ‌analytical‌ ‌models‌ ‌are‌ ‌combined‌ ‌with‌ ‌intuitive‌ ‌arguments‌ ‌in‌ ‌the‌ ‌classroom‌ ‌to‌ ‌improve‌ ‌the‌ ‌supply‌ ‌chain‌ ‌decisions.‌ ‌Discussions‌ ‌on‌ ‌cross-functional‌ ‌issues‌ ‌broaden‌ ‌the‌ ‌perspective‌ ‌and‌ ‌add‌ ‌to‌ ‌the‌ ‌rigor‌ ‌of‌ ‌the‌ ‌course.‌ ‌Participants‌ ‌graduating‌ ‌from‌ ‌this‌ ‌program‌ ‌are‌ ‌expected‌ ‌to‌ ‌should‌ ‌fit‌ ‌into‌ ‌the‌ ‌roles‌ ‌in‌ ‌supply‌ ‌chain‌ ‌management‌ ‌in‌ ‌areas‌ ‌including‌ ‌strategic‌ ‌sourcing‌ ‌and‌ ‌procurement,‌ ‌logistics‌ ‌and‌ ‌distribution‌ ‌management,‌ ‌retailing,‌ ‌e-commerce,‌ ‌product‌ ‌management,‌ ‌production‌ ‌planning,‌ ‌and‌ ‌other‌ ‌allied‌ ‌areas‌ ‌of‌ ‌supply‌ ‌chain.‌ 

 

Course Objectives: The objective of the course is:

 

      To provide an outline about the concepts, process and models of Supply Chain Management

      To understand the importance of Supply Chain Management in developing the organizations.

      To enable the students to apply the concepts and models of supply Chain Management in real time scenario.

      To evaluate the various tools and techniques of Supply Chain Management

  • To provide solutions to the issues pertaining to Supply Chain Management

Learning Outcome

CO1: Compare the basic concepts, process and key elements of Logistics and Supply Chain Management

CO2: Identify and learn the critical elements of Logistics and Supply Chain Management processes

CO3: Examine the role of technology in Supply Chain Management.

CO4: Assess the tools and techniques of Supply Chain Management.

CO5: Develop, manage and control the best processes of customer centric Supply Chain business models so that value-addition occurs in the most efficient and effective way.

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:9
Unit 1 ? Introduction to SCM
 

Basic‌ ‌concepts‌ ‌&‌ ‌philosophy‌ ‌of‌ ‌SCM,‌ ‌essential‌ ‌features,‌ ‌decision‌ ‌phases‌ ‌–‌ ‌process‌ ‌view,‌ ‌supply‌ ‌

chain‌ ‌framework,‌ ‌key‌ ‌issues‌ ‌in‌ ‌SCM‌ ‌and‌ ‌benefits.‌ ‌Designing‌ ‌the‌ ‌distribution‌ ‌network,‌ ‌role‌ ‌of‌ ‌

distribution,‌ ‌factors‌ ‌influencing‌ ‌distribution,‌ ‌design‌ ‌options,‌ ‌distribution‌ ‌networks‌ ‌in‌ ‌practice,‌ ‌

network‌ ‌design‌ ‌in‌ ‌the‌ ‌supply‌ ‌chain,‌ ‌factors,‌ ‌affecting‌ ‌the‌ ‌network‌ ‌design‌ ‌decisions.‌ ‌Designing‌ ‌and‌ ‌

Planning,‌ ‌Transportation‌ ‌Networks,‌ ‌role‌ ‌of‌ ‌transportation,‌ ‌modes,‌ ‌design‌ ‌options,‌ ‌tailored‌ ‌

transportation.‌ ‌

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:9
Unit 2 ? Logistics
 

Logistics‌ ‌of‌ ‌part‌ ‌of‌ ‌SCM,‌ ‌logistics‌ ‌costs,‌ ‌logistics‌ ‌sub-systems,‌ ‌inbound‌ ‌and‌ ‌out‌ ‌bound‌ ‌logistics‌ ‌

bullwhip‌ ‌effects‌ ‌in‌ ‌logistics,‌ ‌distribution‌ ‌and‌ ‌warehousing‌ ‌management.‌ ‌Demand‌ ‌Management‌ ‌and‌ ‌

Customer‌ ‌,‌ ‌expected‌ ‌cost‌ ‌of‌ ‌stock‌ ‌outs,‌ ‌‌Freight‌ ‌transportation-‌ ‌modes‌ ‌and‌ ‌their‌ ‌selection,‌ ‌impact‌ ‌on‌ ‌

inventory,‌ ‌Packaging-‌ ‌Primary,‌ ‌Secondary,‌ ‌&‌ ‌Tertiary‌ ‌levels,‌ ‌containers,‌ ‌Warehousing-‌ ‌design,‌ ‌

operations‌ ‌heuristics,‌ ‌material‌ ‌handling.‌ ‌

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:9
Unit 3 ? Designing and Managing Channel Partners ? Distribution
 

Role‌ ‌of‌ ‌Distribution‌ ‌Channels,‌ ‌Product‌ ‌Life‌ ‌Cycle‌ ‌and‌ ‌Distribution‌ ‌Challenges,‌ ‌Design‌ ‌options,‌ ‌

network‌ ‌design‌ ‌in‌ ‌supply‌ ‌chain,‌ ‌Transportation‌ ‌network‌ ‌design,‌ ‌Mode‌ ‌of‌ ‌transportation,‌ ‌Tailored‌ ‌

transportation,‌ ‌Managing‌ ‌Customer‌ ‌Relationships,‌ ‌Measuring‌ ‌Channel‌ ‌Performance,‌ ‌and‌ ‌Managing‌ ‌

Channel‌ ‌Conflicts.‌ ‌

Unit-4
Teaching Hours:9
Unit 4 ? Purchasing & Sourcing Management
 

Centralized‌ ‌and‌ ‌decentralized‌ ‌purchasing,‌ ‌functions‌ ‌and‌ ‌purchase‌ ‌policies,‌ ‌Development‌ ‌of‌ ‌Supply‌ ‌

Strategies,‌ ‌Purchasing‌ ‌Performance‌ ‌Evaluation,‌ ‌Supplier‌ ‌Price‌ ‌&‌ ‌Cost‌ ‌Analysis,‌ ‌Value‌ ‌Analysis.‌ ‌Just‌ ‌

in‌ ‌Time‌ ‌and‌ ‌Kanban‌ ‌system.‌ ‌

 ‌

Unit-5
Teaching Hours:9
Unit 5 ? Global SCM
 

Customs,‌ ‌Duties,‌ ‌Tariffs,‌ ‌INCO‌ ‌terms,‌ ‌Rules‌ ‌of‌ ‌origin,‌ ‌Letter‌ ‌of‌ ‌credit‌ ‌etc.,‌ ‌International‌ ‌

Transportation,‌ ‌landed‌ ‌cost‌ ‌analysis,‌ ‌Trading‌ ‌blocks,‌ ‌Trade‌ ‌Zone,‌ ‌Bonded‌ ‌warehouses,‌ ‌ICD.,‌ ‌

Currency‌ ‌fluctuations,‌ ‌exchange‌ ‌rate‌ ‌risks,‌ ‌Transfer‌ ‌Pricing,‌ ‌permanent‌ ‌establishment‌ ‌

Text Books And Reference Books:
  1. Coyle,‌ Bardi, Longley, (2008),A‌ ‌Logistic‌ ‌approach‌ ‌to‌ ‌Supply‌ ‌Chain‌ ‌Management‌,‌(1st ed). ‌Cengage‌ ‌Learning, New Delhi.
  2. Donald‌ ‌J‌ ‌Bowersox,‌ Dand‌ ‌J‌ ‌Closs,‌ ‌M‌ ‌Bixby‌ ‌Coluper (2008),‌ Supply‌ ‌Chain‌ ‌Logistics‌ ‌Management,(2nd ed).‌Tata Mc Graw Hill, Noida‌.
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading
  1. Shah,‌ ‌J.‌ ‌(2016).‌ ‌Supply‌ ‌chain‌ ‌management:‌ ‌Text‌ ‌and‌ ‌Cases‌ ‌(2nd ed).‌ ‌Pearson‌ ‌Education‌ ‌India, Noida ‌

 

  1. Hugos,‌ ‌M‌ ‌H‌ ‌(2007)‌ ‌Essentials‌ ‌of‌ ‌Supply‌ ‌chain‌ ‌Management‌ ‌(3‌rd‌‌ ‌ed)‌.Wiley‌, Delhi
  2. Coyle‌ ‌J.J.,‌ ‌Langley‌ ‌Jr.‌ ‌C.J.,Novack‌ ‌R.A.‌ ‌and‌ ‌Gibson‌ ‌B.J.(2013).‌ ‌Managing‌ ‌supply‌ ‌chains-A‌ ‌logistics‌ ‌approach‌ ‌(‌ ‌9‌th‌ed).‌ ‌Cengage‌ ‌Learning., New Delhi.
Evaluation Pattern

Cia 1 - 20 mark report submission 

CIA 2 (Mid semester examination) 

CIA 3 - 20 marks presentation in class

End semster exams - 50 marks exam 

BBA463 - GLOBAL BUSINESS (2022 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:45
No of Lecture Hours/Week:3
Max Marks:100
Credits:3

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

This course aims to explore the intricate environmental factors essential for successful global business operations, analyzing relevant theories and concepts in the context of practical applications. Emphasis will be placed on dissecting the profound impact of financial forces—such as tariffs, taxes, inflation, and the balance of payments—on the dynamics of international business. By comprehensively examining these elements, participants will gain a sophisticated understanding of their interplay and significant influence within the global business landscape.

Learning Outcome

1: 1)To develop an understanding about Globalization and International Business.

2: 2)To evaluate the environmental factors for Global Business.

3: 3)To explain the relevant theories and concepts to various practices of global business.

4: 4)To examine the effect of globalization on society.

5: 5)To analyze how financial forces such tariffs, taxes, inflation and balance of payment affect global business.

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:10
Unit II: Environmental factors for Global Business:
 

Study about Globalization, Relationship between Globalization and International Business, need for international business, Nature of international business, the forces driving International Business and Globalization, factors in increased globalization, the criticisms of globalization.  Why companies engage in International Business. International Business operating modes.  Types of international Organizations- WTO and Regional Economic Integration (European Trade Union, Asian Trade Agreements Like APEC, ASEAN, African Trade Agreements, Western hemisphere trade agreements like NAFTA, CAFTA, MERCOSUR

 

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:10
Unit II: Environmental factors for Global Business
 

                               

The cultural environment facing business, influence cultural formation and change, problems in communication across culture, guidelines for cultural adjustment. The political and legal environments facing business, political risk, legal issues facing international companies, economic analysis, ethics and the environment.            

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:9
Unit III: Interventionist and Free Trade Theories
 

Mercantilism, Neomercantilism, Theory of Absolute Advantage, Theory of Comparative Advantage, Theory and the major effects of Factor Mobility, Product Life Cycle Theory.

Unit-4
Teaching Hours:9
Unit IV: Globalization and society
 

Economic Impact, balance of payment effects, growth and employment effects, the foundations of ethical behavior, ethics and environment, global warming and the Paris agreements on climate change, EXIM Policy, Free Trade Agreements Tariffs, Non-Tariff trade Barriers. Mode of Entry

Unit-5
Teaching Hours:7
Unit V: Global Finance
 

Trade and balance of payments, current items, capital items, disequilibrium of balance of payment and rectification, components of International financial system, Forex market, Euro currency market.

Text Books And Reference Books:

Essential references:

1.John D. Deniels and Lee H Daniels & Radebaugh, (2018). 16th Edition, International Business, Pearson Education Publications

 

 

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

 Recommended references:

1.Charles W.L. Hill, Arun K Jain (2012). 10th Edition, International Business, Tata-McGraw-Hill Publications

2.Czinkota M.R., Ronkanen, I.A. & Moffett M.H (2011). 8th Edition, International Business. New Delhi: Wiley

3.Andrew Harrison, et al, (2000). International Business, Oxford University Press

4.John B. Cullen, K. Praveen Parboteeah (2011). 5th Edition, Multinational Management: a strategic approach, South-Western Cengage Learning

5.K. Aswathappa (2014). International Business. Tata McGraw-Hill Publications

6.Peng M W and Srivastava D K (2019). 2nd Edition, Global Business, CENGAGE Learning Publications

 

 

Evaluation Pattern

 

Component of Assessment

Description of the Assessment

Units covered

Maximum Marks

Weightage

Total Marks

CIA IA

Objective Evaluation

1

10

10%

10

CIA IB

Objective Evaluation

1

10

10%

10

CIA II (MSE)

Objective Evaluation

1,2

50

25%

25

CIA III

Objective Evaluation

3

20

20%

20

ESE

Objective Evaluation

1,2,3,4

50

30%

30

School Guidelines & Cohort guidelines applicable for the assessments

 

Students are provided with opportunities to improve their assignment grades based on feedback received. These opportunities may include revisions, resubmissions, or additional assignments. But with a special permission of COE.

 

Students should adhere to the assignment submission deadlines specified by the course instructor. Late submissions [beyond the submission time], may attract a penalty of 5% deduction in the marks.

 

Students should avoid copying content directly from sources without appropriate referencing. They should strive to maintain academic integrity by citing sources accurately and using quotation marks or paraphrasing when necessary.

 

Students should follow the specified referencing style (e.g., APA) when citing sources in their assignments.

 

Students are expected to uphold academic honesty and integrity. They should submit their own work, give credit to original authors, and avoid any form of cheating, fabrication, or plagiarism.

 

BBA464 - SERVICE MANAGEMENT (2022 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:45
No of Lecture Hours/Week:3
Max Marks:100
Credits:3

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

Course Description: A service is a provider/client interaction that creates and captures value. Because a successful service provider-client relationship has a critical dependency upon a well-defined and functional relationship. This course will provide an overview of service management from an integrated viewpoint with a focus on customer satisfaction. The material will integrate operations, marketing, strategy, information technology and organizational issues.

 

Course Objectives:

 

        To understand the "state of the art" in service management strategies.

 

        To develop an awareness of how information technology can enhance service firms competitiveness.

 

        To evaluate the process to deliver optimal service quality.

 

        To analyze the service experience.

 

        To develop the service blueprint 

 

Learning Outcome

CO1: Understand the "state of the art" in service management strategies.

CLO2: Develop an awareness of how information technology can enhance service firms competitiveness.

CLO3: Evaluate the process to deliver optimal service quality.

CLO4: Analyze the service experience

CLO5: Develop the service blueprint

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:6
Introduction to Services Marketing
 

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

 

Understanding Services Phenomenon; Growth of Service Sector; Role of services the Economy; The concept of Services: Characteristics of services, differences between products and services, Classification of services. 

 

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:9
Marketing Mix in Service Industry
 

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

 

Product in services, Price, Promotion, Place, People, Process, and Physical evidence (concepts only). Knowledge of the Customer Involvement in Service Processes; Customer behavior in Service Settings; Targeting Customers, Managing relationships and building Loyalty, Flower of services and new service development.

 

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:12
Planning and Managing Service Delivery
 

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Creating delivery systems in place, GAPS Model, Enhancing Value by Improving Quality and Productivity; SERVQUAL, Service Blueprint, Yield Management, Balancing Demand & Capacity Management, customers reservations & waiting list configurations. Importance of Service employee, Importance of Customer and Customer role in service delivery, Strategies for enhancing customer participation, Service recovery concept

Unit-4
Teaching Hours:10
Travel, Tourism and Hospitality Services
 

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

 

Introducing to Tourism Marketing- Concept & Nature of Tourism; Significance & Impact of Tourism, Evolution of Tourism, Tourism Market Segmentation; Tourism marketing Mix- Introduction to Travel services, Medical tourism, Religious tourism, wellness tourism, food tourism, adventure tourism .

 

Role of Travel Agencies & Travel Organization, Tour Operations, Airline Service Marketing, Road & Rail service and Travel by Sea, Introduction to Hotel Industry: Hotels; Evolution of Hotel Industry; Development of Hotels- Facilities- The guest Cycle- Grades of hotels: Meaning of Hospitality-Marketing Mix of Hospitality Industry

 

Unit-5
Teaching Hours:8
Healthcare industry
 

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

 

Introduction to Hospitals; classification of hospitals Development of Hospitals; Latest development in the hospital classification and healthcare services delivery, marketing the medical transcription services. Medical Value Travel (Medical Tourism).Innovative delivery models in healthcare & 

 

Sustainability approaches in healthcare

 

Text Books And Reference Books:

  1. Valarie A. Zeithaml, M. J. (2011). Services Marketing. New Delhi: Tata McGraw Hill.
  2. Rao, K. R. (2010). Services Marketing. New Delhi: Pearson Education.

 

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

  1. Chatterjee, J. (2010). Services Management. New Delhi: Pearson Education.
  2. Christopher Lovelock, J. J. (2010). Services Marketing. New Delhi: Pearson Education.
  3. K. Douglas Hoffman, J. E. (2010). Services Management. New Delhi: Pearson Education.
  4. Rao, K. R. (2010). Services Marketing. New Delhi: Pearson Education.
  5. Steve Baron, K. H. (2010). Services Marketing. New Delhi: Pearson Education.

 

Evaluation Pattern

 

  CIA – 1 (20)* CIA – 2 (25)* CIA – 3 (20)* Attendance (5)* ESE  (30)* Total (100)*
Component 1 2 MSE 1 2   ESE  
Marks 20 50 20 5 50 145
Nature Individual  Assignment Written Examination Group Presentation    Written Examination  

BBA481 - ENTREPRENEURSHIP DEVELOPMENT PROJECT (2022 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:30
No of Lecture Hours/Week:0
Max Marks:100
Credits:1

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

Course Description:  Entrepreneurship is a necessary ingredient for stimulating economic growth and employment opportunities. In the developing world, successful small businesses are the primary engines of job creation, income growth. This course intends to promote in-depth knowledge source for an intending practitioner or entrepreneur in the field of entrepreneurship. This course earnestly attempts to present the various aspects of entrepreneurship and what a prospective business visionary must know before setting out on a modern or business wander.The purpose of undertaking this project is to give the students a hands-on experience in shaping their ideas and documenting it in a structured format. This is also in compliance with partial fulfilment of the BBA programme. It is a time-bound and independent study guided by the faculty member who teaches the subject.

Course Objectives:

       To familiarize the students with respective traits of Entrepreneurship and inculcate the spirit of entrepreneurship in students and make them job creators instead of job seekers

       To recognize a business opportunity that fits the individual student

       To demonstrate the understanding of how to launch the individual's entrepreneurial career

Learning Outcome

CO1: Familiarize the students with respective traits of Entrepreneurship and inculcate the spirit of entrepreneurship in students and make them job creators instead of job seekers

CO2: Ability to recognize a business opportunity that fits the individual student

CO3: Demonstrate the understanding of how to launch the individual's entrepreneurial career

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:3
Chapter 1. Introduction
 
  • Introduction to small scale/medium scale (depending on the scale of your business). Introduction to your industry (sector)
  • Entrepreneurs profile 
  • Approximate Investment (Rs.50 Lakhs to 2 crores)
Unit-2
Teaching Hours:3
Chapter 2. Executive Summary
 

Summary of what idea/plan is all about. The proposal should include how the entrepreneurs want to go about the plan what is product/service his along with the basic course of action towards it.

Purpose of selection of business

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:3
Chapter 3. Partnership Deed
 

As this project is a team-project (2 in a team), you are required to have a partnership deed.

Unit-4
Teaching Hours:3
Chapter 4. Market survey
 

Feasibility of the project, SWOT analysis, The present and future scenario of sector, Competitors, Challenges, Worst case scenario and contingencies

Unit-5
Teaching Hours:3
Chapter 5. Marketing
 
  • Target market
  • 4 P’s/ 7 P’s
  • Advertisement copy
  • Michael porter’s 5 force analysis
  • Product Line
  • USP
  • Positioning
Unit-6
Teaching Hours:3
Chapter 6. Human Resource Plan
 
  • Organization chart
  • How many members or partners
  • Number of employees in each department – total headcount
  • Training procedure and implementation
  • Management structure
  • Qualification of posts
  • Salary, break up and fringe benefits
  • Working hours and conditions
  • Punctuality, leave policy and Maternity benefit
  • Recruitment sources
  • Retirement policy
  • Loan grant policy
Unit-7
Teaching Hours:3
Chapter 7. Production and Operations
 
  • Floor Plan
  • Machinery used
  • No. of production line (if any)
  • Quality policy (report of ISO, whatever quality certificate)
  • Maintenance Policy
  • Location Analysis
Unit-8
Teaching Hours:3
Chapter 8. Financial Plan
 
  • Initial investment
  • Sources of funds
  • Depreciation
  • P&L statement and Balance sheet (projected for 3 years)
  • Break even analysis
  • Cash flow statement
  • Payback period/ IRR
  • Risk analysis (optional)
Unit-9
Teaching Hours:3
Chapter 9. Execution plan
 

Implementation strategy

Unit-10
Teaching Hours:3
Chapter 10. Conclusion
 

This will be the final section of the project. A brief description of the work carried out form the first section. Conclusions to be derived from the logical analysis presented in the respective sections.

 

·       APPENDICES

·       REFERENCES (in APA 6th ed format)

Text Books And Reference Books:

Newspapers

Magazines

Internet

Journals

Company websites

Reports

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

Newspapers

Magazines

Internet

Journals

Company websites

Reports

Evaluation Pattern

Component of Final Grade

Max Marks per Component

Weightage towards Final Grade

Total Marks per Component in Final Grade

VIVA-VOCE

50

50 %

50

REPORT EVALUATION

50

50 %

50

Total

 

 

100

BECH431 - FUNDAMENTALS OF ECONOMIC GROWTH AND DEVELOPMENT (2022 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:75
No of Lecture Hours/Week:5
Max Marks:100
Credits:5

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

Course Description:

The course introduces the fundamental concepts, approaches and the classic theories in areas of economics of growth as well as economic development. With the exploration of the diverse patterns of achieving economic development, the course gives insights on the existence of varied levels of economic progress across the nations. The course focuses on core issues like poverty, inequality by highlighting the discussions on the concept, measurement and extent of these problems.  In addition, the course throws light on the contemporary issues and hindrances in achieving economic development thereby introducing the various nuances encircling the broader topic of economic development.

 

Course Objectives:

The course intends to:

 

  1. give an understanding of the theoretical perceptions of economic growth and development together; 

  2. to create awareness of the challenges in the developmental process and thus motivate the students towards the thinking of alternative solutions;

  3. analyse the evolving issues and nuances with respect to the economic growth and development.

Learning Outcome

CO1: give an understanding of the theoretical perceptions of economic growth and development together

CO2: to create awareness of the challenges in the developmental process and thus motivate the students towards the thinking of alternative solutions

CO3: analyse the evolving issues and nuances with respect to the economic growth and development

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:15
Introduction and Relevant Concepts
 

Concept of Economic growth and development; Measurement: Traditional Measures, the new economic view of development, Sen’s Capabilities Approach; Development and Happiness and other recent measures; Core values and objectives of development; Environmental sustainability and sustainable development: Concept and recent strategies; Common characteristics of developing nations and difference between low-income countries today and developed countries in earlier stages.

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:15
Four Classic Approaches to Growth and Development
 

 

Development as growth and linear stage theories: Rostow’s stages theory, Harrod-Domar Model and Romer’s model; Schumpeter’s Innovation theory, Structural change models: Lewis model and Chenery’s patterns of growth; International dependence revolution: False-paradigm model; Neo-classical growth model: Solow’s growth model; Neo-classical counter revolution: market fundamentalism; classic theories of development: reconciling the differences.

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:10
Contemporary Models of Development and Underdevelopment
 

Underdevelopment as Coordination failure; Multiple Equilibria: A Diagrammatic Approach; the Big Push theory; Problems in multiple equilibria.

Unit-4
Teaching Hours:15
Poverty, Inequality and Development
 

 

Concept of Poverty- absolute, relative and Poverty Line; Absolute poverty: Measurement, popular and recent measures, extent and magnitude; Concept of inequality and measurement, size distributions, Lorenz curves, Gini co-efficient and recent measures; Poverty inequality and social welfare: Economic growth and income inequality; Kuznets’ inverted Hypothesis; Impact of inequality on development.

Unit-5
Teaching Hours:10
Trade and Development
 

Economic globalization; Key issues in international trade; Free-Trade and Less Developed Countries (LDCs); Trade policy for LDCs – Export promotion and import substitution; LDCs and global value chains

Unit-6
Teaching Hours:10
Planning for Development
 

Development planning: concepts and rationale; basics of development planning process; role of State versus market in planning for development; development roles of NGOs.

Text Books And Reference Books:

Todaro, M. P., & Smith, S. C. (2012). Economic Development (11th ed.). Washington, DC: George Washington University

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

Acemoglu, D. & Robinson, J. (2006). Economic Origins of Dictatorship and Democracy. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. 

Basu, K. (1997). Analytical Development Economics: The Less Developed Economy Revisited. Cambridge: MIT Press.

Dasgupta, P. (2007). Economics: A Very Short Introduction. New York: Oxford University Press. 

Putnam, R. (1994). Making Democracy Work: Civic Traditions in Modern Italy. Princeton: Princeton University Press.

Ray, D. (2011). Development Economics. Princeton: Princeton University Press.

Schultz, T. P., & Strauss, J. (2008). Handbook of Development Economics (eds.). (Vol. 4). Oxford: Elsevier.

Sen, A. (2000). Development as Freedom. New York: Oxford University Press. 

Thirlwall, A. (2006). Growth & Development. London: Palgrave Macmillan

Evaluation Pattern

Evaluation Pattern

CIA1

MSE* (CIA2)

CIA3

ESE**

Attendance

Weightage

20

25

20

30

05

* Mid Semester Exam      ** End Semester Exam

BECH432 - RESEARCH METHODOLOGY (2022 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:75
No of Lecture Hours/Week:5
Max Marks:100
Credits:5

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

The course introduces a detailed overview of the research methodology. First, it introduces the meaning, definition, types and importance of research. Thereafter, research methodology is being discussed from a historical point of view, wherein the position of research methodology in knowledge and philosophy is illustrated. The course then introduces different components of research problems and research design. The last sections of the course elaborate on survey designs, and methods of data collection and processing. The practical implementation of over-teaching of research methodology is done in the final section by introducing the ways of report/article/thesis writing.

Course Objectives:

This course has been designed to help students to

  1. demonstrate the importance of research in creating and extending the knowledge base in their area of research interest;
  2. compare  the  strengths  and  limitations  of  different  research  approaches  in general, and in their research area specifically; 
  3. construct skills required to work independently, so that they can plan and carry out a small-scale research project.

Learning Outcome

CO1: explain the concepts critically by underpinning different research methodologies suitable for use within the economics and social sciences.

CO2: apply the in-depth knowledge of a range of research methods and decide how to choose a method guided by a research question.

CO3: propose, justify and undertake a small-scale research project, and evaluate peer-reviewed journal articles from social science discipline in their area of interest.

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:8
Meaning and Definition of Research
 

Meaning and definition of research; criteria for good research; objectives of research; difficulties in social research; utility of research.

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:8
Philosophy and Methods of Social Research
 

Research Philosophy: Positivism, Interpretivism and Realism; Deductive and inductive methods; classification of research.

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:9
Selection of Research Problem
 

Steps involved in selection of research problem; evaluation of the problem; literature review, sources of literatures.

Unit-4
Teaching Hours:9
Research Design and Ethics
 

Research design: Meaning, types and evaluation of research design; Research Ethics in designing, data collection and analysis.

Unit-5
Teaching Hours:9
Sampling and Sample Design
 

Meaning of sampling; Sampling process; Methods of sampling; Sampling errors; Calculating sample size.

Unit-6
Teaching Hours:15
Methods of Data Collection
 

Types of data: Primary and secondary data; Methods for primary data collection: observation; interview; questionnaire; schedule; Sources of secondary data; Case study; Survey methods.

Unit-7
Teaching Hours:9
Data Processing, Analysis and Interpretation
 

Steps in data processing: Editing; Coding; Classification; Transcription; Analysis of data and interpretation.

Unit-8
Teaching Hours:8
Report Writing
 

Types of report; Planning of report writing; Format of research report; Reference styles.

Text Books And Reference Books:

Cargan, L. (2007). Doing Social Research. Lanham, MD: Rowman & Littlefield Publishers.

Kothari, C. R. (2014). Research Methodology: Methods and Techniques (2 nd ed.). New Delhi: New Age International Publishers.

Walliman, N. (2016). Social Research Method: The Essentials. London: SAGE Publications.

Wellington, J. & Szczerbiński, M. (2007). Research Methods for the Social Sciences. New York: Continuum International Publishing Group.

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

Andres, L. (2012). Designing & Doing Survey Research. London: SAGE Publications.

Buchanan, D. A., & Bryman, A. (2009). The SAGE Handbook of Organizational Research Methods. London: SAGE Publications.

Gillham, B. (2000). Case Study Research Methods. London: Continuum International Pub. Group.

Gillham, B. (2008). Small-scale Social Survey Methods: Real World Research. London: Continuum International Publishing Group. 

Hammersley, M., & Traianou, A. (2012). Ethics in Qualitative Research: Controversies and Contexts. London: SAGE Publications.

Mustafa, A. (2008). Case Study Method: Theory and Practice: Research and Management Approaches. New Delhi: Atlantic Publishers & Distributors.

Ornstein, M. D. (2013). A Companion to Survey Research. London: SAGE Publications.

Saldaña, J. (2012). The Coding Manual for Qualitative Researchers. London: SAGE Publications.

Saunders, M., Lewis, P., & Thornhill, A. (2011). Research Methods for Business Students (5 th ed.). New Delhi: Pearson Education Ltd.

Yang, K. (2010). Making Sense of Statistical Methods in Social Research. London:  SAGE Publications.

Evaluation Pattern

Evaluation Pattern

CIA1

MSE*(CIA2)

CIA3

ESE**

Attendance

Weightage

20

25

20

30

05

*Mid Semester Exam      **End Semester Exam

BECH433 - INTRODUCTION TO ECONOMETRICS (2022 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:75
No of Lecture Hours/Week:5
Max Marks:100
Credits:5

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

Course Description

This  course  provides  a  comprehensive  introduction  to  basic  econometric  concepts  and  techniques  of  econometric  analysis  through  a  step-by-step  approach.  The  course begins  with  an  introduction  to  the  definitions  and  scope  of  econometrics.  Then  students  will  be  introduced  to  simple  as  well  as  multiple  linear  regression  models  and  the  fundamental  assumptions  of  Classical  Linear  Regression  Modelling.  The  causes,  consequences  and  remedies  for  the  assumption  violations  viz.  Heteroskedasticity, Autocorrelation  and  Multicollinearity  are  then  discussed.  There  is  a  separate  unit  to introduce  students  to  the  use  of  dummy  variables  in  econometric  analysis.  The  course also covers the consequences of and tests for misspecification of regression models.  

 

Course Objectives

 This course aims to: 

 1.  Understand the basic econometric concepts and techniques. 

 2.  Demonstrate simple as well as multiple linear regression models. 

 3.  Analyse and examine the CLRM assumption violations and specification errors. 

 4.  Introduce dummy variables and its use in econometric modelling. 

 

Learning Outcome

CO1: Define and explain the fundamental econometric concepts.

CO2: Construct and estimate simple as well as multiple linear regression models

CO3: Examine the assumption violations and specification errors, and formulate ways to overcome the same.

CO4: Analyse models using dummy variables and use them to solve econometric issues as well as analyse qualitative relationships.

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:5
Introduction
 

Definition and scope of econometrics; Methodology of econometric research; Historical origin of the term regression and its modern interpretation; Statistical vs. deterministic relationship; regression vs. causation, regression vs. correlation; Terminology and notation; The nature and sources of data for econometric analysis.

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:15
Simple Linear Regression Model
 

Two-Variable Case Estimation of a model by OLS method: Assumptions; Properties of Least Square Estimators: Gauss-Markov Theorem; Testing of regression coefficient; Test for regression as a whole: Coefficient of determination.

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:15
Multiple Linear Regression Model
 

Multiple Regression Analysis: The problem of estimation, notation, and assumptions; the meaning of partial regression coefficients; the multiple coefficient of determination: R2 and the multiple coefficient of correlation; R2 and adjusted R2; partial correlation coefficients; interpretation of multiple regression equation.

Unit-4
Teaching Hours:15
Relaxing the Assumptions of CLRM
 

Introduction to Multicollinearity, Heteroscedasticity & Autocorrelation: the nature of the problem; its detection and corrective measures.

Unit-5
Teaching Hours:10
Model Specification Errors
 

Omitted Variables and test; Irrelevant Variables; Misspecification of the functional form; Alternative functional forms; Errors of Measurement: Outliers; Leverage and Influence data.

Unit-6
Teaching Hours:15
Dummy Variable Regression Models
 

Dummy Variable technique: The Nature of Dummy Variables; Dummy Variable Trap; ANOVA; Use of Dummy variables:  Structural Break; Seasonal Adjustment; and Interaction effects; Nature of Qualitative response models: Linear Probability Model; Logit Model; Probit Model.

Text Books And Reference Books:

Bhaumik, S. K. (2015).  Principles of Econometrics: A Modern Approach using EViews. New Delhi: Oxford University Press 

Gujarati, D. N. (2016). Econometrics by Example (2nd ed.). New Delhi: Palgrave.

Gujarati, D. N., Porter, D.C., & Gunasekar, S. (2017). Basic Econometrics. (5th ed.). New Delhi: McGraw-Hill.

Studenmund, A. H. (2016). Using Econometrics: A Practical Guide. (7th ed.). New Delhi:  Pearson.

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

Dougherty, C. (2016). Introduction to Econometrics (5th ed.). New York: Oxford University Press.

Koutsoyiannis, A. (1973). Theory of Econometrics. New York: Harper & Row.

Wooldridge, J. M. (2014). Introductory Econometrics: A Modern Approach (4th ed.). New Delhi: Cengage Learning.

Sheffrin, S. M. (1996).  Rational Expectations  (2nd  ed.). Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. 

Evaluation Pattern

Evaluation Pattern

CIA1

MSE* (CIA2)

CIA3

ESE**

Attendance

Weightage

20

25

20

30

05

* Mid Semester Exam      ** End Semester Exam

BECH441A - ECONOMIC SOCIOLOGY (2022 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:60
No of Lecture Hours/Week:4
Max Marks:100
Credits:4

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

The course is intended to be a general introduction to economic sociology. It would sensitize students to the major concepts, ideas and findings in this field. The course will primarily deal with the application of sociological tradition to explain economic phenomena.

 

Course Objectives:

The course aims to help students to:

 

  1. illustrate why economic actions, processes and structures need to be embedded in the wider social context.

  2. describe the theoretical perspectives of economic sociology (such as embeddedness by Granovetter, Transaction Cost Analysis, Agency Theory) and survey one of the current research trends in the discipline.

  3. discuss why economic sociologists are increasingly rejecting the notion of “free” markets and embracing the idea of “choice within constraints”.

  4. develop writing and presentation skills.

Learning Outcome

CO1: describe the importance of studying economic sociology to gain a deeper understanding of the interplay between institutions and the economy.

CO2: analyse how the cultural or socio-political factors do not ?interfere? with the smooth functioning of the economy, rather, institutions, in general, promote effective economic operation.

CO3: examine how the subject matter of economics (such as markets, price formation, firms and organisations) are influenced and shaped within the larger constructs of society (such as culture, religion, ethics, and social norms).

CO4: interpret the theoretical perspectives and evaluate empirical evidence to construct a coherent argument that puts forth their own point of view about how societal norms influence economic entities.

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:15
Introduction
 

The classics in economic sociology; New economic sociology; Embeddedness by Granovetter; Contributions of new economic sociology; Structural sociology and networks; Organization theory; Cultural sociology; Building a historical and comparative tradition in economic sociology; James Coleman and interest-based sociology.

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:8
Economic Organisation and Firms
 

The social organisation of the economy; Capitalism; Industrial districts; Globalization; Economic theories of the firm; Organisational Economics; Transaction cost analysis; Agency theory.

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:15
Economic and Sociological Approaches to Markets
 

Economists on the market from a sociological perspective; Markets in classical political economy (Adam Smith to Marx); The marginalist revolution and creation of the modern concept of the market; The Austrian School and the concept of the market as a process; Keynes’ critique of the mainstream view of the markets; Industrial organisation and the concept of market structure; Sociologists on markets: Max Weber-Harrison White on the market; The W(y) model; Markets as networks; Price and price formation.

Unit-4
Teaching Hours:12
Culture and Economy
 

The values approach to culture; the relationship of values to norms; Culture and economic development; Culture, religion and economic ethic; Economic culture and modernisation; Culture and economy in modern sociology; Culture and trust in contemporary economic sociology; Material culture and consumption.

Unit-5
Teaching Hours:10
Recent Research Trends: The Informal Economy
 

Definitions; The dynamics of informality; The role of the state; Measuring the unmeasurable; The changing boundaries of informality

Text Books And Reference Books:

Portes, A. (2010). Economic Sociology: A Systematic Inquiry. Princeton: Princeton University Press.

Swedberg, R. (2003). Principles of Economic Sociology. Princeton: Princeton University Press.

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

Abolafia, M. Y. (1998). Markets as Cultures: An Ethnographic Approach. The Sociological Review, 46(S1), 69–85.

Akerlof, G. A. (1978). The market for “lemons”: Quality uncertainty and the market mechanism.  The Quarterly Journal of Economics, 84 (3), 488-500.

Alchian, A. A., & Demsetz, H. (1972). Production, Information Costs and Economic Organization. The American Economic Review, 62(5), 777–795.

Aldrich, H. E., & Ruef, M. (2006). Organizations Evolving. (2nd ed.). London: SAGE Publications Ltd.

Alford, C. F. (2001). Whistleblowers: Broken Lives and Organizational Power. New York: Cornell University Press.

Arrow, K. (1985). The Economics of Agency. In J. W. John., W. Pratt & R. Zeckhauser (Eds.), Principals and Agents: The Structure of Business (pp. 37–54.). Massachusetts: Harvard Business School Press

Evaluation Pattern

Evaluation Pattern

CIA1

MSE* (CIA2)

CIA3

ESE**

Attendance

Weightage

20

25

20

30

05

* Mid Semester Exam      ** End Semester Exam

BECH441B - LABOUR ECONOMICS (2022 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:60
No of Lecture Hours/Week:4
Max Marks:100
Credits:4

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

Course Description:

The course aims at providing the students with the basic understanding of the microeconomic aspect of labour theories and labour market. The students have to understand the labour market structure, wage determination, unemployment, the growth pattern and the changes that have taken place in labour regulations of the country. The course also aims to introduce the various data available in the field of labour and employment such as NSS data on employment and unemployment that will enable the students to associate real situations with theories.

Course Objectives:

The course aims to help students to:

  1. demonstrate the microeconomic aspect to understand the functioning of different labour markets.
  2. examine the evolving wage payment mechanism and discrimination in the labour market.
  3. understand the various determinants of employment, unemployment and the mobility of labour.
  4. evaluate the labour regulation and labour market policies in India

Learning Outcome

CO1: explain the demand for and supply of labour in different labour market conditions.

CO2: examine the objectives of wage policy and analyse the labour market discrimination.

CO3: explain the human capital model to understand employment, unemployment and the mobility of labour.

CO4: compare labour market regulation in India with ILO Core labour standards.

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:6
Introduction to Labour Economics
 

Unique features of the labour market; Participants in the labour market; Labour market terminologies; Labour in classical, neo-classical and Keynesian analysis; Evolution of labour economics as a discipline post 1945; Classification of labour markets; Positive and normative economics in the context of labour markets; Labour markets and Pareto efficiency; Causes of labour market failure.

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:15
Labour Market Analysis
 

Demand for labour: Determinants of demand for labour, substitution and scale effect, short run vs. long run demand for labour; Firm, industry and market demand for labour; Elasticity of derived demand: The Hicks-Marshall rules, cross elasticity of demand for labour; Supply of labour: Static Labour-Leisure Choices-supply curve of labour; Indifference curves and budget constraints; Reservation wage; Labour market equilibrium: wage and employment determination in monopsony; perfectly competitive and monopoly labour markets; Monopoly union model and its impact on wage rate.

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:15
Wage and Labour Market Discrimination
 

Wage concept and Definitions; minimum wage, living and fair wages; Methods of wage payment: time and piece wage; Wage policy; Objective and importance; Evolving wage structure and differentials in India, productivity-wage relationship in India; Labour market discrimination; Economic analysis of labour market discrimination; Employer and Employee discrimination, Statistical discrimination; measuring discrimination- the Blinder-Oaxaca model.

Unit-4
Teaching Hours:12
Employment, Unemployment and Labour Mobility
 

Determinants of employment and unemployment, Measurement issues; the human capital model, modified human capital model; the added worker and discouraged worker hypothesis; segmented labour market; job search and vacancy analysis;Gender and employment; Unemployment, causes and consequences – technology and employment – Recent trends of employment and unemployment in India; Determinants of labor mobility and migration, Offshoring-Onshoring trends and Visa policies in India.

Unit-5
Teaching Hours:12
Labour Regulations and Labour Market Policies in India
 

Role of regulations in labour markets, Economic case for labour market regulations- Labour regulations in India-its impact and their enforcement-Trade unions in India-Factors affecting their growth and measures to help maintain union relevance- ILO Core Labour Standards and its impact on Indian Labour Policy- Recent trends in Working conditions- Social security and Insurance- Welfare Funds-Employment Exchanges-Vocational education and training.

Text Books And Reference Books:

Borjas, G. J., (2005) Labor Economics. (3rd ed). Boston, MA: McGraw-Hill/Irwin.
Ehrenberg, R. G., & Smith, R.S. (2012). Modern Labour Economics: Theory and public Policy. (11th ed.). New York: Prentice Hall.
McConnell, C. R; Stanley, L.B & MacPherson., (2017). Contemporary Labor Economics, (11th ed), New York: McGraw-Hill.
Reynolds, Lloyd. G., & Masters, S. H. (1997). Labour Economics and Labour Relations (11th ed), New York: Pearson.

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

Ashenfelter, O., & Card, R. (2011). The Hand book in Labor Economics. (Vol. 4A), New York: North-Holland.
Ashenfelter, O., & Layard. R. (1986). The Hand book in Labor Economics. (Vol.1) New York: North-Holland.
Ashenfelter, O., & Layard. R. (1999). The Hand book in Labor Economics. (Vol.3A, 3B, & 3C). New York: North-Holland.
Becker, G. S., (1992). Human Capital: Theoretical and Empirical Analysis with Special Reference to Education (3rd ed.). Chicago: University of Chicago Press.
Cahuc, P. &Zilberberg, A. (2004). Labour Economics, MIT: MIT Press.
Helfgott, R. B. (1974). Labour Economics, New York: Random House.
Khasnobis, G. B., Kanbur. R., & Ostrom, E. (2006). Linking the Formal and Informal Economy. Oxford University Press. 
Prasad, B. (2015). Labour Economics, New Delhi: Anmol Publications Pvt Ltd.
Ramaswamy, K. V. (2015). Labour, Employment and Economic Growth in India, New Delhi: Cambridge University Press.
Schneider, F., &Enste., D. H., (2004). The Shadow Economy: An International Survey. Cambridge University Press.
Smith, S. (1994). Labour Economics, Routledge, London.

Evaluation Pattern

Evaluation Pattern

CIA1

MSE* (CIA2)

CIA3

ESE**

Attendance

Weightage

20

25

20

30

05

* Mid Semester Exam      ** End Semester Exam

BECH461A - INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS (2022 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:60
No of Lecture Hours/Week:4
Max Marks:100
Credits:4

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

Course Description: 

This course introduces students to some of the fundamental concepts for understanding international relations. It provides a fairly comprehensive overview of the major political developments and events of International. The course also explores the key issues and themes in India’s foreign policy.  

Course Objectives:

The course aims to help students to:

 

  • introduce students to the nature, scope and importance of international relations.

  • identify key concepts and theories in international politics. 

  • assess the key developments in contemporary global politics and issues in Indian foreign policy. 

Learning Outcome

CO1: examine the changing power dynamics and power shifts in international relations.

CO2: develop an overview of the major contemporary challenges and issues in international relations.

CO3: analyze the key issues and developments in India?s engagement with the world.

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:15
Introduction to International Relations
 

 

International Relations: Meaning, nature, scope and importance; Concepts and Theories of International Relations. 

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:15
Pre-Cold War International Relations
 

 

First World War, Inter-War Years, Second World War, International Institutions- United Nations, Bretton woods institutions

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:15
Post War International Order
 

 

Cold War: Evolution and different Phases; Disintegration of USSR; Emergence of Global South, NIEO; Post-Cold War International Politics: American Hegemony;  Rise of Multipolarity

Unit-4
Teaching Hours:15
India and the World
 

Features, Objectives and Determinants of India’s foreign policy; India’s relations with Other Countries.

Text Books And Reference Books:

Baylis, J. and Smith, S. (eds.) (2011), The Globalization of World Politics. An Introduction to International Relations, London: OUP.

Heywood, A (2014), Global Politics, Palgrave Foundation.

Malone, D. (2011), ‘Does the Elephant Dance: Contemporary Indian Foreign Policy’ Oxford University Press.

Griffiths, M. and Terry O Callaghan (2002) ‘International Relations: The Key Concepts’.     Routledge London and New York.

 Lowe, N.(2008), Mastering Modern World, History Macmillan,New Delhi.

Pant, H. (2016) ‘Indian Foreign Policy: An Overview’ Manchester University Press.

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

Brown, C and Kirsten Ainley (2005), ‘Understanding International Relations’ 3rd edition, Palgrave Macmillan New York.

Devatak, D, Anthony Burke and Jim George (2007), ‘An Introduction to International Relations: Australian Perspectives’, Cambridge University Press.

Goldstein, J.S. (2007), International Relations, New Delhi: Pearson.

Morgenthau, H. J. (1948)‘Politics among Nations: The Struggle for Power and Peace’, Alfred A Knopf, New York.

Waltz, K.(1979) ‘Theory of International Politics’. Addison-Wesley Publications.

Mohan,C.R. (2005), ‘Crossing the Rubicon: The Shaping of New Foreign Policy’.

Zakaria, F (2008). The Post-American World. Penguin. Viking.

Evaluation Pattern

Assessment Outline:

Course Code

Course Title

Assessment Details

BECH461

International Relations

CIA 1

MSE

(CIA 2)

CIA 3

ESE

Attendance

20

Marks

25

Marks

20

Marks

30

Marks

05

Marks

Individual Assignment

Written Exam

Group Assignment

Written Exam

 
     

Section A: 

3 x 5 = 15

Marks

Section B: 

2 x 10 = 20 Marks

Section C: 

1 x 15 = 15 Marks

 

Section A: 

3 x 5 = 15 Marks

Section B: 

2 x 10 = 20 Marks

Section C: 

1 x 15 = 15 Marks

 

 

BECH461B - CORPORATE FINANCE (2022 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:60
No of Lecture Hours/Week:4
Max Marks:100
Credits:4

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

Managing  finance  is  a  crucial  task  for  any  business  enterprise  and  has  to  be  handled  with  caution  else,  the  entire  business  system  could  be  at  stake.  Financial  management deals  with  important  decision-making  points  like  the  present  value  of  money,  what would  be  the  cost  of  funds,  how  to  design  the  capital  structure,  the  impact  of dividend  decisions  and  how  to  manage  working  capital  efficiently.  The  course  will emphasize  the  real-life  applications  of  the  concepts.  The  sessions  will  incorporate  the articles  and  case  studies.  The  course  will  also  include  the  use  of  Excel  functions  and analyse  data  on  actual  firms  and financial  markets. The problems  solved  in  class  will also contribute to critical thinking skills.

Course Objectives:

This course aims to:

  1. introduce concepts and objectives of corporate finance.
  2. understand the concept of time value in financial decisions.
  3. study different techniques of investment decisions. 
  4. understand the relationship between capital structure and the value of the firm.

Learning Outcome

CO1: analyse corporate financial policy, including capital structure, cost of capital and risk analysis

CO2: analyse modern financial markets from the risk/management and risk measurement perspectives.

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:4
Introduction to Financial Management
 

Concepts, Business, Finance, Corporate Finance, Functions of Finance Manager, Objectives of Financial Management Finance, and Strategies to improve the wealth of the owners.

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:4
Time Value of Money
 

Introduction, Time Lines, Future Value, Present Value, Effective Interest Rates, Rule 72, Calculating, Interest Rate, Calculating the time required, and Loan Amortization. With Excel Functions.

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:4
Estimation of Working Capital Requirements
 

Meaning, Types of Working Capital, Operating Cycle, Estimation of Working Capital Requirements. Approaches in Working Capital with Excel Functions.

Unit-4
Teaching Hours:12
Net Present Value and Other Investment criteria
 

Importance of Time Value of Money, Techniques of Capital Budgeting: Pay Back, Discounted Payback Period, Net Present Value, and Internal Rate of Return, Profitability Index, and Modified Internal Rate of Return. Advantages and Disadvantages of Techniques of Capital Budgeting. with Excel Functions.

Unit-5
Teaching Hours:8
The Cost of Capital
 

Concept Cost of Debt Cost of Preference Capital Cost of Equity Capital, Different Approaches to Cost of Equity, Cost of Retained Earnings. Economic Value Addition. Computation of Weighted Average Cost of Capital Using Excel.

Unit-6
Teaching Hours:8
Capital Structure
 

Meaning of capital structure and financial structure, principles of capital structure, optimum capital structure, determinants of capital structure, capital structure and EPS Point of indifference, Capital gearing, Approaches to Capital Structure: Net Income Approach, Net Operating Income Approach, M M Hypothesis without Tax Theories of capital structure- concepts, – practical problems with Excel Functions.

Unit-7
Teaching Hours:10
Risk Analysis in Capital Budgeting
 

Introduction, Probability analysis and Expected Value, Sensitivity Analysis, Scenario Analysis, With Excel Functions.

Unit-8
Teaching Hours:10
Dividend policy decisions
 

Dividend Policy and Decisions- Irrelevance concept – Residual Approach and Modigliani and Miller Approach. Relevant Concept- Walter’s Approach and Gordon’s Approach Determinants of Dividend Policy, Types of Dividend Policy, Forms of Dividend, bonus issue, stock split. Dividend Policy and Decisions- Irrelevance concept – Residual Approach and Modigliani and Miller Approach. Relevant Concept- Walter’s Approach and Gordon’s Approach Determinants of Dividend Policy, Types of Dividend Policy, Forms of Dividend, bonus issue, stock split with Excel Functions.

Text Books And Reference Books:

Pandey, I.M. (2008). Financial Management (11th Ed.), Vikas Publishing House Pvt. Ltd.
Prasanna Chandra (2017), Financial Management (9th Ed), Tata McGraw Hill.
Richard A.B., Stewart C.M, and Mohanthy (2014). Principles of Corporate Finance (11th Ed.), Tata McGraw Hill.
Stephen A. Ross, Randolph W. Westerfield, and Bradford D. Jordan (2013), Essentials of Corporate Finance (8th Ed), McGraw-Hill Irwin (with Connect access).

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

Brigham and Ehrhardt. (2008). Corporate Finance - A Focused Approach, Cengage Learning,
M.Y Khan (2008). Indian Financial System (5th Ed.). Tata McGraw Hill.
Smart, Megginson, and Gitman. (2008). Corporate Finance.
Krishnamurthy and Viswanathan (2008). Advanced Corporate Finance, PHI Learning.

Evaluation Pattern

Evaluation Pattern

CIA1

MSE* (CIA2)

CIA3

ESE**

Attendance

Weightage

20

25

20

30

05

* Mid Semester Exam      ** End Semester Exam

BECH462A - INDUSTRIAL PSYCHOLOGY (2022 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:60
No of Lecture Hours/Week:4
Max Marks:100
Credits:4

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

Course Description:

This paper is aimed at providing the learners an overview of I/O Psychology by describing the various individual, group, and organizational behaviour at work. The areas covered in the paper include employee selection, placement, training, performance appraisal, motivation and leadership.

Course Objectives: The course aims to help students to:

●     Provide the students with an overview of Industrial and Organizational Psychology by describing the various individual, group, and organizational behaviour at work.

●     Enhance the understanding of the students about the world of work and related concerns.

●    Understand about the issues related to people in organization and the workplace.  

Learning Outcome

CO1: Explain the various concepts of Industrial and Organizational Psychology.

CO2: Illustrate the process involved in development of human resources.

CO3: Evaluate the role of psychological factors in issues pertaining with industries.

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:12
Introduction to Industrial and Organizational Psychology
 

Definition, goals, key forces, and fundamental concepts; Major Fields of I/O Psychology.

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:12
Individuals at Workplace
 

Motivation: Definition, Types, Content Theories-Maslow’s, Herzberg. Process theories- Adam’s Equity, Vroom’s Expectancy theory;

Leadership: Definition, Leadership Styles, Approaches to Leadership; Organizational Culture: Definition, Levels, Types and Functions.

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:12
Development of Human Resources
 

Job Analysis:  Definition, Purpose, Types and Methods; Recruitment and Selection: Nature and objectives, Sources and Process; Performance Management: Definition, Process and Tools; Training and Development: Meaning, objectives and methods.

Unit-4
Teaching Hours:12
Attitudes, Job Satisfaction and Personality
 

Attitudes:  components, importance of Attitude in workplace; Job satisfaction: Factors, Impact of Job satisfaction and dissatisfaction in the workplace; Personality: Personality attributes influencing organizational Behaviour.

Unit-5
Teaching Hours:12
Issues Related to Workplace and Work Aggression
 

Concept of stress, role of Personality in stress, Type of personality; Primary source of stress:  Organizational Sources of Stress, life stressors; Impact of stress: Impacts on health, Performance; Managing stress: Individual practice, Organizational practice; Work place aggression: Work place bullying, sexual harassment, work place violence.

Text Books And Reference Books:

Riggio, Ronald. E (2013). Introduction to Industrial/Organizational Psychology. 6th Ed., Pearson Education, Inc. USA.

Singh, Narendar. (2011). Industrial Psychology, 1st Ed., Tata McGraw Hill Education Pvt. Limited., New Delhi.

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

Blum, M. L. & Naylor, J. C, (1984). Industrial Psychology, CBS Publishers and Distributors.   New Delhi.

Ghosh & Ghorpade, (2002). Industrial Psychology, Himalaya Publishing House.

Miner, J. B, (1992). Industrial Organizational Psychology, McGraw Hill Inc., New York, Harrell.

Mohanty, G. (2010), Industrial Psychology and Organizational Psychology, Kalyani Publishers, Ludhiana.

Schultz, D.P. & Schultz E.S., (2008), Psychology and Work Today, 6th Ed., Macmillan Publishing Co., New York.

Evaluation Pattern

 

CIA 1

CIA 2

CIA 3

Attd

ESE

20

25

20

05

30

 

 

CIA 1: Individual Assignments (Reflective essays, Scrap books, Report Writings, etc.)

 

CIA 2: Mid-Semester Examination(Written Examination)

Pattern:  Section A    5 x 02 = 10 marks (out of 6)

                Section B    4 x 05 = 20 marks (out of 5)

                Section C   1 x 10 = 10 marks (out of 2)

                Section D   1 x 10 = 10 marks (Compulsory)

 

CIA 3: Group Assignments (Research proposals,Surveys, Field Studies, Interventions,Exhibitions, etc.)

 

ESE: End Semester Examination (Written Examination)

Pattern:  Section A    5 x 02 = 10 marks (out of 6)

                Section B    4 x 05 = 20 marks (out of 5)

                Section C   1 x 10 = 10 marks (out of 2)

                Section D   1 x 10 = 10 marks (Compulsory)

BECH462B - URBAN PLANNING AND DEVELOPMENT (2022 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:60
No of Lecture Hours/Week:4
Max Marks:100
Credits:4

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

Course Description:

The world is urbanizing at an unprecedented rate. This is majorly focused in the cities of the global south. Sprawling metropolitan areas have formed even larger agglomerations, and some very large urban regions with populations in the tens of millions have emerged. This has led to environmental degradation, overpopulation and changes in the labour market. The challenges that are associated with urbanization need to be explored to arrive at innovative solutions for managing urban growth - from affordable housing, solid waste management, to regulating land-use patterns. The course introduces students to the process of urbanization and the issues in urbanization. It then discusses the main theories in the said discipline and contextualizes the problems especially with regards to India and the global.

Course Objectives:

The objectives of offering this course are to:

  1. provide students with a platform to discuss issues, theories and the process of urbanization.
  2. identify how these problems manifest differently in the context of India and the Global South.
  3. analyse the problems and challenges in managing the process of urban growth.
  4. enable the students to apply the theoretical learning on the issues of urbanisation to gain deeper insights.

Learning Outcome

CO1: demonstrate the knowledge on issues and challenges of urbanisation.

CO2: compare and contrast the problems of India and the Global South.

CO3: examine the problems and challenges in managing the process of urbanisation.

CO4: develop theoretical understandings on issues of urbanisation.

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:10
The Process of Urbanization
 

Urbanization, Urban Life, and Urban Spaces; Patterns and process of Urban development; The Origins and Growth of Cities and Urban Life; Nature and dimensions, factors initiating and perpetuating urbanization process; Characteristics of an economy passing through different stages of urbanization; Classification of Urban Areas by Demographics, Geographical and Economic Criteria; Process of Suburbanization.

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:20
Unit II: Theories of Urban Growth and Spatial Structure
 

Urban Spatial Structure: Features and Concepts of City Structure; Theories of Urban structure and Growth: Concentric Zone Theory; Central Place Theory; Urban Base Theory; Urban Size: Ratchet, Rank Size Rule; The Cost and Benefits of City Size, Optimum City Size; Urban externalities and growth; The Minimization of Costs of Friction Hypothesis; Location Equilibrium of an Urban Firm.

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:10
Urbanization in India and Global South
 

Trading Cities, Factory Cities, Innovation Cities; 21st-century Urbanization in India; The Economics of Zoning and Land Use Regulations; Agglomeration Economies, Location Decisions of Firms, Why Do Firms Cluster? Benefits and Costs of Bigger Cities, Urban Growth; The Politics of Change: Urbanization and Urban Governance; Provision and Pricing of Amenities (Public Utility Pricing); Property Tax and Municipal Finances. Urban Local Bodies, Sources of Revenue and Pattern of Expenditure of Urban Local Bodies.

Unit-4
Teaching Hours:10
Urbanization and the Labour Market
 

Pull and Push Factors for Urbanization in India; Rural-Urban Migration Process; Growth of Formal and Informal Economic Activities in Urban Space; Skilling in the Informal Economy; Labor Force Participation and Distribution of Workers; Street Children and Street Vendors; The Role of Human Capital in Shrinking Cities.

Unit-5
Teaching Hours:10
Challenges and Planning
 

Overpopulation and Congestion; Urban sprawls, Urbanization and Housing; Urban Poverty and Emerging New Inequalities; Urban Infrastructure: Water Supply, Sanitation and Solid waste management; Urban Transport and Peak Load Pricing; Land Use Patterns for City Growth; Urban Policy and Planning: Integrated Development of Small and Medium Towns; Measures to Manage Urban Growth: Decentralization of Industry, Growth Centers, Satellite towns; the Future of Sustainable Cities.

Text Books And Reference Books:

Aldrich, B. C., & Sandhu, R. S. (Eds.). (1995). Housing the urban poor: policy and practice in developing countries. London: Zed Books.

Bahl, R. W., & Linn, J. F. (1992). Urban public finance in developing countries. The World Bank.

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

Harris, R., & Vorms, C. (2017). What's in a name? Talking about urban peripheries. Toronto: University of Toronto Press.

Henderson, J.V. and J.F. Thisse .(eds.). (2006). Handbook of Urban and Regional Economics, Elsevier.

Henderson, V. (2002). Urbanization in developing countries. The World Bank Research Observer, 17(1), 89-112.

Knox. Paul L. (2011). Urbanisation: an introduction to urban geography, 3rd Edition, Pearson.

Misra,R.P. (2019). Million cities of India: Growth dynamics, internal structure, quality of life, and planning perspectives. New Delhi: Concept publishing pvt ltd.

Sassen, S. (2006). Cities in a world economy (3rd ed.). Thousand Oaks, Calif.: Pine Forge Press.

Sing Kumar Amit. (2010). Patterns and Process of Urban Development. New Delhi: Abhijeet Publications.

Singh, K., & Ta'i, B. (2000). Financing and Pricing of Urban Infrastructure. New Age International (P) Limited Publishers.

Sivaramakrishnan, K. C. 1., Kundu, A., & Singh, B. N. (2007). Handbook of urbanization in India: An analysis of trends and processes (2nd ed.). New Delhi ; New York: Oxford Univ. Press.

Sullivan, A. (2014). Urban Economics, 8th Edition (McGraw Hill/Irwin).

Evaluation Pattern

EvaluationPattern

CIA1

MSE* (CIA2)

CIA3

ESE**

Attendance

Weightage

20%

25%

20%

30%

05%

* Mid Semester Exam      ** End Semester Exam

SDEH411 - SKILL DEVELOPMENT (2022 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:30
No of Lecture Hours/Week:2
Max Marks:50
Credits:0

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

Course Description:

This course has been designed to promote professional skills in the students. The theme identified for the third and fourth semesters is Critical thinking and professional Development. The topics identified under the theme will enable the students to understand the challenges faced during their career and allow them to face them with necessary skills. 

 

Course Objective :

The course aims to:

  • Develop discipline specific skills for professional and personal growth.
  • Provide a platform to nurture and hone skills necessary for professional development 

Learning Outcome

CO1: To demonstrate skills required for professional workspaces

CO2: To apply academic and professional skills for self-development and organisational development.

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:30
Unit Outline
 

Students must choose MOOC courses offered by various online platforms in the specific theme given for the third and fourth semesters. This consists of review of literature, reference management system, workspace etiquettes, critical analysis writing, SOP, article analysis, writing argumentative essays, resume writing, cover letters and job finding through an online portal.

Text Books And Reference Books:

The students have to follow the references given in the MOOC courses they have opted for.

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

The students have to follow the references given in the MOOC courses they have opted for.

Evaluation Pattern

Attendance

Submitting report

40 % weightage

60 % weightage

VBBA411A - WORKING WITH SPREADSHEETS-II (2022 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:30
No of Lecture Hours/Week:2
Max Marks:100
Credits:0

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

Course Description: Advanced Excel is a comprehensive tutorial that provides a good insight into the latest and advanced features available in Microsoft Excel 2013. This course was designed for the intermediate student who has already mastered the basic skills needed to use Excel 2016 and wants to gain more advanced skills to put to work in a business environment or for personal use.  This course goes in-depth, using step-by-step instructions to teach advanced techniques to broaden all students' knowledge and use of the program.

 

Learning Outcome

CO1: Explain the data consolidation techniques to organize and present their data.

CO2: Examine the various data validation techniques for improving the accuracy of the data.

CO3: Apply the various advanced functions such as look up and reference.

CO4: Analyze the data using the advanced features available in Excel.

CO5: Construct pivot tables and analyzing the data using the advanced functions.

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:7
Introduction to Advance Excel
 

 

Level of Knowledge: Application

 

Using Text to Columns, the Paste Special Function, Tracking Changes in Excel, Merging and Compare Excel Workbooks, Data Validation, Subtotals and Grouping, Consolidating Data

 

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:3
Scenario Analysis
 

 

Level of Knowledge: Application

 

Scenario Analysis, Data Tables in Scenario Analysis, What-if Analysis, Mats and Trig Functions, Text Functions in Excel.

 

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:4
Lookup Functions
 

 

Level of Knowledge: Application

 

Using Lookup Functions, Vlookups, HLookups, Using Statistical Functions, Database Functions, Formula Auditing and Error Tracing, Hyperlinks in Excel, Linking Data

 

Unit-4
Teaching Hours:6
Pivot Table
 

 

Level of Knowledge: Application

 

Understanding Pivot Tables, Using Pivot Charts, Workbook Properties, Protecting and Sharing Worksheets, Understanding to Macros, Custom Number Formats in Excel, Using Custom Lists, Working with Templates, Data Encrypting and Finalising Workbooks.

 

Unit-5
Teaching Hours:7
Data Analysis
 

 

Level of Knowledge: Application

 

 

 

Data analysis in Excel using classic tools, such as pivot tables, pivot charts, and slicers, on data that is already in a worksheet / grid data, Excel data model, DAX expression, Power Query add-in in Excel 2013, build an Excel data model from a single flat table, import multiple tables from a SQL database, Create a mash-up between data from text-files and data from a SQL database.

 

Unit-6
Teaching Hours:3
Other Functions and Assessment
 

 

Level of Knowledge: Application

 

Cube functions, Timelines, Hierarchies, Slicer and Assessment (MCQ)

 

Text Books And Reference Books:

 

  1. “Microsoft Excel 2019: Data Analysis and Business Model” by L. Winston Wayne, PHI Learning Publishers, ISBN: 978-9389347180.

 

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

 

  1. “Microsoft Excel 2019: Data Analysis and Business Model” by L. Winston Wayne, PHI Learning Publishers, ISBN: 978-9389347180.
  2. “Excel 2019 All-in-One: Master the new features of Excel 2019/Office 365”, by Lokesh Lalwani, ISBN: 978-9388511582.
  3. https://www.tutorialspoint.com/advanced_excel/index.htm

      4.https://www.reed.co.uk/courses/microsoft-excel-3-course-bundle--basic-intermediate-advanced-courses-only-24/67735

Evaluation Pattern

 

CIA 1 – 30 Marks

 

CIA 2 – 30 Marks

 

CIA 3 – 30 Marks

 

Class Participation and Attendance – 10 marks

 

Total – 100 Marks

 

VBBA411B - DEVELOPING COGNITIVE SKILLS (2022 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:30
No of Lecture Hours/Week:2
Max Marks:100
Credits:1

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

Course Description: This course explains and evaluates an individual ability to perform various mental activities which are closely associated with learning and problem-solving events.

Course Objectives:

      To develop the logical and rational reasoning ability.

  • To construct their memory building and long-term visualization.

Learning Outcome

CO1: Develop their logical and rational reasoning ability.

CO2: Construct their memory building and long-term visualization.

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:6
Analytical and Behavioural
 

Understand different kinds of behaviors, differentiate them on the basis of personalities. Analyse various behaviors and yourself

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:6
Business Storytelling and Conflict Resolution
 

Learn what business story telling is, identify the need for business storytelling, learn the examples of business storytelling, know the basics of and use it for an activity on business storytelling

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:6
Creative Thinking and Critical Thinking
 

Introduction to the topics, usage of creative thinking, different activities involved in critical thinking, learn about different styles of thinking like lateral, divergent etc. ,know the importance of paying attention to detail while critically thinking.

Unit-4
Teaching Hours:6
Decision Making and Deductive Reasoning
 

Defining a decision, distinguish root causes and symptoms, explain the decision making model, outline the various ways decisions can be made, use problem solving tools for decision making, decision making pitfalls

Unit-5
Teaching Hours:4
Logical Thinking and Presentation
 

Logical analysis and the identification and construction of arguments. Understanding logical   relations, in particular the relations between premises and conclusions. Recognizing the more common forms of formal and informal fallacies. Evaluating the relevance, validity, and strength of arguments. Understanding the logical structure of deductive and inductive arguments. Awareness of the abuses of language, including connotation, ambiguity, and definition.

Unit-6
Teaching Hours:2
Problem Solving
 

Apply appropriate problem-solving and decision-making processes, Evaluate solutions and anticipate likely risks, Identify common obstacles to effective problem-solving and decision-making, Use analysis, synthesis, and positive inquiry to address organizational problems

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

https://www.thebalancecareers.com/bank-teller-job-description-salary-and-skills-2061707

Evaluation Pattern

CIA1-30 marks

CIA2-30 marks

CIA3-30 marks 

Class Participation and attendance-10 marks

VBBA411C - GREEN MANAGEMENT (2022 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:30
No of Lecture Hours/Week:2
Max Marks:100
Credits:0

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

Course Description: The United Nations (UN) has constituted 2005–2014 as the decade for educational sustainable development. The word ‘green’ is used as ‘go green’ and the word ‘sustainability’ to capture the connections and integration of an interdisciplinary curriculum. Green Management   course provides exposure to the law relating to the environment and the ecological, socio-economic, scientific and administrative issues that inform its application. India’s economic growth over the past few years has raised the prospect of eliminating extensive poverty within a generation. But this growth has been clouded by a degrading physical environment and the growing scarcity of natural resources that are essential for sustaining further growth and eliminating poverty. It is no coincidence that the poorest areas of the country are also the most environmentally-stressed regions, with eroded soils, polluted waterways, and degraded forests. Simultaneously, rapid growth has unleashed greater public awareness and an unprecedented demand for the sound management of natural resources including air, water, forests, and biodiversity. This course aims to generate an awareness among the students.

Course Objectives:

·         To demonstrate an understanding  of green management & sustainability  issues

·         To identify causes of the green management & environment issues

·         To evaluate associated Business risks and constraints  in the context of  green management &sustainability norms

 

 

 

Learning Outcome

CO1: Demonstrate an understanding of green management & sustainability issues

CO2: Identify causes of the green management & environment issues

CO3: Evaluate associated Business risks and constraints in the context of green management &sustainability

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:10
Introduction to Green Management & Environmental Law
 

 

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

 

Introduction to Green Management;  Right To Environment – A Basic Human Right: A Constitutional Law Perspective; Environmental Principles of Governance; Traditional, Common and Criminal Law Remedies for Environmental Protection; Environmental Justice: Role & Policy ; Water Pollution and Control Laws ; Air (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1981; Law Relating to Waste Management

 

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:10
Green Management & International Environmental Law
 

 

Level of Knowledge: Application

 

Customary International Law and Environmental Summits; Common Heritage: Oceans and Seas; Biodiversity and Species Conservation; Eco System and Conservation; Common Concerns: Ozone and Climate Change ; Trade and Waste Management Regime; International Principles for Conservation and Protection of Environment; International Legal Developments on Sharing Natural Resources, Environmental Ability Regime and Environmental Conflict Resolution

 

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:10
Green Management and Natural Resource Management Law
 

 

Level of Knowledge: Application

 

Common Property Resources and the Law (Including Watersheds); Environmental Safeguards Relating to Development; Forest Management & Conservation: Law & Policy; Law Relating to Wildlife: Strategy & Protection; Law Relating to Biodiversity and Its Interface with Intellectual Property Rights; Land Conservation and Management;  Law Relating to Forest Management in India ; Environmental Decision Making Process in India.

 

Text Books And Reference Books:

 

        https://www.gfdrr.org/sites/default/files/publication/Beyond%20Economic%20Growth_0.pdf

 

        file:///C:/Users/HP/Downloads/UNEP-and-IBA-Framework-Model-Curriculum-on-Continuing-Legal-Education-in-Environmental-Law.pdf

 

        Documentary (53 minutes): Endangered Planet.  https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=wBd2GM3TZlI&list=WL&index=7

 

        UNESCO (2006). United Nations decade of education for sustainable development: Reorienting programmes. Retrieved from http://portal.unesco.org/education.

 

        https://www.bimkadapa.in/materials/GBM-5-UNITS-PDF.pdf

 

        https://www.encyclopedia.com/history/united-states-and-canada/us-history/waste-disposal

 

        https://blog.ipleaders.in

         http://www.mondaq.com/india/x/624836/Waste+Management/Environment+Laws+In+India

                http://www.mondaq.com/india/x/695996/Waste+Management/EWaste+Management+In+India

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

 

        https://www.gfdrr.org/sites/default/files/publication/Beyond%20Economic%20Growth_0.pdf

 

        file:///C:/Users/HP/Downloads/UNEP-and-IBA-Framework-Model-Curriculum-on-Continuing-Legal-Education-in-Environmental-Law.pdf

 

        Documentary (53 minutes): Endangered Planet.  https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=wBd2GM3TZlI&list=WL&index=7

 

        UNESCO (2006). United Nations decade of education for sustainable development: Reorienting programmes. Retrieved from http://portal.unesco.org/education.

 

        https://www.bimkadapa.in/materials/GBM-5-UNITS-PDF.pdf

 

        https://www.encyclopedia.com/history/united-states-and-canada/us-history/waste-disposal

 

        https://blog.ipleaders.in

 

        http://www.mondaq.com/india/x/624836/Waste+Management/Environment+Laws+In+India

             http://www.mondaq.com/india/x/695996/Waste+Management/EWaste+Management+In+India

Evaluation Pattern

 

CIA 1 – 30 Marks

CIA 2 – 30 Marks

CIA 3 – 30 Marks

 Class Participants – 10 marks

 

Total – 100 Marks

 

VBBA411D - EMOTIONAL INTELLIGENCE FOR MANAGERIAL SUCCESS (2022 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:30
No of Lecture Hours/Week:2
Max Marks:100
Credits:0

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

Emotional intelligence is considered to be a pertinent skill and it influences the way we act and react in any given situation in our lives. It helps to understand the emotion of self and others, which paves the way for coping with one's challenges, maintaining good social relationships and remaining successful in one's own endeavours and goals.

1.           To identify one's challenges in maintaining positive environments and collaborative relationships

2.           To  recommend practical tools and skills for communicating effectively, assertively, and collaboratively

3.           To explain  how to choose perceptions and behaviours that will lead to positive outcomes

4.           To elaborate upon skills needed for conflict management and dealing with difficult situations

Learning Outcome

CO1: Identify challenges in maintaining positive environments and collaborative relationships.

CO2: Develop practical tools and skills to communicate effectively, assertively, and collaboratively.

CO3: Choose perceptions and behaviors that lead to positive outcomes.

CO4: Adapt to minimize conflict and deal with difficult situations with ease.

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:4
Unit 1: Social Emotional Well-Being for Students
 

Definition, Types, Purpose, Basic Theory & Dimension Theory of Emotions; Affect-circumflex model of emotions, Myths associated with emotions. Emotional Intelligence (EI): Definition, components and importance of EI in personal and professional life

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:4
Unit 2: Emotional Awareness and Regulation
 

Culture and Emotional Regulation and Emotional Expression. Developing Emotional Literacy Tools for Emotional Regulation: Mindfulness, Training students in mindfulness. Incorporating social and emotional learning into everyday life. 

 

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:6
Unit 3: Understanding the Self
 

Goals, A Critical Examination of the Self Competencies;  Relationship between Self concept, self esteem, self efficacy with Emotional Regulation; Relationship  with core beliefs and values and Emotional expression and regulation ; Relationship between Personality and Emotional expression and regulation; Indigenous (Non-western) conceptualization of Self and its importance in Emotional Regulation 

Unit-4
Teaching Hours:6
Unit 4: Interpersonal Success
 

 

Emotional and cognitive self-regulation. Interpersonal effectiveness: Effective Communication in cross cultural contexts, conflict  management

Unit-5
Teaching Hours:6
Unit 5: Motivation and Empathy
 

Theories of motivation, self-motivation, peer-motivation, importance of motivation, Value of empathy, techniques for imcorporating empathetic listening, empathetic body language, tactics for empathetic connection.     

Unit-6
Teaching Hours:4
Unit 6: EI at the workplace
 

EI at the workplace ; Impact of  Emotionally Intelligent behaviour at the workplace - for individuals, teams and organizations.   Developing Emotionally Intelligent Teams; Being a Emotionally Intelligent Leader; Assessing  Emotional Intelligence

Text Books And Reference Books:
https://www.6seconds.org/  
https://positivepsychology.com/
 
Evaluation Pattern

Component of Assessment

Description of the Assessment

Units covered

Maximum Marks

Weightage

Total Marks

CIA I

Group Assignment

2

30

100

30

CIA II 

Group Assignment

1,3,4

30

100

30

CIA III

Group Assignment

5,6

30

100

30

ESE

NA

 

 

 

 

VBBA411E - PROJECT MANAGEMENT SKILLS (2022 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:30
No of Lecture Hours/Week:2
Max Marks:100
Credits:0

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

 Project management has been proven to be the most effective method of delivering products/ services within cost, schedule, and resource constraints. This intensive and hands-on series of courses gives you the skills to ensure your projects are completed on time and on budget while giving the user the product they expect. You will gain a strong working knowledge of the basics of project management and be able to immediately use that knowledge to effectively manage work projects.

Course Objectives: 

       To identify and manage the project scope and build a work breakdown structure.

       To create a project plan, budget, define and allocate resources, manage the project development

       To design Project procurement process and Project Matrix Risk 

 

Learning Outcome

CO1: Identify and manage the project scope and build a work breakdown structure.

CO2: Create a project plan, budget, define and allocate resources, manage the project development

CO3: Design Project procurement process and Project Matrix Risk

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:6
Project Integration Management
 

Understanding Project Integration Management, Process- Initiation (Develop project charter & Identify stakeholders), Planning (Develop project management plan and determine budget), Execution (Develop & Manage team, Project knowledge, Acquire resources, Procurement, Risk responses, Quality and Communication management), Monitoring and Controlling (Stakeholder engagement, Scope & risk validation, Schedule and costs,  Integrated change, resource and communication monitoring), Closing (Procedure and Final deliverables).

 

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:6
Project Scope Management
 

Focus on Project Scope Management as you learn the ins and outs of identifying project requirements, creating the WBS, and establishing project metrics, Delve into the inputs, tools and techniques, and outputs encompassed within Project Time Management. Make time your asset as you learn how to work with a project schedule, focus on creating realistic deadlines, and observe how to effectively distribute project resources.

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:6
Project Cost Management
 

Go step-by-step through Project Cost Management as you study budget constraints, and the relationship between quality, scope, and resources, Dig into Project Quality Management. The practices and tools you learn here will help you to maintain the project's quality standards, while balancing financial and time sacrifices. 

Unit-4
Teaching Hours:6
Project Human Resources Management
 

Study to learn more about Project Human Resources Management, It's important to have the appropriate resources at the right time. Discover the tools and techniques needed to gain those resources, Explore Project Communications Management. Increase team communication to ensure project success as you gain a deeper understanding of how to plan and execute communications internally and externally.

Unit-5
Teaching Hours:4
Project Risk Management
 

Learn about Project Risk Management. There are two types of risk that you need to learn how to respond. Find out ways to identify and analyse risk, as well as how to quantify and mitigate risk, Concentrate on Project Procurement Management. You will study the seller-buyer relationship, and how to acquire the products you need to complete the project deliverables.

Unit-6
Teaching Hours:2
Project Stakeholder Management
 

Avoid stakeholder problems as you get into Project Stakeholder Management. You will learn how to incorporate stakeholders at the appropriate time, how to work with their opinions and needs, along with observing how to respond to them and Final Exam/ Assessment

Text Books And Reference Books:
  1. https://thedigitalprojectmanager.com/project-management-skills/
  2. https://www.goskills.com/Project-Management/Articles/Project-management-skills
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading
  1. https://www.pmi.org/learning/library/ore-competencies-successful-skill-manager-8426
  2. https://thedigitalprojectmanager.com/project-management-skills/
Evaluation Pattern

Component

 

Description

Units

Maximum marks 

Weightage

Total Marks in Final Grade

CIA1

Individual/Group

 

30

30%

30

CIA2

Individual/Group

 

30

30%

30

CIA3

Individual/Group

 

35

35%

35

Attendance

 

 

10

5%

5

TOTAL

 

 

100

BBA511A - DIGITAL TRANSFORMATION (2021 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:30
No of Lecture Hours/Week:2
Max Marks:100
Credits:1

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

Course Description: Business Analytics acts an effective tool to leverage the available data in various forms to take informed decision. Students will be trained on data driven decision making. This course is a full-fledged application-based course which covers various applications of Business Analytics using the available social media data. IT provides a platform to the students to apply the knowledge, skills and competences to develop digital marketing strategies.

Course Learning Objectives: This course aims to:

  • To provide understanding of the digital marketing for marketing success
  • To facilitate the students to manage customer relationships across all digital channels
  • To equip the students with the techniques that are very useful when deploying/using/maintaining a real-world database system
  • To elucidate the students with the use data management tools that are widely spread in the industry
  • To offer the students relevant skills to identify the alternative solutions to a particular problem and take a decision based on trade-off.

Learning Outcome

On having completed this course student should be able to:

CLO1 Understand the importance of the digital marketing for marketing success

CLO2 Manage customer relationships across all digital channels

CLO3 Use techniques that are very useful when deploying/using/maintaining a real-world database system

CLO4 Use data management tools that are widely spread in the industry

CLO5 Identify the alternative solutions to a particular problem and take a decision based on trade-off.

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:5
Google Analytics
 

Introduction to digital measuring tools, Account structure, Tracking code, Dimensions & Metrics, Page views, Events, Main reports, Traffic sources and campaigns, Conversions, Ecommerce, Connecting to additional Google tools: AdWords & Search console, Customer journeys, Attribution modeling

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:5
YouTube Analytics
 

YouTube Overview, Advantages in YouTube, Build and Optimize your YouTube Account, YouTube Interface, YouTube Settings, how to Upload a Video on YouTube, Things to know about YouTube Creator Studio, Channel Creation on YouTube, how to Increase your Subscriptions? YouTube Reports & Analytics

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:5
Facebook Analytics
 

Setup an Account in Facebook, The Facebook Marketing Strategy, What Makes your Facebook Page Awesome? Orientation to Facebook Brand Pages - Facebook business page setup - Types of Facebook Business pages, Facebook: Post Types and its Dimensions, All You Need to know the Best Time to Post on Facebook, Facebook Audience Insights & Analytics, Facebook Competitor Analysis, Facebook Groups, Facebook Live, Successful Case Studies on Facebook, A Successful Study on How to Make Money Through Facebook

Unit-4
Teaching Hours:5
Advanced Database Management System
 

Big Data Processing & Cloud Computing, Parallel DBMS, Web Databases, Audio & Video Database, Database as a Service

Unit-5
Teaching Hours:5
MangoDB
 

Introduction to Database Management systems and NoSQL, Architecture, NoSQL Assumptions and the CAP Theorem, Strengths and weaknesses of NoSQL, difference between the SQL and NoSQL databases,  MongoDB, Functionality, Live Examples

Unit-6
Teaching Hours:5
Do It Yourself (DIY)
 

Live tasks and assignments / Projects on Google Analytics

Live tasks and assignments / Projects on Facebook Analytics

Live tasks and assignments / Projects on YouTube Analytics

Live tasks and assignments / Projects on Big Data (MangoDB)

Text Books And Reference Books:

Ryan, D. (2014 ). Understanding Digital Marketing: Marketing Strategies for Engaging the Digital Generation, Kogan Page Limited.

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

The Beginner's Guide to Digital Marketing (2015). Digital Marketer. Pulizzi, J. (2014) Epic Content Marketing, McGraw Hill Education.

Evaluation Pattern

CIA 1 - 25 Marks

CIA 2 - 25 Marks

CIA 3 - 25 Marks

CIA 4 - 25 Marks

BBA511E - ENTREPRENEURIAL ENHANCEMENT AND DECISION TOOLS (2021 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:30
No of Lecture Hours/Week:2
Max Marks:100
Credits:0

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

Course Description: In the era of entrepreneurship, start-up culture has pervaded the socio-economic fabric of our world and it is imperative that budding entrepreneurs are equipped with the right skill sets that will see them achieve their goals. The course will address various practical tools and techniques that will enhance the decision-making process of an entrepreneur.

 

Course Objectives: 

 

        To learn the fundamental skills that would help in the initial stages of an entrepreneur’s journey.

 

        To develop the skill sets required to become a successful entrepreneur.

 

        To comprehend the necessary procedures to start a company.

 

        To widen the horizon of thought and action involved in the growth of an enterprise.

      ●     To analyse and overcome the challenges an entrepreneur faces in business

Learning Outcome

CO1: To learn the fundamental skills that would help in the initial stages of an entrepreneur?s journey.

CO2: To develop the skill sets required to become a successful entrepreneur.

CO3: To comprehend the necessary procedures to start a company.

CO4: To widen the horizon of thought and action involved in the growth of an enterprise.

CO5: To analyse and overcome the challenges an entrepreneur faces in business

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:4
DIGITAL MARKETING
 

 

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual and Application

 

Digital Marketing- To give businesses the digital twist. The workshop will focus on how to go digital for specific industries and great tips and tricks for online content, marketing, and website building. Assessment-W2

 

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:4
MAKING BUSINESS INCLUSIVE
 

 

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual and Application

 

Making Your Business Inclusive- this workshop will focus on the ethics of running a successful business. With Diversity, Inclusion & Belongingness being a key in today's business world

 

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:4
HOW TO LEVERAGE LINKEDIN
 

 

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual and application

 

How to leverage LinkedIn-Profile to Opportunities. How to create a good LinkedIn Profile; How to look for Job Opportunities & Internships on the Platform

 

Unit-4
Teaching Hours:4
BUSINESS DECISION-MAKING
 

 

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual and Application

 

Essence of business decision-making process, cost benefit analysis, introduction to system thinking and mapping the system level impact.

 

Unit-5
Teaching Hours:4
BUSINESS RISK-MITIGATION
 

 

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual and Application

 

Business risk, mapping to uncertainty, risk mitigation tools and frame works - such as FMEA, trends of business risks, risk management

 

Unit-6
Teaching Hours:4
DESIGN THINKING AND BUSINESS DECISION
 

 

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

 

Introduction to design-thinking, application of design thinking in problem identification, customer journey map, offerings

 

Unit-7
Teaching Hours:4
UNDERSTANDING THE BUSINESS TRENDS
 

 

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual and Application

 

 

 

Understanding the Business trends, linking the past and forecasting the future of business and technology, technology enabled platform for future business such as AI, block-chain, big data etc.,

 

Text Books And Reference Books:

http://www.sixsigmacertificationcourse.com/risk-mitigation-fmea-sixsigma/

https://www.interaction-design.org/

https://corporatefinanceinstitute.com/

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading: 

www.firedotfly.com 

www.rgafacilities.com 

 

www.reapbenefit.com

Evaluation Pattern

Overall Assessment Description

 

Component of Final Grade

Max Marks per Component

Weightage towards Final Grade

Total Marks per Component in Final Grade

7 Components

10

70 %

70

Attendance

1/Hour

30 %

30

Total

 

100%

100

BBA511F - TIME SERIES ANALYSIS (2021 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:30
No of Lecture Hours/Week:2
Max Marks:100
Credits:1

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

Course Description: This course provides comprehensive financial econometric models and their applications to modeling using time series data, including return forecasting and volatility. The application of time series modeling and forecasting is taught through the econometric theory. At the end of the course, students will have a working knowledge of financial time series data and gain expertise in the software to analyze to forecast financial performance. 

Course Objectives:

  • To develop simple/multiple regression models and validate the efficiency of the estimated regression models.
  • To forecast financial data using econometric techniques (ARIMA) and measure their effectiveness.
  • To estimate the volatility of financial time series variables.

Learning Outcome

CO1: Develop simple and multiple regression models and validate the efficiency of the estimated regression models

CO2: Forecast financial data using econometric techniques (ARIMA) and measure their effectiveness

CO3: Estimate volatility of Financial time series variables

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:4
INTRODUCTION
 

 Nature and Scope of Econometrics - Introduction to what is econometrics and steps taken by an

econometrician in carrying out an empirical study. Different data types – cross section, time series and  panel data and problems associated with them.

 

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:8
LINEAR REGRESSION ANALYSIS AND DIAGNOSTICS STATISTICS
 

Estimation of model by method of ordinary least squares; properties of estimators; goodness of fit;

Multiple Linear Regression Model: Estimation of parameters; properties of OLS estimators; goodness

of fit - R2 and adjusted R2; Violations of CLRM Assumptions: Consequences, Detection and

Remedies - Multicollinearity; heteroscedasticity

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:8
UNIVARIATE TIME SERIES MODEL ? ARIMA
 

Univariate Autoregressive Models - Univariate Moving Average Models - Autoregressive-Moving  Average Models. Forecasting Univariate   financial Time Series Models- ARIMA Model- Box-  Jenkins approach - Forecasting Evaluation Statistics.

Unit-4
Teaching Hours:10
CONDITIONAL VARIANCE MODELS
 

Volatility Clustering- Meaning and measurement - Leverage Effects- Econometric models of volatility - Auto Regressive Conditional Heteroscedasticity (ARCH) Model- Generalized Auto Regressive Conditional Heteroscedasticity (GARCH) Model - Extensions to GARCH-Exponential GARCH and Threshold GARCH models.

Text Books And Reference Books:

   D. N. Gujarati and D.C. Porter, Essentials of Econometrics, McGraw Hill, 5th edition, International Edition. 

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

                              1.   Chris Brooks, Introductory Econometrics to Finance - Cambridge University Press, 2002

2.       Christopher Dougherty, Introduction to Econometrics, Oxford University Press, 3rd edition, Indian Edition, 2007.

3.      Jan Kmenta, Elements of Econometrics, Indian Reprint, Khosla Publishing House,2nd edition, 2008.

Evaluation Pattern

CIA 1 - 30 Marks

CIA 2 - 30 Marks

CIA 3 - 30 Marks

Attendence - 5 Marks

Class Participation - 5 Marks

BBA511H - TALENT ACQUISITION SKILLS-I (2021 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:30
No of Lecture Hours/Week:2
Max Marks:100
Credits:1

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

 

Course Description: 

HR managers are the key to the success of talent acquisition and management for the organization. They are responsible for providing the organization with the proper key performance indicators to show that the organization is in alignment with its mission, values and goals. HR is also responsible for ensuring that supervisors and managers as well as rank and file employees understand the corporate policies and procedures. They have the responsibility to ensure that these processes are applied consistently and correctly. HR has the responsibility to learn the language of business so that they can communicate with the management of the organization in their space rather than that of HR and emerge as a true business partner.

 

Course Objectives:

 

        To extend HR Concepts and theories to real life situations. 

 

        To take part in designing and executing various learning activities.

 

        To develop written and oral communication skills. 

              To build different perspectives on HR related issues and challenges.

Learning Outcome

CO1: Extend HR Concepts and theories to real life situations

CO2: Take part in designing and executing various learning activities

CO3: Develop written and oral communication skills.

CO4: Build different perspectives on HR related issues and challenges

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:6
Recruitment Ad Design
 

 

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

 

Matching brand promise and employer branding, designing appropriate ads with respect to size, content, branding, placement.

 

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:6
Evaluating Resumes
 

 

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

 

Selection of keywords based on JD and JS, Filtering, looking for gaps in CVs, comparison of Cvs, shortlisting of CVs

 

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:6
Preliminary Interview
 

 

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

 

Designing preliminary interview questions based on the CV given, conducting telephonic preliminary interviews, and evaluation of the candidate based on preliminary interview.

 

Unit-4
Teaching Hours:6
Selection Testing
 

 

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

 

Designing various types of selection tests based on the job requirements provided. 

 

Unit-5
Teaching Hours:4
Evaluation Forms
 

 

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Design candidate evaluation forms for various positions in various organizations.

Unit-6
Teaching Hours:2
Interviewing Skills
 

 

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

 

Examine various interviewing techniques, designing a structured interview schedule for various positions, interviewing through Skype.

 

Text Books And Reference Books:

Nil

Evaluation Pattern

 

CIA 1 – 30 Marks

 

CIA 2 – 30 Marks

 

CIA 3 – 30 Marks

 

Class Participants – 10 marks

 

Total – 100 Marks

 

BBA511M - MARKET FORECASTING AND CONSUMER ANALYSIS (2021 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:30
No of Lecture Hours/Week:2
Max Marks:100
Credits:1

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

Marketing excellence is a prerequisite for success in any business, from startups to the world’s most established enterprises, yet the art and science of marketing is constantly evolving. Students are required to know the essential principles and practices of marketing in the digital economy.

Course Objectives:

      To discuss how the digital economy works and develop the critical insights necessary to succeed in e-commerce and digital and social media marketing.

  • To estimate related technologies exert a profound influence on how business and social institutions evolve, how they are challenged—and sometimes, even displaced

Learning Outcome

CO1: Students are able to discuss how the digital economy works and develop the critical insights necessary to succeed in e-commerce and digital and social media marketing.

CO2: Students are able to estimate related technologies exert a profound influence on how business and social institutions evolve, how they are challenged?and sometimes, even displaced

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:6
BEHAVIORAL FOUNDATIONS
 

Introduction to GRAVITY (Geography, Resistance, Adjacency, Vicinity, Isolation, Topography and You), privacy concerns, Fake News detection. 

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:6
NEW FORMS OF INTERACTION
 

Frictions and Commerce, Variety and the Digital Economy, Online-Offline Interaction and the Omni Channel World, Reputation and Reviews, Networks

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:6
MEDIA SELECTION METHOD
 

Social media selection techniques, copyright issues in online marketing. 

Unit-4
Teaching Hours:6
SOCIAL MEDIA MARKETING STRATEGIES
 

Content marketing, social media content development, Memes marketing, troll marketing, product placement in social media content 

Unit-5
Teaching Hours:4
NEW MEDIA PLATFORMS
 

Networks Effects, Social Advertising and Social Targeting

Unit-6
Teaching Hours:2
VIRAL MARKETING
 

Viral Product Features and Viral Content, Organic Celebrity, Persuasion, and Sentiment, Online Community and Models of Influence

Evaluation Pattern

CIA1- 30 marks

CIA2- 30 marks 

CIA3- 30 marks

class participation and Attendance-10

 

BBA531 - STRATEGIC MANAGEMENT (2021 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:60
No of Lecture Hours/Week:4
Max Marks:100
Credits:4

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

Course Description:

An Organization consists of different departments and processes. Managers at all level must understand how a company’s departments and processes “fit” together to achieve its goal. It focuses on all the functional areas of business and presents a cohesive strategic management model from a strategic perspective. The subject provides an insight on the strategy adopted by the companies in response to environmental change. The course provides a comprehensive and integrated presentation of current strategic management thinking in a clear and succinct format.

 

Course Objective:

·       To learn the fundamentals of strategic management using the case method.

·       To understand the fundamental principles & interrelationships among business functions such as: R & D, Production, Marketing, Customer Service, finance, human resources and Information Technology

·       To understand the interrelationships of business to individuals, other organizations, government and society.

Learning Outcome

CLO1: Explain the strategy adopted by the companies in response to environmental changes.

CLO2: Illustrate the manner in which strategic and competitive advantage is developed.

CLO3: Explain various methods and techniques for internal analysis.

CLO4: Determine how positioning of the firm in the industry help to determine the competitive advantage.

CLO5: Outline the tools and technique for strategic analysis to understand different business strategies.

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:6
Strategic Planning and Strategic Management
 

Defining strategy- levels at which strategy operates- approaches to strategic decision making, the strategic management process- Strategic intent: Vision, mission and objectives

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:11
Environmental and Industry Analysis
 

The organizations environment- External and internal environment, components of external and internal environment- Environment scanning- Organizations responses to the environment, A framework for industry analysis, Michael porter’s analysis- usefulness of Industry analysis- Competitive analysis: Forces shaping competition in an industry- interpreting the Five force models- Strategic group, and competitor analysis- Internal analysis: Resource based strategy- the resource based view, Resources- capabilities and competencies- approaches to internal analysis

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:6
Strategy Formulation and Choice
 

Corporate level strategy: Introduction- The balanced scorecard- Grand strategies- Growth/Expansion strategy- Diversification Strategy- Stability strategy- Retrenchment strategy- combination strategy, BCG matrix, Global Strategies for corporates– Objective and modes of entry

Unit-4
Teaching Hours:7
Corporate Restructuring
 

The concept of corporate restructuring- the process of restructuring- mergers and acquisition- takeovers- cooperative strategies- Reasons for strategic alliances- risks and costs of strategic alliances

Unit-5
Teaching Hours:8
Strategy Implementation and Functional Strategies
 

Issues in strategy implementation- Activating strategy and resource allocation- strategy-structure relationship- the functional structure- divisionalisation- Functional level strategies:

Operational strategy, financial strategy, marketing strategy and Human resource strategy 

Unit-6
Teaching Hours:9
Behavioral Implementation
 

Corporate governance and strategic management- strategic leadership- corporate culture and strategic management- corporate politics and power- personal values and business ethics

Unit-7
Teaching Hours:6
Strategic evaluation and control
 

Importance, barriers- evaluation criteria- strategic control- operational control- evaluation techniques for operational control- characteristics of an effective control system

Unit-8
Teaching Hours:7
Strategy and technology management
 

Designing a technology strategy- Technology forecasting and R & D Strategies- Strategies for acquisition and absorption of technology- Social audit

Text Books And Reference Books:

Rao, V.S.P., & Krishna, V.H., (2013).Strategic Management: Text and Cases. New Delhi: Excel Books.

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

1.     Amason, A.C. (2011). Strategic Management :From theory to Practice(1st ed.). New York: Routledge. 

2.     Barney, J.B. &Hesterly, W.S.(2011).Strategic Management & Competitive Advantage: Concepts & Cases(4th ed.). Prentice Hall.

3.     Dess, G., Eisner, A., Lumpkin, G.T., &Namara, G.M. (2011).Strategic Management: creating competitive advantages (6thed.).McGraw Hill Education.

4.     Hill, C.W.L., & Jones, G.R. (2012). Strategic Management-An Integrated Approach (10thed.).South Western: Cengage Learning.

Evaluation Pattern

Component of Final Grade

Description

Units

Max Marks

Weightage

Total marks in final grade

CIA 1

Group Assignment

1,2

20

100%

20

CIA 2

Mid Semester Examination

1,2,3,4

50

50 %

25

CIA 3

Individual Assignment

5

20

100%

20

ESE

End Semester Examination

5,6,7

50

60%

30

Attendance

 

 

5

100 %

5

Total

 

 

 

100%

100

BBA532 - TAXATION LAWS (2021 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:60
No of Lecture Hours/Week:4
Max Marks:100
Credits:4

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

·         To equip the students with proper understanding about law and practice of Income Tax in India

·         To impart the knowledge and understanding about law and practice of Goods and Service Tax in India.

·         To comprehend with tax laws and its application in taxation management

  •   To connect the students with law and practice of Customs Duty in India

Learning Outcome

CO1: Outline the tax laws and practice of income tax in India

CO2: Analyze simple fact situations and recognize Income tax implications on it.

CO3: Apply basic tax concepts to situations in appropriate format

CO4: Show calculation of total customs duty.

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:5
Introduction to Taxation
 

Legal enactments governing Income Tax in India, An overview of basic Concepts- Assessee, Person, Assessment Year, Previous Year, Agricultural Income, Income, GTI, Total Income, Average Rate Of Tax. Determination of residential status, Kinds of income, incidence of tax.

Tax free incomes. Capital and Revenue Expenditure. Comparison between Tax structure in India and other countries. (Self-study)

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:8
Income from Salary
 

Chargeability, Treatment of Various Allowances, Perquisites, and their Valuation, Treatment of Provident Fund, profit in Lieu of salary, Deductions from Gross Salary (Practical Problems). Retirement Benefits Computation of taxable salary.

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:6
Income from House Property
 

Chargeability, annual value and its determination, deemed ownership deductions from annual value, Computation of taxable income under the head house property (theory with problems)

Unit-4
Teaching Hours:10
Profits and Gains of Business and Profession
 

Meaning of Business and Profession, Incomes Chargeable under this head

Computation of Taxable Income from business (Sole proprietorship firms) and profession.

Unit-5
Teaching Hours:8
Capital Gains
 

Meaning of important terms, Short term and Long-term capital gain, cost of acquisition of capital assets, Computation of capital gains, exemptions from LTGC only deductions u/s 54, 54B, 54EC and 54F (theory with simple problems)

Unit-6
Teaching Hours:8
Income from Other Sources, deductions and Gross Total Income
 

Incomes taxable under income from other sources, deductions allowed (applicable only to individuals) Section 80C to 80U, Computation of GTI

Unit-7
Teaching Hours:7
Goods and Services Tax (GST)
 

Overview of GST, Dual structure, GST council, Definition of Supply, Levy and Tax and Input tax credit. (Theory with simple problems)

Unit-8
Teaching Hours:8
Customs Duty
 

Basic concepts, Types of customs duty, Assessable value and computation of total customs duty, Baggage and Courier.

Text Books And Reference Books:

·         Gaur, V.P. &Narang, B.K. (2020). Income Tax Law and practice. New Delhi,Kalyani Publishers

·         Datey V S (2020), GST Laws and Practice with Customs and Foreign Tax Practice (FTP), New Delhi, Taxmann Publications.

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

.Mehrothra, H.C., &Goyal, S.P. (2018). Income Tax Law and practice, (Latest edition).SahityaBhavan Publishers.

2.Prasad, B. Income Tax Law and practice (2018).New Age Publications.

3. Singhania,(2018) Income tax law and practice , Taxman publishers, NewDelhi

Evaluation Pattern

Component

Description

Units

Maximum marks

Weightage

Total Marks in Final Grade

CIA1

 Written assignment   Individual submission

I

20

100%

20

CIA2

Mid semester Examination

 

I/II/III

50

50%

25

CIA3

 Written assignment   Individual submission

 

IV/V/VI&VII

20

100%

20

ESE

2 Hours written examination

ALL

50

 60%

30

Attendance

 

 

5

100%

5

TOTAL

100

BBA541E - MANAGEMENT OF BUSINESS SUSTAINABILITY (2021 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:60
No of Lecture Hours/Week:4
Max Marks:100
Credits:4

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

Course Description: This entails sustained efforts by management people to raise the quality of life of people. The Course engages with how and why companies form sustainability strategies and considers how an embedded perspective can be achieved through tools such as the planetary boundaries framework. Integrating sustainability into strategic initiatives of Business is especially important because these issues play out over the long term. The reality check for business leadership is that nine billion people simply cannot live well in this world if companies do not start leading new partnerships to co-create a safe operating space for humanity. In this course we consider how business leaders are taking this challenge seriously. 

Course Objectives: 

        To outline the broader perspective of Business Sustainability issues and their impact on the future of business. 

        To identify the role of businesses in sustainable  economic development           

        To examine the sustainable business standards-in Indian and Global context.

        To interpret  the Sustainability related management standards

        To develop an ability to plan and create a Sustainability Report  

 

Learning Outcome

CO1: Outline the broader perspective of Business Sustainability issues and their impact on the future of business.

CO2: . Identify the role of businesses in sustainable economic development

CO3: Examine the sustainable business standards-in Indian and Global context

CO4: Interpret the Sustainability related management standards for businesses

CO5: Develop an ability to plan and create a Business Sustainability Report

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:12
UNIT I Introduction to Sustainability &Sustainable Business Environment. 12 Hrs
 

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

 

Concept of Sustainability, Evolution, Approaches, and Principles of Sustainability: Social, Environmental, Economic and Financial Sustainability. Concept of Environment, Business and Society and Environmental sustainability. The Triple Bottom Line Approach to Business.

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:12
UNIT II Monitoring and Measuring Sustainability Performance
 

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

 

Establishing a sustainability management framework based of policy, system and procedures. Measuring, monitoring and improving sustainability performance. Establishing sustainability indicators, developing goals and improvement program.  Case study approach 

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:12
UNIT III Sustainability related management standards and Indices
 

GRI Framework: disclosure requirements, Performance Indicators [Economic, Environmental, Labor Practices, Human Rights, Society, Product Responsibility] UN Global compact; OECD guidelines for Multinational Enterprises; OECD principles of Corporate Governance, ISO9001 Quality Management Standard; ISO 14001 Environmental Management System Standard; ISO 26000Social responsibility Guidance Standard.

Unit-4
Teaching Hours:10
UNIT IV Corporate Social Responsibility & Business Sustainability
 

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Linkage of Business and CSR, Legal and Economic Perspectives, Theories of CSR.

 

CSR Planning and Implementation: Need Mapping, prioritization, Roll-out, evaluating and scaling up CSR to maximize shared value. Cases: NTPC, ONGC, Tata Group and more.

Unit-5
Teaching Hours:14
UNIT V Planning a Sustainability Report& Sustainability Reporting
 

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

 

Introduction to Sustainability Reporting: The Analysis and Research; Prerequisites of a sustainability Report, structure of a sustainability Report. Role of Regulators, Institutional Framework, stakeholder Engagement , Future of Sustainability Reporting, National Voluntary Guidelines, SEBI Guidelines, TERI-BCSD guidelines Sustainability Reporting at PSUs  ( Case Studies and Experience Sharing) Sustainability Reporting Practices by Corporate Sector (Experience sharing will be done by executives from companies from different sectors ) .Role  and need of financial and non-financial disclosures and reporting. 

Text Books And Reference Books:
  1. J.G. Stead & Edward Stead(2014): Sustainable Strategic Management, M. E. Sharpe & Co., 
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading
  1. Rogers, Jalal & Boyd (2020): An Introduction to Sustainable Development, PHI Learning,2007
  2. Singh (2011) Triple Bottom Line Reporting and Corporate Sustainability, PHI learning.
  3. J.G. Stead & Edward Stead: Management for a Small Planet, M.E. Sharpe& Co.,2010
  4. C.V. Baxi and Roopmanjari Sinha Roy(2015) Corporate Social Responsibility, Vikas Publishing House, New Delhi. 

 

Evaluation Pattern

omponent

 

Maximum marks

Weightage

Total Marks in Final Grade

CIA1

20

100%

20

CIA2

50

50%

25

CIA3

20

100%

20

ESE

50

60%

30

Attendance

05

100

05

Total

 

 

100

 

 
 

 

BBA541F - SECURITY ANALYSIS AND PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT (2021 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:60
No of Lecture Hours/Week:4
Max Marks:100
Credits:4

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

Course Description: This course provides a comprehensive coverage of theory, tools and techniques relating to investments, focusing mainly on stock market instruments. It also explains the regulatory framework, theoretical expositions and practical applications of investment tools and techniques. 

Course Learning Objectives: This course aims:

•To illustrate various investment avenues available for investors

•To apply fundamental analysis/ technical analysis on listed companies in India

•To evaluate Equity shares/ bond based on valuation techniques 

•To appraise various types of derivatives available for hedging.

•To construct and revise portfolios by analysis and evaluation of risk – return trade-off.

 

Learning Outcome

CO1: To classify investment options for different classes of investors

CO2: To examine the fundamental and technical analysis results for buy/sell/hold decisions

CO3: To evaluate a given stock or bond based on its valuation

CO4: To appraise the effectiveness of derivatives as hedging tool for investors

CO5: To construct and revise portfolios based on risk ? return analysis

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:7
Introduction to Investments
 

Financial Meaning of investment - significance of savings and investment - understanding of security, portfolio, speculation, gambling, and arbitrage mechanisms - Risk- systematic risk and unsystematic risk-Interest rate risk, inflation risk etc.-financial and business risk Legal framework of securities market, Comparison between investment and speculation and its significance in Indian financial system, Profile of Indian investors and factors influencing investment decisions. Financial positions, tax positions, risk perception and attitude - Risk-Return relationship. 

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:7
Investment avenues & attributes
 

Investments options in India and foreign markets - characteristics features of financial instruments - company shares, debentures, bonds, convertible securities, hybrid securities, fixed deposits, gilt- edged securities, post office schemes, company and public provident funds, Other investment schemes and its features real estate, and insurance schemes. Investment attributes - risk, return, security, marketability, liquidity and convenience. 

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:12
Security analysis: Fundamental and Technical
 

Fundamental analysis – company, industry and economy analysis - Tools for economic analysis- analysis of GDP-Monetary policy, Inflation Interest rates International influences- links between economy and industry sectors-prediction about market behavior-tools Technical Analysis Of stock -points and figures chart, bar chart, contrary opinions theory, confidence index RSA, RSI, Moving average analysis, Japanese Candlesticks – Bond valuation (Basic Models).

Unit-4
Teaching Hours:10
Security Pricing and Valuation
 

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual/Analytical 

Factors influencing valuation - methods of equity valuation - Earning Valuation modal - use of P/E ratio, Dividend modal - Zero and constant growth modals. Intrinsic value method, Calculation of present and forecasted price of the stock. Valuation of fixed income instruments – present and future value - Calculation of simple, holding period and maturity yield, annuities. Calculation of portfolio networth. 

Unit-5
Teaching Hours:6
Derivatives Market
 

Introduction to derivatives – Features – Types – Commodity derivatives and Financial derivatives – Kinds of commodity derivatives – Commodity derivative market in India -  Kinds of financial derivatives – financial derivative market in India. Futures – meaning, index futures, valuation of index future. Arbitrage, hedging, pricing index futures, advantages of index futures.

Options – meaning and salient features, call and put options, options price, price changes, risks, market structure, futures v/s options. Option trading strategies. 

 

Unit-6
Teaching Hours:12
Portfolio Theory, Models and Analysis
 

Meaning, return on portfolio, risk on portfolio, portfolio managers, SEBI guidelines for portfolio managers, portfolio management services. Efficient Market Hypothesis,Portfolio theory - contribution of William Sharpe and Harry Markowitz,- Single index model, capital asset pricing modal and arbitrage pricing theory.

Unit-7
Teaching Hours:6
Portfolio Evaluation
 

Portfolio evaluation: Sharpe ratio, Treynor ratio, Jensen ratio. International Portfolio Investment and management – Risk and return in international diversification. Trends in portfolio management, strategies: active and passive strategies, fees.

Text Books And Reference Books:

 

 

Chandra P.(2017) Investment Analysis and Portfolio Management Mcgraw Hill India

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

1.Kevin S. (2015) Security Analysis and Portfolio Management PHI learning  Pvt Ltd

2.Madhumati, R.M. (2008). Investment Analysis and Portfolio Management. New Delhi: Pearson Education 

3.Fischer D.E. (2009). Security Analysis and Portfolio Management.  Pearson EducationBhalla, V.K. (2008). Investment Management. New Delhi: S. Chand.

4.Avadhani, V.A. (2008). Security Analysis and Portfolio Management. New Delhi: Himalaya publications 

 

Evaluation Pattern
Component of Final Grade Max Marks per Component Weightage towards Final Grade Total Marks per Component in Final Grade
CIA-I (10+10) 20 20% 20
CIA-II 50 25% 25
CIA-III 20 20% 20
End Semester 50 30% 30
Attendance 5 5% 5
Total     100

BBA541M - CONSUMER BEHAVIOR (2021 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:60
No of Lecture Hours/Week:4
Max Marks:100
Credits:4

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

Course Description: Understanding consumer behavior is one of the fundamental requirements for any marketer. With the introduction to the study of consumer behavior, it covers the underlying concepts, principles and theories of the subject and gives clear explanation on the consumer psychographics and demographics affecting his behavior in both individual and group buying situations.

Course Objectives:

        To provide good insight on consumer behavior through individual determinants of consumers.

        To understand the behavior pattern in Business to Business situation.

        To provide introduction to consumerism and benefits of consumerism.

        To asses and structure better decision in the field of marketing management as well as to become better customers themselves.

        To examine the reasons for the success or/and failure of business strategies

Learning Outcome

CO1: Learn the basics of consumer behavior and understand the relevance of the subject in the realm of contemporary business and marketing

CO2: Demonstrate the buying patterns in both the consumer and the organizational markets and analyze their applicability in the diverse real world buying situations

CO3: Interpret the relevant theories and concepts to various practices of Consumer Behavior.

CO4: Asses and structure better decision in the field of marketing management as well as to become better customers themselves

CO5: Examine the reasons for the success or/and failure of business strategies

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:10
Introduction to Consumer Behavior
 

Meaning, Types of consumers, Interdisciplinary nature of CB, Scope and Application of CB, Market segmentation and CB, Consumer Research

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:10
Consumer Decision Making Process
 

Problem recognition, Pre purchase search, purchasing process, Post purchase behaviour, Models of Consumer decision making. Model of Consumer Decision making-Black Box Model, Howard-Sheth Model, Consumer Decision making process

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:10
Individual determinants of Consumer behaviour
 

Personality, Motivation, Perception, Learning, Attitudes – concepts only

Unit-4
Teaching Hours:8
External Determinants of CB: Family, Age and Gender
 

Functions, FLC stages, Family decision making, Dynamics of husband wife decision making. Role of child in decision making, women’s buying behaviour

Unit-5
Teaching Hours:8
Influence of Social Class
 

Categories, Measurement of social class, Life style profiles, VALS, AIOS, Social class mobility

Unit-6
Teaching Hours:8
Influence of Culture and Subculture on Consumer Behaviour
 

Characteristics, Measurement of Culture – Content analysis, Consumer Fieldwork, Subculture – religious, regional, racial, age and gender

Unit-7
Teaching Hours:6
Diffusion of Innovation
 

Innovation, Diffusion process, Channels of communication, Social system and time, Stages - adoption process. Information sources

Text Books And Reference Books:
  1. Schiffman, L.G., Kanuk.L.L, &Kumar.S.R (2010).Consumer Behaviour (10thed). Prentice Hall.
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading
  1. Blyth, J. (2008).Consumer Behavior. London:Thomson Learning.
  2. Lantos, G.P. (2010). Consumer Behaviour in Action- Real Life Applications for Marketing Managers. New York: M.E Sharpe.
  3. Nair.S.R (2010). Consumer Behaviour in Indian Perceptive. Mumbai: Hymalya Publishing House.
  4. Engel.J.F,Kollat.D.T,&Minar.P.W (2008).Consumer Behaviour Hinsdale IL Dryden Press.
Evaluation Pattern

Component

Maximum marks 

Weightage

Total Marks in Final Grade

CIA1

20

20%

20

CIA2

50

25%

25

CIA3

20

20%

20

ESE

50

30%

30

Attendance

5

5%

5

Total

100

BBA542F - GLOBAL BUSINESS FINANCE (2021 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:60
No of Lecture Hours/Week:4
Max Marks:100
Credits:4

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

Course Description: Firms become increasingly involved in the global economy, issues in global financial management become more important. Events taking place on the global financial management from trade disputes to currency crises – make the issues of international transactions and exposure more challenging.  Students need to acquire knowledge on the functioning of trade globally and its financial implications. Knowledge of foreign exchange activities and the hedging of foreign exchange exposures and other related aspects of risk coverage while doing international business shall be imparted. The objective is to blend sound theoretical knowledge of foreign exchange economics with practical and procedural aspects of risk management strategies and project appraisal from a global investment perspective.

Course Objectives:

  1. To equip the students, understand the global financial markets and its significance from global business context 
  2. To analyse the implications of Balance of Payments on international transactions and economic exposure of business undertakings
  3. To devise strategies and appraise the finance implications of strategies on international transactions 
  4. To justify the international project investment decisions based on value created by specific   project investments 

Learning Outcome

CO1: Understand the International Financial Markets and its environment.

CO2: Analyze the implications of Balance of Payments in Translation, Transaction, and Economic exposure.

CO3: Assimilate the impact of risk management strategies on foreign exchange risk exposure.

CO4: Evaluate the projects from Multinational Investment Perspective and their value creation.

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:7
International Financial Markets
 

 

Introduction, Motives for investing & borrowing in Foreign markets, International business methods, how financial markets affect an MNC’s value. Evolution of the International Monetary system, Bimetallism, Classical Gold standard, Interwar period, Bretton woods system, Flexible Exchange rate regime. The current exchange rate agreements, European monetary system, Mexican peso crisis, Fixed Versus Flexible Exchange rate regime

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:10
Balance of Payments
 

Concept of Balance of payments, Concept and Principles behind compilation of BoP account, Components of BoP and factors affecting them, Importance and Limitations of BoP statistics, Relationship of BoP with other Economic Variables. (Practical Problems on BoP).

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:10
Foreign Exchange Market
 

The structure of the FOREX markets, Functions of Foreign exchange markets, The foreign exchange rates, Arbitrage, The spot market, Cross rates of exchange, Bid-ask spreads, The forward market, The regulations. Derivatives, Foreign currency futures, foreign currency options

Unit-4
Teaching Hours:8
Exchange Rate Determination and Forecasting
 

Interest rate parity, purchasing power parity, The Fisher effects, Forecasting exchange rates – Efficient market approach, Fundamental approach, Technical approach, Performance of forecasters

Unit-5
Teaching Hours:7
Managing Foreign Exchange Exposure
 

Management of foreign exchange risk, Management of translation Exposure - Management of transaction Exposure - Management of Economic Exposure.

Unit-6
Teaching Hours:8
Foreign Exchange Risk Management Strategy
 

Foreign Exchange Risk and Risk Management in the short-run- Intermediate Run and Long run -Hedging against foreign exchange exposure – Forward Market- Futures Market- Options Market- Currency Swaps-Interest Rate Swap-Hedging through currency of invoicing- Hedging through mixed currency invoicing –Country risk analysis.

Unit-7
Teaching Hours:10
International Project Appraisal
 

Project Appraisal in the International Context- Diversification of Projects Exchange Rate Risk and Cost of Capital- Methods of International Capital Budgeting-Financing the Multinational Corporation.

Text Books And Reference Books:

1. Jeevanandam. C. (2020). Foreign Exchange and Risk Management. New Delhi: Sultan Chand & sons.

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading
  1. Shapiro, A. C. (2016). Multinational Financial Management. USA: John Wiley & Sons.
  2. Apte, P. G. (2020). International Financial Management. New Delhi: McGraw-Hill Publication.
  3. Jeff Madura (2018). International Financial Management. New Delhi: Cengage Publishers.
  4. Cheol Eun, Bruce Resnick (2018), International Financial Management, New Delhi, McGraw-Hill
  5. Reid W. Click., Joshua D.Coval  (2011). International Financial Management. New Delhi: Himalya Publications.
Evaluation Pattern

Evaluation Pattern

 

Component

Maximum Marks

Weightage

Total Marks in Grade

CIA 1

20

100%

20

CIA 2

20

100%

20

CIA 3

50

50%

25

End Semester Exam

50

60%

30

Attendance

05

100%

05

Total

100

BBA542H - COMPENSATION MANAGEMENT (2021 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:60
No of Lecture Hours/Week:4
Max Marks:100
Credits:4

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

Course Description:

The course offers an understanding of the relevance of remuneration and reward to the employees. The course discusses the concepts, applications and research that goes into formulation of compensation philosophy for an organization. It discusses the wage and salary and administration in the Indian context. The course equips students with tools to effectively manage rewards for individuals and groups in organizations in order to attract, motivate and retain them.

Course Objectives:

       To understand compensation philosophy, policy, practices, programs and process.

       To analyze and integrate compensation concepts to solve compensation related problems in organizations

       To recognize how pay decisions help the organization achieve a competitive advantage.

       To examine the pay grade structures for various positions by business organizations.

       To design rational and contemporary compensation systems in organizations.

Learning Outcome

CO1: Demonstrate understanding of compensation philosophy, strategies and policies.

CO2: Identify the components of financial and non-financial rewards and its aim.

CO3: Assess implication of wage administration on stakeholders like employer, employee and government.

CO4: Examine the methods of job evaluation in the organization.

CO5: Design financial and non-financial rewards for an organization.

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:10
Unit I: The Foundation of Reward Management
 

Concept, Transactional and Transformational aspects of RM; The Total Reward Process; Motivational, Financial and Non-Financial Rewards; Factors affecting levels of Pay, Reward Philosophy, Strategy, and Policy

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:8
Unit II: Job Analysis
 

Definition, Process, Job description: elements and concepts; Job Evaluation-Definition, Purpose, Methods, Job evaluation process.

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:10
Unit III: Wage and Salary administration
 

Nature and purpose, Compensation, Reward. Wage levels and Wage structure; Wage determination process; Theory of Wages; Types of Wages; Wage differentials.

Unit-4
Teaching Hours:8
Unit IV: Contingent pay
 

Paying for Performance, Competence related pay; Skill related pay; Shop floor incentives and Bonus schemes; Sales force Incentive schemes.

Unit-5
Teaching Hours:8
Unit V: Special Aspects of Reward Management
 

Executive and International compensation; Compensation for teams; Gain Sharing; Profit sharing; Employee and Executive Share schemes; Boardroom pay.

Unit-6
Teaching Hours:8
Unit VI: Total Reward
 

Employee Benefits and Total Remuneration: pensions, Tax considerations; Fringe benefits; Fringe benefits in India.

Unit-7
Teaching Hours:8
Unit VII: Managing Reward system
 

Evaluating the Reward System, Pay Reviews, Control and Responsibility for reward, Reward Management procedures, and Computerized reward management

Text Books And Reference Books:
  1. Armstrong, M., & Murlis, H. (2014). Reward Management- Remuneration Strategy and Practice (4thed), Crest Publishing House.
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading
  1. Armstrong, M. (2015). Armstrong's handbook of reward management practice: Improving performance through reward (Fifth edition.). London: KoganPage.
  2. Singh, B.D. (2017). Compensation and reward management. Bangalore: Excel books.
  3. Berger, L. A., & Berger, D. R. (2015). The Compensation Handbook: A State-of-the-Art Guide to Compensation Strategy and Design (Sixth edition.). New York: McGraw Hill.
Evaluation Pattern

Component

 

Description

Units

Maximum marks

Weightage

Total Marks in Final Grade

CIA1

Group Assignment

1, 2,

20

100%

20

CIA2

Mid Semester Examination

1,2,3

50

50%

25

CIA3

Individual Assignment

4,5,6

20

100%

20

ESE

End Semester Examination

All units

50

60%

30

Attendance

 

 

5

100%

5

TOTAL

100

BBA542M - BRAND MANAGEMENT (2021 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:60
No of Lecture Hours/Week:4
Max Marks:100
Credits:4

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

The course explores the significance of branding with the emerging managerial, relational and social perspectives. The course provides an understanding of different brand positioning strategies and how it influences consumer brand image. Further, the course also provides a detailed methodology of identifying various reasons for brand failure and suggest methods to overcome it. 

Course Objectives:

      To identify the various concepts of brand management

      To demonstrate an understanding of the major paradigms of brand building

      To interpret the relevant theories and concepts to various practices of brand building.

To examine the reasons for the success or/and failure of major brands.

Learning Outcome

CO1: Identify the various concepts of brand management

CO2: Demonstrate an understanding of the major paradigms of brand building

CO3: Interpret the relevant theories and concepts to various practices of brand building.

CO4: Examine the reasons for the success or/and failure of major brands.

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:12
UNIT 1-Introduction
 

Concept of ‘Brand’: Brand VS Product, Why Brand? Can everything be branded? Identification of branding challenges and opportunities; Strategic brand Management Process, Customer based brand equity; sources of brand equity, CRM, brand resonance model, Brand equity VS Customer equity

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:8
UNIT II-Brand Positioning
 

Points of parity & points of difference, positioning guidelines, brand value chain model, brand mantras, internal branding.

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:6
UNIT III-Brand Elements
 

Brand elements- Options & tactics, criteria for choosing it, Integrated marketing communication-Challenges in designing brand building communications, major marketing communication options, criteria for IMC programs

Unit-4
Teaching Hours:8
UNIT IV-Secondary Brand Associations
 

Leveraging Secondary Brand Associations – company, country of origin, channels of distribution, co-branding, licensing, celebrity endorsement, Sporting, cultural or other events, Third party sources.

Unit-5
Teaching Hours:8
UNIT V-Managing Brand Equity
 

What it means: how to build it; Understanding and measuring brand equity using Inter-brand methodologies, Monitoring brands, Brand audit-Brand inventory, and brand exploratory, Qualitative & Quantitative Research techniques.

Unit-6
Teaching Hours:8
UNIT VI-Managing Brand Extensions
 

Brand Hierarchy- Design of a brand strategy-Brand Extension: Types of Brand Extension, Line and Category Extension, Pros and Cons of Brand Extension-Need for extension, Multi-Brand Strategy, Geographical Expansion.

Unit-7
Teaching Hours:10
UNIT VII-Contemporary Perspectives in Branding
 

Managing brands Over Time- Brand Architecture: Handling a Large Portfolio, Multi-Brand Portfolio. Brand Hierarchy, Revitalizing brands: Re-launch, Rejuvenation, when brand is dying or stagnating, or when the market is dying or stagnating. Managing special brands- Heritage brands, Luxury brands, premium brands, Service brands, Private labels, Industrial brands, Internet brands, TOM (Top of mind recall) brands. Brand building in Indian context.

Text Books And Reference Books:

1.     Keller, K.L. (2013). Strategic Brand Management(3rd edi). Prentice Hall of India.

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading
  1. Aaker, D.A. (2011). Brand Relevance: Making CompetitorsIrrelevant, Jossey-Bass.
  2. Aaker, D.A. (1991). Managing Brand Equity. New York: Free Press.
  3. Aaker, D.A. (1996). Building Strong Brands .New York: Free Press.
  4. Aaker, D.A., &Joachimsthaler. E. (2000).  Brand Leadership. New York: Free Press.
  5. Kapferer, Jean- Noel. (1997). Strategic Brand Management. Dover, NH Kogan Page.
  6. Holt, D.B. (nd). How Brands Become Icons. The Principles of Cultural Branding, Harvard Business School Press.
  7. Deming, S. (2007).The Brand who Cried Wolf. Wiley Publishers.
  8. Ries, A.I., & Trout, J. (nd). Positioning: The Battle of Minds.
Evaluation Pattern

CIA 1 

CIA 2 - mid semester (50 marks) 

CIA 3 - 50 marks 

BBA543F - STRATEGIC FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT (2021 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:60
No of Lecture Hours/Week:4
Max Marks:100
Credits:4

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

Course Description:

Strategic Financial Management emphasizes applying financial management techniques strategically to achieve the organization's objectives. This is done through the reassessment of the fundamental assumptions that cut across the traditional boundaries of the subject. The course will facilitate the future managers to take strategic financial decisions with reference to classical theory and contemporary research. This course intends to provide various strategies involved in the financial decision-making process and update the students on the availability of various sources of financing, choosing appropriate sources for funding to have optimum capital structure. It also covers various techniques in managing an organization's financial resources through better investment decisions (techniques) to achieve its business objectives and maximize its value which will help students who will be budding entrepreneurs/businessmen/financial analysts.

Course Objectives: 

·         To strategically extend the finance skill of the students on different financial management techniques to achieve the organisation's objectives. 

·         To equip students to identify, evaluate and develop strategies relating to financing decisions. 

·         To estimate the company's strategies relating to financial decisions, investment and dividend decisions. 

·         To apply the strategic aspects of finance in various financial decision-making processes.  

  •      To develop the students' expertise in alternative sources of finance for long-term and short-term investment.

Learning Outcome

CLO1: Understand the process of strategic planning and its impact on the financial performance of the companies

CLO2 : Evaluate different financial management techniques strategically to achieve the organization's overall objectives.

CLO3: Compare leasing, buying and hire purchase decisions to choose the most feasible financing decision.

CLO4: Evaluate the techniques of working capital management

CLO5: Explore alternate sources of finance to choose the best source of financing for the most effective financing decision.

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:10
Financial Planning and Risk Analysis
 

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual 

Formulation of Strategies & policies, objectives & goals - Components of financial strategy- Strategic planning process, Interface between corporate strategy and financing strategy, Strategic decisions, Characteristics of Financial Planning - Estimating between Strategic Planning & Financial Planning - Meaning of Financial Requirements, Financial Linkage. Statistical techniques for Risk Analysis – Probability defined –- Standard Deviation – Co efficient of Variation–Risk adjusted discount rate – Certainty Equivalent Sensitivity analysis – Decision Tree analysis 

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:10
Capital Structure theories and planning
 

 Level of Knowledge: Application

Concept and its importance, process of capital structure decisions. Theories of Capital Structure - Net Income, Net Operating Income, Traditional and MM Theories. Capital Structure and Value of the firm. Agency cost and its effect on value. Capital Structure policies in practice.

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:10
Dividend Theory and policy
 

Level of Knowledge: Application

Concept and importance. Models to maximize the market value of equity shares – Walter, Gordon and MM Models, Stability of dividend indicators, Analysis of dividend policy in practice

Unit-4
Teaching Hours:8
Working Capital Finance
 

Level of Knowledge: Application 

Financing of Working Capital, sources of working capital finance, determination of optimum cash balance, practical problems on receivables management, determination of optimum stock levels, Integrating Working Capital and Capital Investment Process

Unit-5
Teaching Hours:14
Asset Based Financing
 

Level of Knowledge: Application 

Leasing – Meaning, Importance, Types, Tax & Accounting considerations. Evaluation of lease from the point of Lessor & Lessee. Lease vs. Buy Decision. Hire-Purchase (HP) – Meaning – Features – Difference between HP & Credit sale Differences between Leasing & HP Differences between Leasing & Installment system RBI guidelines for HP & Problems of HP in India - Project Financing – Characteristics - & Financing arrangements for Infrastructure Projects. 

Unit-6
Teaching Hours:8
Venture Capital/ Private Equity and Alternative Sources of Finance
 

Level of Knowledge: Application

Concept, Characteristics, Growth, Differences between VC financing & Conventional Financing - Stages of VC Financing Schemes - Legal aspects in VC financing. Working of venture capital funding agencies in India, Alternative sources of finance – Crowdfunding, Angel Investors

Text Books And Reference Books:

 Pandey I.M (2016). Financial Management- 11thEdition, Vikas Publishing House

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

 

  1. MY Khan and PK Jain (2017). Financial Management, 8th Edition, Tata McGraw Hill
  2. Rajni et al. (2011). Strategic Financial Management, 2nd Edition, Prentice Hall of India
  3. Ruth Bender. (2013). Corporate Financial Strategy, Routledge, Taylor and Francis
  4. Weaver and Weston (2007). Strategic Financial Management: Application of Corporate Finance, 6th Edition, Cengage Learning. 
  5. Kohn Meir, (2000). Financial Institutions and markets, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing
  6. Prasanna Chandra (2007). Financial Management, Tata Mc Graw Hill

Evaluation Pattern

Component of Final Grade

Max Marks per Component

Weightage towards Final Grade

Total Marks per Component in Final Grade

CIA-I

20

100 %

20

CIA-II

50

50 %

25

CIA-III

20

100 %

20

End Semester

50

60 %

30

Attendance

5

5 %

5

Total

 

 

100

BBA543H - INTERNATIONAL HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT (2021 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:60
No of Lecture Hours/Week:4
Max Marks:100
Credits:4

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

Course Description:  The development of many multinational companies in the world economy has led and compelled companies to develop a strategic perspective in their HR approach to the international assignments and hence making it imperative for the organizations to examine the activities of the people working in the multi-cultural organizations. The course provides basic knowledge about the enduring concepts in internationalization of business and its implication on Human Resources Management Practices. It provides an understanding of challenges in sustaining international operations through assignments and managing recruitment, staffing, training and development, compensation management. The course also focuses on the expatriate management techniques and the ethical practices of a business enterprise across the world.

Course Objectives:

•To provide an understanding of various international aspects of human resources management.

•To identify the cross cultural and ethical issues, varying management practices and diverse systems related to internationalization of business.

•To examine and analyze the economic, social, psychological, legal, technological and ethical requirements for HR functions in a multinational context.

•To analyze the use of  IHRM practices and techniques in managing global workplace

•To evaluate various factors creating organizational competitive advantage through the international development of a cadre of cross-culturally savvy managers.

 

Learning Outcome

CO1: Demonstrate the differences between and domestic and international HRM in terms of its applications and implications.

CO2: Identify the cross-cultural differences and ethical issues involved in managing people at global workplace.

CO3: To analyze and evaluate the business issues and challenges in economic, social, psychological, technical, ethical and legal aspects of global businesses from an HR perspective

CO4: To analyse the application and implications of IHRM practices and techniques in managing business operations and people based on the international framework

CO5: To develop IHRM policies to integrate business objectives and the activities of people at global workplace

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:8
Globalization and IHRM
 

Globalization, Evolution of global HRM, global versus domestic HRM, mapping global HRM, The nature and importance of culture, country and regional cultures, country culture versus MNE culture, cultural convergence or divergence, impact of culture on IHRM, Research in IHRM.

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:8
International workforce planning and staffing
 

International workforce planning, staffing-choices and implication for MNEs.

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:8
International recruitment, selection and repatriation
 

Staffing with expatriates, the international recruitment function, mistakes and failures, successful expatriation and best practices.

Unit-4
Teaching Hours:10
International training and management development
 

The training function, virtual and global teams, global leadership development, cross cultural preparation, knowledge management and MNEs.

Unit-5
Teaching Hours:10
International compensation and Performance Management
 

International remuneration, compensation and benefits, determinants of compensation, international compensation and benefits management, Performance management function and MNEs, international assignees and PA.

Unit-6
Teaching Hours:8
Well-being of International workforce, and international HRIS
 

Well-being of the International workforce, Health and safety, crisis management, global HR support service and information systems.

Unit-7
Teaching Hours:8
Comparative IHRM
 

HRM issues in Europe, North America, Asia, IHRM department, professionalization of IHRM, Future of IHRM.

 

Text Books And Reference Books:

1.Dowling, P. J., Festing, M., & Engle, A. D. (2019). International Human Resource Management (7th Ed.). New Delhi: Cengage Learning.

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

1.Punnett, B. J. (2019). International perspectives on organizational behavior (4th Edition.). New York: Routledge.

2.Edwards, T., &Ress, C. (2017). International Human Resource Management: Globalization, National Systems and Multinational Companies (Third Ed.). New York: Pearson.

3.Wintersberger, Daniel. (2017). International Human Resource Management: A Case Study Approach. U K: Kogan Page

 

Evaluation Pattern

Component

 

Maximum marks

Weightage

Total Marks in Final Grade

CIA1

20

100%

20

CIA2

50

50%

25

CIA3

20

100%

20

ESE

50

60%

30

Attendance

05

100

05

Total

 

 

100

BBA544E - WORKING CAPITAL MANAGEMENT (2021 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:60
No of Lecture Hours/Week:4
Max Marks:100
Credits:4

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

Course Description: India is in a stage of robust economic growth, which can be accentuated by growth of entrepreneurs, who contribute through their innovation and sustainable ideas. This course on working capital management covers both the theoretical and practical aspects of working capital management of MSME units. It will highlight the necessity of proper management of current assets and current liabilities. It focuses on starting a new venture in India or any part of the globe and provides the skill set to analyze working capital finance by proper estimation of every component of Current assets and liabilities.

Course Objectives:

·         To understand the concepts of working capital.

·         To comprehend with the need for having inventory control in firms

·         To evaluate sound credit policy by business firms.

·         To apply sound cash management system in business organizations.

·         To construct working capital estimation statements 

Learning Outcome

CO1: Understand the concepts of working capital

CO2: Evaluate sound credit policy by business firms.

CO3: Appraise sound cash management system in business organizations.

CO4: Explain the need for having inventory control in firms

CO5: Construct working capital estimation statements

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:8
Introduction to Working Capital Management
 

Level of knowledge: Conceptual        

 

Concepts of Working Capital, Operating cycle and production cycle, Types of Working Capital Significance of Working Capital, Inadequate Working Capital   Excess Working Capital and Adequate or optimum Working Capital, Determinants of Working Capital , Issues in Working Capital management ,Determinants of Working Capital, Principles of Working Capital Management, 

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:10
Working Capital Estimation
 

Level of Knowledge: Application

 

Estimation of Working Capital needs- Working Capital requirement under extra shift. Zero Working Capital approach, Estimation using operating cycle approach, Cash Budget, Cash flow statement, projected balance sheet and Regression method. 

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:8
Management of Cash
 

Level of Knowledge: Application

 

Introduction, Motives of holding cash, managing cash flows Determination of optimum cash balance. Cash planning and Cash management models Investment of surplus cash, Management of Marketable Securities Case studies on cash management

Unit-4
Teaching Hours:10
Receivables Management
 

Level of Knowledge: Application

 

Introduction, meaning of receivables, Objectives of RM Cost of maintaining receivables. Factors affecting size of Receivables, Dimensions of RM, and Formation of credit policy: Nature, goals, optimum credit policy, its variables, Credit standards- Altman Z score and using discriminatory analysis; Credit Period policy; Collection policy and procedures, collection period and ageing schedule, Practical problems on receivables management, Factoring and receivables Management, Case studies.

 

Unit-5
Teaching Hours:10
Inventory management
 

Level of Knowledge: Application

 

Meaning of inventory, Nature of inventory, need of holding inventory, Benefits of inventory, Risks and costs of holding inventory. Objectives of inventory management, Tools and techniques of inventory management, perpetual inventory management system Determination of stock levels, EOQ, ABC analysis, VED analysis Inventory turnover ratios, Just In time inventory, Stock out costs, Valuation of inventories: using Incremental analysis; Case studies on inventory management

Unit-6
Teaching Hours:10
Financing of Working capital
 

Level of Knowledge: Application 

 

Working capital Committee Reports, Dahejia committee, Chore Committee, Marathe committee, Chakravarty committee and Kannan Committee. Sources of Working capital finance, new trends in financing of working capital by banks Instruments of working capital financing.  Valuation of working capital alternates: In house and factoring arrangements.

Unit-7
Teaching Hours:4
Contemporary trends in Working capital
 

Level of Knowledge: Application

 

Turnover Method, Maximum Permissible Bank Finance (MPBF) System, Cash Budget System and Net Owned Funds System, Online Working capital financing.

Text Books And Reference Books:
  1. Bhattacharya, Hrishikesh. (2019). Working capital Management, PHL learning 
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading
  1. Pandey, I..M (2019).Financial Management ,Vikas publishers, New Delhi
  2. Srivastava, Mishra (2019) Financial Management Oxford University press, New Delhi
  3. Gupta, Sharma.(2019) Financial Management,Kalyani publishers, New Delhi
  4. Khan M.Y, Jain. (2019) Financial Management, Tata McGraw Hill publications
  5. Prasanna Chandra, (2019) Financial Management, Tata McGraw Hill publications
  6. Rusthaqi R P (2019), Working Capital management, Taxmann publications.
Evaluation Pattern
Component of Final Grade Max Marks per Component Weightage Total Marks per Component in Final Grade
CIA-I 20 100% 20
CIA-II 50 50% 25
CIA-III 20 100% 20
End Semester 50 60% 30
Attendance 5 100% 5
Total     100

BBA544H - HUMAN RESOURCE DEVELOPMENT (2021 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:60
No of Lecture Hours/Week:4
Max Marks:100
Credits:4

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

The course provides an in-depth understanding of various concepts related to the HRD initiatives that are practiced in organizations. It focuses on the study and practice for increasing the learning capacity of individuals, groups, and organizations. It explains the process of development and application of functional knowledge through interventions in order to optimize human and organizational growth and effectiveness. 

Course Objectives:

 

  • To provide an understanding of fundamental concepts, methods and approaches to HRD.

  • To identify the skill gap and requirements for training and development activities across the various functional areas of management

  • To plan and organize an appropriate training programme to enhance their specific skills.

  • To evaluate the effectiveness of training programmes in organizations through application of functional knowledge.

  • To propose various initiatives like Coaching, Mentoring & counseling for developing human resources and solving various problems in organizations.

 

Learning Outcome

CO1: Identify the training need requirements across various functional areas.

CO2: Plan and organize training programmes to meet the individual and organizational requirements.

CO3: Analyze the challenges in implementing the training programmes and provide solutions for the same.

CO4: Compare the differences between training and development programmes and other concepts like coaching, mentoring and counseling.

CO5: Design an appropriate HRD intervention to solve real time organizational problems.

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:8
Introduction to HRD
 

 

Unit I:  Introduction to HRD                                                                                            8 Hrs

 

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

 

Definition, Objectives, Scope and Importance of HRD; HRD philosophy, Features of HRD, HRD Mechanisms, Integrated HRD systems, HRD field and climate, Organizational strategy and HRD intervention, HRD Audit.

 

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:8
Pre-Training Work
 

 

Training, development and education, Training policies, objectives and strategies, Importance of TNI, Pre-training activities, Identifying training needs, Training at different levels, Business goals vs training. 

 

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:8
Curriculum and Pedagogy
 

Training specification, training design, impediments to effective training, specification of training methods, seven principles of good practice, expectation of participants, qualities of good trainers.

Unit-4
Teaching Hours:8
Training Evaluation
 

Purpose of training evaluation, principles of evaluation, process of evaluation, clients in training process, training evaluation models.

Unit-5
Teaching Hours:10
Coaching & Mentoring
 

Roles of Managers, Coaching, Competencies of coaches, developing a coaching eye, coaching style of leadership, management support in coaching, managing the role stretch of executives. Leaders and Managers, leadership characteristics, developing leadership potential, mentoring, mentoring vs coaching, implementing mentoring practices..

Unit-6
Teaching Hours:8
Counseling
 

Quality of work life, counseling, prerequisites of employee counseling, guidelines to effective counseling, counseling techniques, types of counseling, counseling process, stress management interventions, benefits of counseling. 

Unit-7
Teaching Hours:10
Developing Commitment and Motivation
 

Organizational commitment, types of commitment, determinants of organizational commitment, creating a suitable environment, developing commitment in individual employees, Motives and applied motivation.

Text Books And Reference Books:

Haldar, U.K. (2013). Human Resource Development (1sted.).New Delhi, India: Oxford University Press.

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading
  1. Gupta, S.K., & Joshi, R. (2013).Human Resource Development (3rded.).Bengaluru, India: Kalyani.

  2. Mankin, D. (2013). Human Resource Development.New Delhi, India: Oxford University Press.

  3. SubbaRao, P. (2014). Human Resource Development (2nded.).Bengaluru, India: Himalaya.

  4. Wayne F. Cascio, John Bourdreau, (2014), Investing in People: Financial Impact of Human Resource Initiatives ( 2nd ed.), Pearson Education Inc.,

  5. Madeleine Homan, Linda J. Miller (2008), Coaching in Organizations Best Coaching practices from the Ken Blanchard Companies.

Evaluation Pattern

Component of Final Grade

Max Marks per Component

Weightage towards Final Grade

Total Marks per Component in Final Grade

CIA-I

20

100 %

20

CIA-II

50

50 %

25

CIA-III

20

100 %

20

End Semester

50

60 %

30

Attendance

5

5 %

5

Total

 

 

100

BBA545E - PRODUCT DESIGN AND DEVELOPMENT (2021 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:60
No of Lecture Hours/Week:4
Max Marks:100
Credits:4

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

Innovation is a vital process in driving change at every level in society: Enterprises which fail to innovate may find themselves overtaken by competitors to the detriment of economic development and growth on a regional, national and international scale. Innovative products require lot of creativity to be able to compete in this competitive arena. This course will draw on the perspectives of marketing, design and manufacturing into a single approach to product development. It will also provide a set of product development methods that can be put into practice on development projects. In addition, selected cases drawn from a range of sectors will be used to illustrate practical aspects associated with implementing the concept of product design and development.

Course Objectives:

1. To develop a critical understanding of concepts that goes into management and development of new products/services and how the product life cycle affects the product.

2. To comprehend the methods and ways in which they could apply for patents/copyright/trademark for new products

3. To evaluate how various modes of design are used in the process of new product development. 

4. To analyse the different systems and methods that is critical for the design and development of new products/services. 

Learning Outcome

CO1: Develop a critical understanding of concepts that goes into management and development of new products/services and how the product life cycle affects the product.

CO2: Comprehend the methods and ways in which they could apply for patents/copyright/trademark for new products.

CO3: Evaluate how various modes of design are used in the process of new product development.

CO4: Analyse the different systems and methods that is critical for the design and development of new products/services.

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:6
Product Planning
 

New Product Development stage, including: Idea Generation, Idea Screening, Concept Development and Testing, Marketing Strategy Development, Business Analysis, Product Development, Test Marketing, Commercialization, PLC, Branding & Globalization.

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:6
Idea Generation
 

Generating Ideas for New Products, Building a Culture of Innovation; Sources of ideas: continuous improvement, imitation, customer needs analysis. Characteristics of successful product development, product specification – Physical, chemical & operational, Challenges of product development, product development types.

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:10
Design Thinking Techniques
 

Modes of design thinking, Developing and Selecting Product; Concepts; Product Architecture; Industrial Design; Ergonomics, User Interface Design

Unit-4
Teaching Hours:10
Prototyping and Management
 

Types of prototyping, Rapid prototyping, Design for Manufacturing; Product Testing and Reliability, Simulation and Design Tools; Product Launch; Design for the Environment; Product Lifecycle Management. Design for assembly, design for disassembly, robust design. Technology life cycle, Types of testing, Product Development Economics, Activity based costing.

Unit-5
Teaching Hours:10
Testing and Launching New Products
 

Pre-test-market forecasting, beta testing, test markets, information acceleration; The social impact of new products; socially responsible innovation. Value engineering, steps in value engineering. Quality standards: ISO, 6sigma and BIS. Failure Modes and Effects Analysis (FMEA), Ishikawa Diagram (Fishbone Diagram.

Unit-6
Teaching Hours:8
Service Design
 

Purpose and objectives of service design, service design process, RACI matrix, issues in service design, Critical success factors and key performance indicators.

Unit-7
Teaching Hours:10
Intellectual Property Rights and Patent Laws
 

Introduction to Intellectual Property Management (IPM) – Need for IP management, Purpose of a Patent, Infringement of Patents, Copyright and trademark, Importance of IP and Terms of protection, Patent Filing Procedures.

Text Books And Reference Books:
  1. ProductDesign and Development, Ulrich, Karl T., Eppinger, Steve D., and Yang, Maria C., 7th ed., McGraw-Hill Education, 2019.
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading
  1. Product Design and Manufacturing, Chitale A.K, Gupta R.C, 6th ed,. PHI Learning Private Ltd, 2013.
  2. Intellectual Property Rights and the Law, G.B.Reddy., Gogia Law Agency, 7th ed., Reprint, 2009.
  3. Design for Assembly Automation and Product Design, Boothroyd, G, Marcel Dekker 1980.
  4. Human Factors in Engineering and Design, Mark S Sanders, McGraw Hill, 1993.
  5. Fundamentals of Quality control and Improvement, Amitava Mitra, 2nd ed, Pearson Education Asia, 2002.
Evaluation Pattern

Component

 

Description

Units

Maximum marks

Weightage

Total Marks in Final Grade

CIA1

Group Assignment

1, 2,

20

100%

20

CIA2

Mid Semester Examination

1,2,3

50

50%

25

CIA3

Individual Assignment

4,5,6

20

100%

20

ESE

End Semester Examination

All units

50

60%

30

Attendance

 

 

5

100%

5

TOTAL

100

BBA545M - INTERNATIONAL MARKETING (2021 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:60
No of Lecture Hours/Week:4
Max Marks:100
Credits:4

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

The course focuses on the conceptual framework for international marketing and the business environment (economic, socio-cultural, political, legal and regulatory) in which global companies must operate. It provides the student with the knowledge and tools for assessing and analysing international market opportunities and threats, as well as the ability to formulate marketing strategies and programs with a global perspective. It presents the interplay of dynamic driving forces in the global business environment, the rapid economic integration of the world, and how these factors impact on the formulation and implementation of international marketing strategies.

Course Objectives: 

●To understand the manifestations of international markets 

●To analyze the various aspects of international marketing

●To apply the management functions of international marketing 

●To construct and compare the strategic issues and choices available for managers in international marketing

 

Learning Outcome

CO 1: Understand the manifestations of international markets

CO 2: Analyse the various aspects in international marketing

CO 3: Apply the management functions of international marketing

CO 4: Construct and compare the strategy issues and choices available for managers in international marketing

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:8
Introduction to International Marketing
 

Definition, Objectives, Scope, Importance, Challenges, International Organization – WTO, IDA, IFC, IBRD, ICSID, IMF, UNCTAD, UNIDO, Driving and Restraining forces

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:10
Global Marketing Environment
 

Global Economic Environment, Global trade environment, Socio Environment, Cultural environment, Cultural Dynamics in Global markets, Political environment, International legal rules and regulatory environments.

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:10
Approaching Global Markets
 

Analysing and Targeting Global Market Opportunities, Global Customers, Global Marketing Environment, Global Marketing information systems and Market research, segmentation, targeting and positioning, importing, exporting and sourcing.

Unit-4
Teaching Hours:5
Global market entry strategies
 

Licensing, investment and strategic alliances. Global Marketing Strategy-Global entry and Expansion Strategies, Competitive analysis and strategy.

 

Unit-5
Teaching Hours:10
Global Marketing Mix
 

Brand and product decisions in global marketing, Pricing decisions, global marketing channels and physical distributions, Global marketing Communication decisions, global marketing and the digital revolution.

Unit-6
Teaching Hours:7
Strategy and leadership in the twenty first century
 

Strategic elements of competitive advantage, leadership, organization and corporate social responsibility

Unit-7
Teaching Hours:10
Legal and Ethical in International Marketing
 

Introduction, Nature of International Business Disputes and Proposed Action, Legal Concepts, International Dispute settlement Machinery, Ethical Consideration in Marketing Communication.

Text Books And Reference Books:

Keegan, Warren J., & Green, Mark C. (2017) Global Marketing , Pearson Education Inc. publishing as Prentice Hall International

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

1. Donald L. Brady (2015) Essentials of International marketing, Routledge,Cengage Learning

2. Daniel W Baack, Eric G. Harris, Donald Baack (2012), International Marketing, SAGE Publications

3. Mathur U C (2008) International Marketing Management, SAGE Publications.

4. Pervez N. Ghauri, Philip R.Cateora,(2006) International Marketing, McGrawhill Education

 

Evaluation Pattern

CIA- 70 marks

ETE-30 marks

Total-100 marks

BBA551A - DATA MANAGEMENT FOR BUSINESS ANALYTICS (2021 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:60
No of Lecture Hours/Week:4
Max Marks:100
Credits:4

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

Course Description: The goal of the course is to present a basic introduction to database management systems, with an emphasis on database design methodologies (ER diagrams and normalization theory), database query languages (relational algebra and SQL) and Big Data. Students will design and implement a simple database system to deepen their understanding of the basic database concepts and theories. After taking this course, the students will have the capability of developing various database applications such as enterprise information systems, e-commerce systems, business management systems and business analytics. 

Course Objective: On having completed this course student should be able to:

·         To understand terms related to database design and management 

·         To design a relational database development process 

·         To develop and Implement big data management framework  

·         To construct conceptual data models & develop logical data models

To apply data management models across a range of functional areas like Marketing Finance, HR and Operations. 

Learning Outcome

CLO1: Understand terms related to database design and management.

CLO2: Design a relational database development process.

CLO3: Develop and Implement big data management framework.

CLO4: Construct conceptual data models & develop logical data models.

CLO5: Apply data management models across a range of functional areas like Marketing Finance, HR and Operations.

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:6
DBMS & RDBMS
 

Level of Knowledge: Analytical

 

Definition of data, uses & need of data in organizations, Need for Information, Qualities of Information, Definition of DBMS, Entities & their attributes, advantages & disadvantages of DBMS, DBMS Architecture, Functions of DBMS, Data Models: The hierarchical model, the network model, the relational model and OORDBMS

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:10
Database Design (Practical)
 

Level of Knowledge: Analytical

 

Understanding the need for Data base, mapping user’s output needs with database design, Feasibility Study Understanding fields, record, file and database, designing front end and back end user interface, integration of backend database with online and traditional interfaces using MS ACCESS, Definition and need of Normalization, First Normal Form, Second Normal Form, Third Normal Form. Relations, domains & keys.

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:8
Relational Model & SQL
 

Level of Knowledge: Analytical

 

Understanding the history of RDBMS, its role and importance of creating robust database, RDBMS Terminology, CODD's rule for RDBMS, Concept of Relational Model, and SQL: SQL Database creation & manipulation views & queries on RDBMS.

 

Unit-4
Teaching Hours:8
Database Recovery & Backup, Performance & Security
 

Level of Knowledge: Analytical

 

Introduction to database Recovery, Concurrency Control Techniques, Locking mechanism, Dead Locks, Techniques of backup, RAID configuration, database Security techniques and storage technique- DAS, NAS, SAS

Unit-5
Teaching Hours:10
Big Data
 

Level of Knowledge: Analytical

 

Introduction to Big Data, Characterize the phenomena of Big Data and Big Data Analytics, Analyze and apply different visual analytics concepts and tools for a big data sets, Analyze and apply different concepts, methods, and tools for analyzing big data in organizational contexts, critically assess the ethical and legal issues in Big Data Analytics

Unit-6
Teaching Hours:9
Introduction to MongoDB
 

Level of Knowledge: Analytical

 

What is MongoDB? - Why MongoDB? Using JSON, Creating or Generating a Unique Key, Support for Dynamic Queries, Storing Binary Data, Replication, Sharding, Updating Information In-Place - Terms used in RDBMS and MongoDB - Data Types in MongoDB – CRUD (Create, Read, Update and Delete): Insert (), Update (), Save (), Remove (), find () – Arrays- MapReduce Functions- Aggregation- Java Scripting

Unit-7
Teaching Hours:9
Introduction to Cassandra
 

Level of Knowledge: Analytical

 

Data Types, CRUD: Insert, Update, Delete, Select -Collections: Set, List, Map- Using a Counter -Time To Live (TTL)- Alter: Alter Table to Change the Data Type of a Column, Alter Table to Delete a Column, Drop a Table, Drop a Database

Text Books And Reference Books:

1.       Seema Acharya, Subhasini Chellappan (2017), "Big Data Analytics" Wiley Publication

2.       Tom White (2012), “Hadoop: The Definitive Guide” O’reily Media, Third Edition 

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

·       Elmasari, Navathe, “Fundamentals of Database Systems”, Addison Wesley.

·       Korth, Silbertz, Sudarshan, “Database Concepts”. McGraw Hill.

·      Majumdar & Bhattacharya, “Database Management System”, Tata McGraw Hill.Date C J.” An Introduction to Database Systems”, Addison Wesley.

Evaluation Pattern

Component 

Maximum marks

CIA1

20

CIA2

25

CIA3

25

CIA 4

25

Attendance

5

Total

100

BBA552A - DATA VISUALIZATION (2021 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:60
No of Lecture Hours/Week:4
Max Marks:100
Credits:4

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

Course Description: This course introduces undergraduate students to Data Visualization. This course is intended to teach students how to create meaningful charts and figures that can simultaneously convey useful information and be pleasing to the eye. Students will learn to use TABLEAU, programming language R to develop graphics.

Course Objectives:

  • To understand a business problem through the data

  • To illustrate TABLEAU interface components to create most effective presentation through powerful visualization

  • To build static and interactive dashboards

  • To export structured data into R from various sources and visualize them using ggplot2

  • To assess diagnostic modeling techniques through hands on exercises using R software.

Learning Outcome

CO1: Demonstrate the principles of data visualization

CO2: Develop the understanding of data using various statistical graphs

CO3: Test for diagnostic modelling techniques using R software

CO4: Build static & interactive visualization reports using Tableau software

CO5: Construct a model with live data visualization dashboards of different business scenarios using Tableau and R Software.

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:10
Advanced Visualizations, Techniques, Tips and Tricks using TABLEAU
 

Slope charts, Lollipop charts, Waterfall charts, Step lines and Jump lines, Spark lines, Dumbbell charts, Unit chart/symbol charts, Marimekko charts, Customizing trend lines, Trend models, Clustering, Distributions, Forecasting, Table calculations, Level of detail calculations,

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:10
Mastering TABLEAU
 

Visualization best practices and dashboard design, Understand the performance recording dashboard, Hardware and on-the-fly techniques, Single data source > Joining > Blending, Intelligent extracts, Using filters wisely, Efficient calculations, Additional performance considerations.

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:5
Statistical Data Analysis using R
 

Descriptive statistics, summarization of different types of data, hypothesis testing, parametric test & non-parametric data.

Unit-4
Teaching Hours:12
Advanced Statistical Data Analysis using R
 

Basic multivariate analysis (Correlation analysis, Regression, Analysis of Co-variance, Forecasting and Time series analysis) have been included. Under the same unit, advanced multivariate analysis (discriminant analysis, exploratory factor analysis, cluster analysis, correspondence analysis, multidimensional scaling, conjoint analysis, Decision Tree, Random Forest, and Survival Analysis).

Unit-5
Teaching Hours:6
Visualizing Data with R
 

Loading tables and CSV Files, loading excel files, exporting data, the grammar of graphics, Basic plots and data structures, Intermediate plotting with ggplot2, Time series with dygraphs, Interactive ggplots with ggiraph, data manipulation verbs from dplyr and tidyr, gathering data, cleaning data, and tidying data

Unit-6
Teaching Hours:9
Dashboard using R
 

Introduction to R Shiny, Static report using flex dashboard package, understanding input elements, building simple interactive visuals, filtering charts using input controls, automatically creating visuals for any input data, advanced interactivity using observe functions, guidelines for visuals & dashboard

Unit-7
Teaching Hours:8
Visualization using Text Data
 

Creating word cloud using Text data, plotting simple maps using Online API, layered grammar of graphics.

Text Books And Reference Books:

Sinha, C. (2017). Tableau 10 for Beginners, Ohio Computer Academy.

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

Milligan, Joshua N. (2019). Learning Tableau 2019, 3rd Edition, Packt Publishers.

Baldwin, David. (2016). Mastering Tableau, Packt Publishers.

Jose, Jeeva. (2018). Beginner’s Guide for Data Analysis using R Programming, Khanna Publishing.

Evaluation Pattern

CIA1 : 25 Marks Weightage: 100%

CIA2 : 20 Marks Weightage: 100%

CIA3 : 30 Marks Weightage: 100% 

CIA4 : 30 Marks Weightage: 100%

Attendance and Class partsipation: 5 Marks  Weightage: 100%

BBA553A - PYTHON PROGRAMMING FOR BUSINESS ANALYTICS (2021 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:60
No of Lecture Hours/Week:4
Max Marks:100
Credits:4

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

This course will provide students with skills and knowledge of Python programming and experience in designing and developing business analytics applications. This course equips a motivated student with little or no prior programming experience with a working knowledge of the Python programming language and the Pandas package, for the purpose of descriptive data analytics. These skills are foundational for anyone interested in a career in data science, and they are beneficial for every manager in today’s data-rich economy. Python is one of the world’s most popular programming languages due to its simplicity, versatility, efficiency, and community support. Recent surveys have found it to be the most highly demanded programming language among job postings in data science. Pandas is a Python package that makes analyzing data easy, and it is widely used by data scientists at Google, Facebook, JP Morgan, and a host of other major companies.

 

Course Objectives:

·        To understand basic operators functions using Python Programming. 

·        To  apply the conditional expressions using Python Programming

·        To apply the  basic skill of designing Graphical User Interfaces in Python

·        To analyse the qualitative or quantitative data using Python Programming

 

 

 

 

 

                   

 

Learning Outcome

CO1: Illustrate basic operators and functions using Python Programming

CO2: Apply condition expressions and functions to different data sets for given conditions.

CO3: Apply the basic skill of designing Graphical User Interfaces in Python

CO4: Interpret the quantitative output which is analyzed using Python Programming.

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:6
Introduction to Python Programming
 

Introduction to Python, use IDLE to develop programs, Basic coding skills, working with data types and variables, working with numeric data, working with string data, Python functions, Boolean expressions, selection structure, iteration structure

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:9
Data Collections and Language Component
 

Define and use functions and modules, working with recursion, Basic skills for working with lists, work with a list of lists, work with tuples, work with dates and times, Introduction to file I/O, use text files, use CSV files, use binary files, handle a single exception, handle multiple exceptions

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:9
Data Manipulation in Python
 

Conditional execution, Boolean expressions, simple if statement, if/else, compound Boolean expressions, nested conditions, decision statements, conditional expressions. Iterations, while statement, definite vs indefinite loops, nested loops, abnormal loop termination

Unit-4
Teaching Hours:8
GUI Programming in Python using Tkinter
 

Tkinter Introduction, Working with widgets: button, labels, text boxes, Check button, etc.

Unit-5
Teaching Hours:9
Python Packages/Libraries
 

 

NumPy: Arrays and Vectorized Computation, Data Manipulation with pandas, Data Visualization with matplotlib, Machine Learning with scikit-learn.

Unit-6
Teaching Hours:10
Python and Data Analytics
 

Predictive Model Building:  Supervised Learning models, Unsupervised Learning models, and Model Selection and Evaluation.

Unit-7
Teaching Hours:9
Python Application in Business Analytics
 

Python for Text Analytics, Handling Qualitative Data, Python for Spatial Analytical, Web Scraping Data & its application in Business with Use Case / Case Study

Text Books And Reference Books:

Guttag, John (2013), Introduction to Computation and Programming Using Python. Spring edition. MIT Press.

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading
  1. Mark Lutz (2010), Programming Python, 4th Edition, O'Reilly Media
  2. Richard L. Halterman. (2011), Learning to Program with Python,
  3. David Beazley and Brian K. Jones (2013), Python Cookbook : Recipes for Mastering Python 3, O’Reilly Atlas
Evaluation Pattern

CIA

Mode/

Total Marks

CIA 1

Google Class Room

20

CIA 2

Google Class Room

30

CIA 3

Google Class Room

20

CIA 4

Google Class Room

30

 

                         100

BBA581 - INTERNSHIP PROJECT (2021 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:30
No of Lecture Hours/Week:2
Max Marks:100
Credits:2

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

Internship project is an opportunity to students to learn the real-time structure, operations and practices of organization by undertaking training in business organization for a month and half period of time. During this period students spend in various functional departments of organization and reporting their learnings to their guides.

Learning Outcome

CO1: Learn about the organization?s structure, products and services

CO2: Learn the various processes and systems within the company and their related area of operations.

CO3: Learn the work and culture of the organization

CO4: Analyse whether the companies? visions, missions, core values and strategies are in proper alignment

CO5: Learn about the various functional departments such as Marketing, Finance, H.R., etc,.

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:20
Internship Opportunity
 

Identifying companies for internship, obtaining approval from guide, Undertaking internship in stipulated time period. Learning company vision, mission and strategic goals. Working with various functional departments. Preparing weekly report and get approval.

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:10
Report making
 

Preparing consolidated blue book report. Preparation of final hard copy report. Viva voce examination.

Text Books And Reference Books:

Department Guidelines

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

Department Guidelines

Evaluation Pattern

Viva-voce: 50 marks

Presentation of key facts with clarity       – 20 marks

Answering the questions                           – 20 marks

Innovation & Sources of Data use            – 10 marks

 

Guide marks: 50 marks

Project Report: 25 marks

Content                                                         – 10 marks

Sources of data                                            – 10 marks

Report format                                              – 5 marks

Guide Interactions: 25 marks

Content of the weekly report                    – 10 marks

Learning outcome                                       – 10 marks

Timely submission of the weekly report  – 5 marks

 

BBA631 - PRODUCTION AND OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT (2021 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:60
No of Lecture Hours/Week:4
Max Marks:100
Credits:4

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

Production and Operations Management (POM) is concerned with the management of resources and activities that produce and deliver goods and services for customers.  Efficient and effective operations can provide an organization with major competitive advantages since the ability to respond to customer and market requirements quickly, at a low cost, and with high quality, is vital to attaining profitability and growth through increased market share. The course focuses on the basic concepts, issues, and techniques for efficient and effective management of production and operations.

Learning Outcome

CO1: Compare the key concepts and issues of production and operations management in manufacturing and service organizations

CO2: Identify the strategic role of production and operations management in attaining competitive advantage for a firm.

CO3: Analyse and relate production and operations management with other key departments of a firm.

CO4: Assess emerging and important topics related to production and operations management.

CO5: Design, manage and control the best processes so that value-addition occurs in the most efficient and effective way.

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:9
Introduction to Production and Operations Management
 

Introduction,‌ ‌Historical‌ ‌Development,‌ ‌Concept‌ ‌of‌ ‌Production,‌ ‌Production‌ ‌System,‌ ‌Classification‌ ‌of‌ Production‌ ‌System,‌ ‌Production‌ ‌Management.‌ ‌Objectives‌ ‌of‌ ‌Production‌ ‌Management,‌ ‌Concept‌ ‌of‌ ‌Operations.‌ ‌Distinction‌ ‌between‌ ‌Manufacturing‌ ‌Operations‌ ‌and‌ ‌Service‌ ‌Operations.‌ ‌Operations‌ ‌Management,‌ ‌A‌ ‌Framework‌ ‌for‌ ‌Managing‌ ‌Operations.‌ ‌Objectives‌ ‌of‌ ‌Operations‌ ‌Management,‌ ‌Managing‌ ‌Global‌ ‌Operations,‌ ‌Scope‌ ‌of‌ ‌Production‌ ‌and‌ ‌Operations‌ ‌Management.‌ ‌ ‌

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:9
Plant Location and Plant Layout
 

Introduction‌ ‌and‌ ‌meaning‌, ‌Need‌ ‌for‌ ‌selecting‌ ‌a‌ ‌suitable‌ ‌location,‌ ‌Factors‌ ‌influencing‌ ‌plant‌ ‌location, Weber’s theory of location. General‌ ‌locational‌ ‌factors,‌ ‌and‌ ‌Specific‌ ‌locational‌ ‌factors‌ ‌for‌ manufacturing‌ ‌organization‌ ‌and‌ ‌for‌ ‌Service‌ ‌organization.‌ ‌Objectives,‌ ‌principles‌ ‌and‌ ‌Types‌ ‌of‌ ‌plant‌ ‌layout.‌ ‌Process‌ ‌layout,‌ ‌Product‌ ‌Layout,‌ ‌Combination‌ ‌layout,‌ ‌Fixed‌ ‌position‌ ‌layout,‌ ‌Group‌ ‌layout.‌ ‌Physical‌ ‌Facilities.‌ ‌

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:9
Materials Management
 

Introduction‌ ‌and‌ ‌Meaning,‌ ‌Scope‌ ‌or‌ ‌functions‌ ‌of‌ ‌Materials‌ ‌Management,‌ ‌Material‌ ‌planning‌ ‌and‌ ‌control,‌ ‌Purchasing and ‌Stores‌ ‌Management. EOQ, ‌Inventory‌ ‌control techniques (ABC Analysis, FSN, VED, HML, SOS, SDE, GOLF & XYZ Analysis), Vendor selection, development and‌ vendor rating, ‌Standardization,‌ ‌Simplification,‌ ‌Value‌ ‌analysis / Value Engineering, ‌Just‌ ‌in‌ ‌time and ‌Ergonomics.‌

Unit-4
Teaching Hours:9
Material Handling
 

Introduction‌ ‌and‌ ‌Meaning,‌ ‌Objectives‌ ‌and‌ ‌Principles‌ ‌of‌ ‌Material‌ ‌Handling,‌ ‌Selection‌ ‌of‌ ‌Material‌ ‌

Handling‌ ‌Equipment,‌ ‌Evaluation‌ ‌of‌ ‌Material‌ ‌Handling‌ ‌system,‌ ‌Material‌ ‌Handling‌ ‌equipment’s,‌ ‌

Guidelines‌ ‌for‌ ‌Effective‌ ‌Utilization‌ ‌of‌ ‌Material‌ ‌Handling‌ ‌Equipment,‌ ‌Relationship‌ ‌between‌ ‌Plant‌ ‌

Layout‌ ‌and‌ ‌Material‌ ‌Handling. ‌

Unit-5
Teaching Hours:8
Production Planning and Control
 

Introduction‌ ‌and‌ ‌Meaning,‌ ‌Need,‌ ‌Objectives,‌ ‌Phases‌ ‌of‌ ‌Production‌ ‌Planning‌ ‌and‌ ‌Control,‌ ‌Functions of‌ ‌Production‌ ‌Planning‌ ‌and‌ ‌Control,‌ ‌Operations‌ ‌Planning‌ ‌and‌ ‌Scheduling‌ ‌Systems,‌ ‌Aggregate‌ ‌Planning,‌ ‌Master‌ ‌Production‌ ‌Schedule‌ ‌(MPS),‌ ‌Material‌ ‌Requirement‌ ‌Planning‌ ‌(MRP),‌ ‌Capacity‌ ‌Planning,‌ ‌Routing,‌ ‌Scheduling.‌

 ‌

Unit-6
Teaching Hours:9
Quality Control
 

Introduction‌ ‌to‌ ‌Quality,‌ ‌Fundamental‌ ‌factors‌ ‌affecting‌ ‌quality,‌ ‌Control,‌ ‌need‌ ‌for‌ ‌controlling,‌ ‌Quality‌ ‌Inspection,‌ ‌Types‌ ‌of‌ ‌Quality‌ ‌Control,‌ ‌Steps‌ ‌in‌ ‌Quality‌ ‌control,‌ ‌Objectives‌ ‌of‌ ‌Quality‌ ‌Control,‌ ‌Benefits‌ ‌of‌ ‌Quality‌ ‌Control,‌ ‌Seven‌ ‌Tools‌ ‌for‌ ‌Quality‌ ‌Control,‌ ‌Causes‌ ‌of‌ ‌Variation‌ ‌in‌ ‌Quality,‌ ‌Statistical‌ ‌Process‌ ‌Control,‌ ‌Quality‌ ‌circles.‌ Concept of Quality Assurance and ‌Total‌ ‌Quality‌ ‌Management.‌

Unit-7
Teaching Hours:7
Maintenance Management
 

Introduction,‌ ‌Objective,‌ ‌types,‌ ‌maintenance‌ ‌planning‌ ‌and‌ ‌scheduling,‌ ‌Modern‌ ‌Scientific‌ ‌Maintenance‌ Methods-‌ ‌Six‌ ‌Sigma‌ ‌Maintenance,‌ ‌Enterprise‌ ‌Asset‌ ‌Management‌ ‌(EAM),‌ ‌Lean‌ ‌Maintenance,‌ ‌Computer‌ ‌Aided‌ ‌Maintenance

Text Books And Reference Books:

Kumar, S.A & Suresh, N. (2017). Production and Operations Management, New age

International publishers.

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

1. Aswathappa,‌ ‌K.‌ ‌&‌ ‌Reddy,‌ ‌G.S.,‌ ‌Reddy,‌ ‌M.K.‌ ‌(2016).‌ ‌‌Production‌ ‌and‌ ‌Operations‌ ‌

Management‌,‌ ‌Himalaya‌ ‌Publishers.‌ ‌

2.Khanna,‌ ‌R.B.‌ ‌(2016).‌ ‌Production‌ ‌and‌ ‌Operations‌ ‌Management,‌ PHI‌ ‌Learning‌ ‌Pvt.‌ ‌ Ltd., New Delhi

3. Krajewski,‌ ‌Lee‌ ‌J.,‌ ‌Ritzman,‌ ‌Larry‌ ‌P.,‌ ‌and‌ ‌Manoj‌ ‌K.‌ ‌Malhotra‌ ‌(2013).‌ ‌Operations‌ ‌Management:‌ ‌Processes‌ ‌and‌ ‌Value‌ ‌Chains,‌ ‌8/e;‌ ‌New‌ ‌Delhi:‌ ‌Pearson‌ ‌Education.‌ ‌ ‌Richard,‌ ‌B.‌ ‌Chase,‌ ‌

4.Ravi‌ ‌Shankar,‌ ‌F.‌ ‌Robert,‌ ‌Jacobs‌ ‌and‌ ‌Nicholas,‌ ‌J.‌ ‌Aquilano‌ ‌(2018).‌ ‌Operations‌ ‌and‌ ‌Supply‌ ‌Management‌ ‌12/e;‌ ‌New‌ ‌Delhi:‌ ‌Tata‌ ‌McGraw-Hill‌ ‌

 

5.Singh,‌ ‌S.P.‌ ‌(2014)‌ ‌Production‌ ‌and‌ ‌Operations‌ ‌Management,‌ ‌1/e,‌ ‌New‌ ‌Delhi:‌ ‌Vikas‌ ‌

      Publishing ‌House‌

6. Paneerselvam R (2016), Production and Operations Management, 3/e, PHI Learning, New Delhi

7. Richard Chase, Nicholas Acquilano et al (2015), Operations Management for Competitive Advantage, 11/e, The Mc Graw Hill Company

 

Evaluation Pattern

CIA assessment pattern

CIA 1: 20  (100%) : 20 marks

CIA 2: 50 (50%) 25 marks

CIA 3: 20 (100%) : 20 marks,

ESE : 50( 60%): 30 marks

Attendance: 5 marks.

CIA: ESE = 70:30

Total 100 marks

BBA632 - BUSINESS LAWS (2021 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:60
No of Lecture Hours/Week:4
Max Marks:100
Credits:4

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

Course Description:  A law that governs the dealings regarding commercial matters, quietly known as business law. Business Law, a branch of civil law comprises governance of commercial and business transactions in both the public and private realms. Business law helps to resolve the business disputes, maintain order and build an acceptable  standards when it come close to the other business, government and customers. A better understanding of legal matters also provides a manager with a framework on which a decision can be made. This course covers important sub branches of Business Laws,  such as Contract Law, Intellectual Property Law, Consumer Protection Law, Competition Law, Law of Sale of Goods and Cyber Law etc.

 

Course Objectives:

 

        To illustrate  the  legal provisions of  key aspects  of business laws

 

        To outline the framework of Contract Law in India

 

        To explain the legal provisions relating to Patents, Trade Marks and Copy Rights in India

 

        To demonstrate an understanding of regulatory framework of Sale of Goods

              To identify the  causes of the problem faced by consumers and competitors  and analyze the remedies provided for violations of legal provisions

Learning Outcome

CO1: Illustrate the legal provisions of key aspects of business laws

CO2: Outline the framework of Contract Law in India

CO3: Explain the legal provisions relating to Patents, Trade Marks and Copy Rights in India

CO4: Demonstrate an understanding of the regulatory framework for Sale of Goods

CO5: Identify the causes of the problem faced by consumers and competitors and analyze the remedies provided for violations of legal provisions

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:12
Introduction to Law of Contracts
 

 

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

 

 

 

Meaning and Scope of Business Law – Sources of Indian Business Law. The Indian Contracts Act, 1872: Definition – types of contracts- Essentials of a Contracts. Discharge of a contract and remedies for breach of contract. Government Contracts: Article 299: Constitution of India. Concept of Equity, Fairness and Reasonableness, Doctrine of Promissory Estoppel vs. Executive Necessity, No person liability. E-Contracts: Meaning & need for Digital Goods, Unfair terms in E-contract. Indian Evidence Act: Basic Concepts.

 

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:5
Contract of Guarantee
 

 

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual: Distinction between Indemnity and Guarantee, Kinds of Guarantee, Rights of Surety, Liability of Surety, and Discharge of Surety. 

 

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:10
Intellectual Property Laws
 

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual: Meaning and scope of intellectual properties – The Patent Act of 1970 and its amendments as per WTO agreement, background, objects, definition, inventions, patentee, true and first inventor, procedure for grant of process and product patents, WTO rules as to patents, rights to patentee – infringement– remedies. The Copyright Act, 1957- Meaning – Its uses and rights. The Trade Marks Act, 1999 - meaning, registration, procedures – infringement– Authorities concerned –Remedies.

 

Unit-4
Teaching Hours:8
Competition Law
 

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual: The Competition Act, 2002- Concept of Competition, Development of Competition Law, overview of MRTP Act 2002, Anticompetitive Agreements, Abuse of dominant position, combination, regulation of combinations, Competition Commission of India; Appearance before Commission, Compliance of Competition Law. Types of Offence and penalty. 

Unit-5
Teaching Hours:10
Law of Sale of Goods and Negotiable Instruments Law
 

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual: The Sale of Goods Act, 1930- Definition of Goods, Sale and Agreement to Sell, Conditions and Warranties, Rights & Liabilities of a Buyer & Seller, Rights of an Unpaid Seller. The Negotiable Instruments Act, 1881- Statutory definitions, promissory note, bill of exchange or cheque payable. Dishonour of Negotiable Instrument. Types of Offences and Penalties. 

 

Unit-6
Teaching Hours:10
Law of Consumer Protection
 

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual: Consumer Protection Act 1986: Background – définitions– consumer, consumer dispute, Complaint Procedure, defect, deficiency, and service, Remedies, Consumer Protection Council, Consumer Redress Agencies, District Forum, State Commission and National Commission. 

 

Unit-7
Teaching Hours:5
Cyber Laws
 

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Information Technology Act, 2000: Objectives, definitions and salient features, provisions pertaining to piracy and related offences and personalities. 

 

Text Books And Reference Books:

Gulshan, S.S. (2013). Business & Corporate Law, Excel Books, New Delhi.

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

 

  1. Anson, W. R. (2009). Law of contract (29th edition), Oxford University Press, Oxford, New Delhi.
  2. Avtar, S. (2011). Principles of Mercantile Law (9th Edition), Eastern Book Company, New Delhi.
  3. Kapoor, N.D (2012.). Elements of Mercantile Law, Sultan Chand & Sons, New Delhi.
  4. Padmanabhan, A. (2012. Intellectual property rights: Infringement and remedies, LexisNexis Butterworth’s, Nagpur.
  5. Tulsian, P.C. (2013). Business Laws, 5th Edition), Tata-McGraw Hill Education Limited, New Delhi

 

Evaluation Pattern

CIA 1 – 20 Marks

CIA 2 – 50 Marks 

CIA 3 – 20 Marks

CIA 4, ESE – 50 Marks  

 

BBA641E - INDUSTRIAL MARKETING (2021 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:60
No of Lecture Hours/Week:4
Max Marks:100
Credits:4

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

Course‌ ‌Description:‌ ‌‌The‌ ‌course‌ ‌is‌ ‌designed‌ ‌to‌ ‌provide‌ ‌students‌ ‌with‌ ‌the‌ ‌ability‌ ‌to‌ ‌understand‌ ‌industrial‌ ‌markets‌ ‌and‌ ‌relevant‌ ‌industrial‌ ‌marketing‌ ‌strategies.‌ ‌The‌ ‌course‌ ‌will‌ ‌also‌ ‌cover‌ ‌market‌ ‌structures‌ ‌and‌ ‌demand‌ in‌ ‌business‌ ‌markets. ‌  ‌

 

Course‌ ‌Learning‌ ‌Objectives: 

 

The objective of this course is to:

 

        To understand‌ the‌ ‌key concepts and theories‌ ‌of‌ ‌Industrial‌ ‌Marketing‌ ‌

 

        To differentiate‌ ‌Consumer‌ ‌Marketing‌ ‌and‌ ‌Industrial‌ ‌Marketing‌ ‌

 

        To outline the scope and importance of Industrial Marketing

 

        To enable the students to apply the concepts, principles of Industrial Marketing in practical situations.

 

        To formulate‌ ‌Industrial‌ ‌Marketing‌ ‌strategies‌ ‌

 

Learning Outcome

CO1: To help the learner distinguish between consumer marketing and industrial marketing

CO2: To analyze the nuances of industrial marketing

CO3: Learn to formulate industrial marketing strategies and also design industrial marketing mix elements

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:9
Introduction to Industrial Markets
 

 

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual 

 

 

 

Industrial‌ ‌Marketing‌ ‌System,‌ ‌Concepts‌ ‌and‌ ‌Characteristics‌ ‌-‌ ‌Types‌ ‌of‌ ‌Industrial‌ ‌Markets‌ ‌-‌ ‌

 

Industrial‌ ‌Buyer‌ ‌Behaviour,‌ ‌Industrial‌ ‌Marketing‌ ‌Vs.‌ ‌Consumer‌ ‌Marketing,‌ ‌Relational‌ ‌approach‌ ‌to‌ ‌

 

Industrial‌ ‌Marketing-‌ ‌The‌ ‌Nature‌ ‌of‌ ‌Industrial‌ ‌Demand‌ ‌&‌ ‌Industrial‌ ‌Customer.‌ ‌

 

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:9
Strategic Industrial Marketing
 

 

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

 

 

 

Marketing‌ ‌Information‌ ‌Systems‌ ‌and‌ ‌Marketing‌ ‌Research‌ ‌–‌ ‌B2B‌ ‌Commerce.‌ ‌Factors‌ ‌influencing‌ ‌

 

Organizational‌ ‌Buying:‌ ‌Buying‌ ‌Roles;‌ ‌Organizational‌ ‌Buying‌ ‌Decision‌ ‌Process;‌ ‌Environmental‌ ‌&‌ ‌

 

organizational‌ ‌Influences‌ ‌Organizational‌ ‌Influences‌ ‌on‌ ‌Buying‌ ‌Behaviour:‌ ‌Buying‌ ‌Roles;‌ ‌The‌ ‌Buy‌ ‌

Grid‌ ‌Model;‌ ‌The‌ ‌Organizational‌ ‌Buying‌ ‌Decision‌ ‌Process.‌

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:9
Pricing Decisions in Industrial Markets
 

 

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual and Analytical

 

 

 

Pricing‌ ‌Decisions‌ ‌in‌ ‌Industrial‌ ‌Markets,‌ ‌Pricing‌ ‌Objectives‌ ‌-‌ ‌Price‌ ‌Decision‌ ‌Analysis‌ ‌–Breakeven‌ ‌

 

analysis‌ ‌–‌ ‌net‌ ‌pricing‌ ‌–‌ ‌discount‌ ‌pricing‌ ‌–‌ ‌trade‌ ‌discounts‌ ‌––‌ ‌factory‌ ‌pricing‌ ‌–‌ ‌freight‌ ‌allowance‌ ‌

 

pricing‌ ‌

 

Unit-4
Teaching Hours:9
Classification of Industrial Products and Services
 

 

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual and Analytical

 

      

 

New‌ ‌Product‌ ‌Development‌ ‌and‌ ‌Introduction‌ ‌-‌ ‌Industrial‌ ‌Product‌ ‌Management‌ ‌–‌ ‌Terms‌ ‌of‌ ‌Sale‌ ‌–‌ ‌

 

Outright‌ ‌purchase‌ ‌–‌ ‌Hire-purchase‌ ‌–‌ ‌Leasing,‌ ‌Major‌ ‌Equipment;‌ ‌Accessory‌ ‌Equipment;‌ ‌Raw‌ ‌and‌ ‌

 

Processed‌ ‌Materials;‌ ‌Component‌ ‌Parts‌ ‌and‌ ‌Sub-‌ ‌Assemblies;‌ ‌Operating‌ ‌Supplies;‌ ‌Standardized‌ ‌and‌ ‌

 

Non-standardized‌ ‌parts,‌ ‌Industrial‌ ‌services.‌ ‌    

 

Unit-5
Teaching Hours:8
Formulating Marketing Channel Strategies and Physical Distribution decisions
 

 

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual and Analytical

 

 

 

Channel‌ ‌Management‌ ‌-‌ ‌Promotional‌ ‌Strategies‌ ‌for‌ ‌Industrial‌ ‌Goods/‌ ‌Services.‌ ‌Formulating‌ ‌

channel‌ ‌strategy‌ ‌–‌ ‌Pricing‌ ‌strategy-‌ ‌Promotional‌ ‌strategy‌ ‌–‌ ‌Sales‌ ‌force‌ ‌automation

Unit-6
Teaching Hours:8
Supply Chain & Industrial Marketing
 

 

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual and Analytical

 

 

 

Conceptual‌ ‌Framework‌ ‌of‌ ‌Supply‌ ‌chain;‌ ‌Decision‌ ‌phases‌ ‌in‌ ‌a‌ ‌supply‌ ‌chain;‌ ‌Process‌ ‌view‌ ‌of‌ ‌a‌ ‌

 

supply‌ ‌chain.;‌ ‌The‌ ‌importance‌ ‌of‌ ‌supply‌ ‌chain‌ ‌flows;‌ ‌Competitive‌ ‌Supply‌ ‌Chain‌ ‌Strategies,

 

Achieving‌ ‌strategic‌ ‌fit.‌ ‌ ‌

 

Unit-7
Teaching Hours:8
Inventory Management and Risk Pooling
 

 

‌Level of Knowledge: Conceptual and Analytical

 

 

 

Introduction;‌ ‌A‌ ‌single‌ ‌warehouse‌ ‌inventory;‌ ‌The‌ ‌economic‌ ‌lot‌ ‌size‌ ‌model‌; The‌ ‌effect‌ ‌of‌ ‌demand‌ ‌

 

uncertainty‌ ‌;‌ ‌Risk‌ ‌pooling‌ ‌;‌ ‌Centralized‌ ‌versus‌ ‌decentralized‌ ‌systems;‌ ‌Managing‌ ‌inventory‌ ‌in‌ ‌the‌ ‌

 

supply‌ ‌chain‌ ‌ ‌

 

Text Books And Reference Books:

 

  1. Hawaldar,‌ ‌K.‌ ‌Krishna‌ (2018),‌ ‌‌Industrial Marketing,‌ ‌‌TATA‌ ‌McGraw-Hill‌ ‌Publishing‌ Company‌ ‌Limited,‌ ‌New‌ ‌Delhi.‌ ‌

 

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

 

  1. Milind‌ ‌T.‌ ‌Phadtare (2018),Industrial Marketing,‌ ‌‌Prentice‌ ‌Hall‌ ‌of‌ ‌India‌ ‌Pvt.‌ ‌Ltd,‌ ‌New‌ ‌Delhi,
  2. Michael‌ ‌D‌ ‌Hautt‌ ‌and‌ ‌Thomas‌ ‌W‌ ‌Speh, Industrial Marketing Management,‌ ‌The‌ ‌Dyden‌ ‌Press.‌ ‌
  3. Peter‌ ‌M.‌ ‌Chisnall, Strategic Industrial Marketing ;‌ ‌‌Prentice-Hall‌ ‌International‌ ‌
  4. M.Govindarajan(2009),Industrial Marketing, Vikas Publishing House Pvt. Ltd.,Noida.
  5. Robert‌ ‌R.‌ ‌Reeder,‌ ‌Briety‌ &‌ ‌Betty‌ ‌H.‌ ‌Reeder(2008), Industrial Marketing,‌ ‌‌Prentice‌ ‌Hall‌ ‌of‌ ‌India‌ ‌Pvt.‌ ‌Ltd,‌ ‌New‌ ‌Delhi.

 

Evaluation Pattern

 

 

CIA – 1 (20)*

CIA – 2 (25)*

CIA – 3 (20)*

Attendance (5)*

ESE  (30)*

Total (100)*

Component

1

2

MSE

1

2

 

ESE

 

Marks

20

50

20

5

50

145

Nature

Individual  Assignment

Written Examination

Group Presentation

 

 Written Examination

 

BBA641F - TAXATION MANAGEMENT (2021 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:60
No of Lecture Hours/Week:4
Max Marks:100
Credits:4

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

Course Description: India has a well-developed tax structure with a three-tier federal structure, comprising the Union Government, the State Governments and the Urban/Rural Local Bodies. The power to levy taxes and duties is distributed among the three tiers of Governments, in accordance with the provisions of the Indian Constitution. The study of tax laws is of a great importance for Management students as it exposes students to the tax environment in India. This course is introduced as part of BBA program to give an overall idea about the theoretical and practical aspects of direct and indirect taxes in India. The content of the course is arranged in such a manner that it gives an outline of the Income tax law and GST Law in an analytical and simple manner.

 

Learning Outcome

CO1: Understand the Income tax regime in India

CO2: Discuss various savings, investment schemes and other payments eligible for income tax exemptions

CO3: Apply the provisions of Income Tax Act to Compute Taxable income, tax payable and in e-filing of Income Tax Returns for various assesses.

CO4: Apply the provisions of Income Tax Act to Compute Taxable income, tax payable and in e-filing of Income Tax Returns for various assessees.

CO5: Examine the provisions of Goods and Service Tax in India and its application in business transactions.

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:8
Capital gain taxation
 

 

Capital asset, Transfer of capital asset, Expenses on transfer, Computation of Capital gains – STCG and LTCG, Deductions from LTCG u/s 54, 54B, 54EC, 54D, 54F,54G.

 

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:12
Assessment of companies
 

 

Types of companies - Residential status of companies and tax incidence, Status and scope of total income of companies, Tax liability and computation of taxation of companies- Minimum Alternate Tax, Deductions available to companies U/s80, Computation of book profit

 

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:8
Firms and LLP: Computation of Taxable income
 

 

Partnership firm, Schemes of taxation for firms, Remuneration to working partners, LLP, Computation of total income of firm and LLP, Tax liability of Firms and LLP.

 

Unit-4
Teaching Hours:6
Collection and recovery of taxes
 

 

Advance payment of tax: Income liable for advance tax, due dates for payment of advance tax, Tax Deducted at Source (TDS)_- u/s 192, 194 B, 194 BB, 194 D, 194 DA, 194 E, 194 EE,194 I, Tax collection at Source (TCS), Interest payable by assesse/government and procedure for computation, refund of excess payments.

 

Unit-5
Teaching Hours:4
Assessments procedures and Penalties
 

 

Statutory obligation to file return, Belated return, Revised return, Assessment types – Self assessment, summary assessment, scrutiny assessment, Best judgement assessment and Income escaping assessment. Appeals, appellate authorities, powers of commissioner. Appeal to Tribunal, High court and Supreme court, Penalties – for defaults, concealment or under reporting of Income, Offences and Prosecution, Onus of proof.

 

Unit-6
Teaching Hours:14
Practical aspects of GST
 

 

CGST Act, SGST Act (Karnataka State), IGST Act. Definition: Aggregate turnover, Adjudicating authority, Agent, Business, Capital goods, Casual taxable person, Composite supply, Mixed supply, Exempt supply, Outward supply, Principal supply, Place of supply, Supplier, Goods, Input service distributor, Job work, Manufacture, Input tax, Input tax credit, Person, Place of business, Reverse charge. Registration under GST: Procedure for registration, Persons liable for registration, Persons not liable for registration, Compulsory registration, Deemed registration, Special provisions for Casual taxable persons and Non-resident taxable persons, Exempted goods and services - Rates of GST. Procedure relating to Levy: (CGST & SGST): Scope of supply, Tax liability on Mixed and Composite supply, Time of supply of goods and services, Value of taxable supply, Computation of taxable value and tax liability. Procedure relating to Levy: (IGST): Inter-state supply, intra-state supply, Zero rates supply, Value of taxable supply – Computation of taxable value and tax liability. Input tax Credit: Eligibility, Apportionment, Inputs on capital goods, Distribution of credit by Input Service Distributor (ISD) – Transfer of Input tax credit –Problems on utilization of input tax credit.

 

Unit-7
Teaching Hours:8
Practical aspects of Customs Law
 

 

Levy, Definitions, Types of Duties, Export Duty Classification, Analysis of Section 14, Rate of exchange, Tariff value, Customs Valuation Rules: Rate of Duties, Import and Export procedure, Bill of Entry, Assessments, Examination, Provisional assessment, Re-import, Baggage, Baggage Exempt, Personal effects, computation of customs duty, Practical problems.

 

Text Books And Reference Books:

 

  1. Income Tax law and Practice: Dr Vinod Singhania, Taxmann Publications (latest edition)
  2. All About GST: V.S Datey, Taxmann Publications (latest edition)

 

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

 

  1. Madhukar N Hiregange: Goods and Services Tax, Wolters Kluwer.
  2. Guide to GST: CA. Rajat Mohan,
  3. Goods & Services Tax – Indian Journey: N.K. Gupta & Sunnania Batia, Barat's Publication
  4. Goods & Services Tax – CA. Rajat Mohan,
  5. Goods & Services Tax: Dr. Sanjiv Agrawal & CA. Sanjeev Malhotra. 

Income Tax Laws, Dr. Mehrotra, Snowman Publications.

Evaluation Pattern

 

 

CIA – 1 (20)*

CIA – 2 (25)*

CIA – 3 (20)*

Attendance (5)*

ESE  (30)*

Total (100)*

Component

1

2

MSE

1

2

 

ESE

 

Marks

20

50

20

5

50

145

Nature

Individual  Assignment

Written Examination

Group Presentation

 

 Written Examination

 

BBA641H - KNOWLEDGE MANAGEMENT (2021 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:60
No of Lecture Hours/Week:4
Max Marks:100
Credits:4

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

 

Course Description: 

Today’s turbulent business environment has been characterized by ‘the knowledge era’ where competitive advantage is based upon the resource-based view of the firm and successful utilization of employee knowledge. It is the organization that can capture, manage and apply the different forms of knowledge prevalent in the workplace that will grow and flourish. The purpose of the course is to explore the concept of knowledge and the means by which organizations seek to manage it through formal technological practices and informal social systems. The course looks at a theoretical and practitioner point of view and seeks to provide a 360 degree overview of the domain of Knowledge Management.

 

Course  Objective: 

 

        To demonstrate an understand of the key concepts, theories and models that enable knowledge management

 

        To provide an outline about the importance of knowledge management in developing   people and organizations.

 

        To enable the students to apply the concepts, principles and models of knowledge management in practical situations.

 

        To evaluate the various process, approaches and strategies for managing knowledge in organizations

             To provide solutions to the issues pertaining to managing knowledge.

Learning Outcome

CO1: Demonstrate the understanding of key concepts, principles and models related to knowledge management

CO2: Learn to apply the theories and concepts studied in the classroom to practical situations.

CO3: Analyze the various types of knowledge and models and its relevance to organizations

CO4: Evaluate the various knowledge management practices and their value to organizations

CO5: Solve the issues pertaining to knowledge management.

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:8
Introduction to Knowledge Management
 

 

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

 

    

 

Introduction to Knowledge Management; Multidisciplinary Nature of KM - The Two Major Types of Knowledge, The Concept Analysis Technique; History of Knowledge Management - From Physical Assets to Knowledge Assets Organizational Perspectives on Knowledge Management; Importance of KM - KM for Individuals, Communities, and Organizations.

 

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:8
Knowledge Management Cycle
 

 

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

 

 

Major Approaches to the KM Cycle - The Zack KM Cycle, The Bukowitz and Williams KM Cycle, The McElroy KM Cycle, The Wiig KM Cycle; An Integrated KM Cycle; Strategic Implications of the KM Cycle; Practical Considerations for Managing Knowledge

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:8
Knowledge Management Models
 

 

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

 

 

Major Theoretical KM Models - The von Krogh and Roos Model of Organizational Epistemology, The Nonaka and Takeuchi Knowledge Spiral Model, The Knowledge Creation Process, Knowledge Conversion, Knowledge Spiral

Unit-4
Teaching Hours:12
Knowledge Capture and Codification
 

 

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

 

 

 

Tacit Knowledge Capture - Tacit Knowledge Capture at Individual and Group Levels, Interviewing Experts, Structured Interviewing, Stories, Learning by Being Told, Learning by Observation; Tacit Knowledge Capture at the Organizational Level; Explicit Knowledge Codification - Cognitive Maps, Decision Trees, Knowledge Taxonomies.

 

Unit-5
Teaching Hours:8
Knowledge Sharing and Communities of Practice
 

 

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

 

 

 

The Social Nature of Knowledge; Sociograms and Social Network Analysis, Knowledge-Sharing Communities - Types of Communities, Roles and Responsibilities in CoPs, Knowledge Sharing in Virtual CoPs; Obstacles to Knowledge Sharing, The Undernet.

 

Unit-6
Teaching Hours:8
Knowledge Management Tools
 

 

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

 

 

Knowledge Capture and Creation Tools - Content Creation Tools, Data Mining and Knowledge Discovery, Blogs, Content Management Tools; Knowledge Sharing and Dissemination Tools - Groupware and Collaboration Tools, Wikis, Networking Technologies; Knowledge Acquisition and Application Tools - Intelligent Filtering Tools, Adaptive Technologies

Unit-7
Teaching Hours:8
Role of Organizational Culture
 

 

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

 

 

 

Different Types of Cultures, Organizational Culture Analysis, Culture at the Foundation of KM, The Effects of Culture on Individuals; Cultural Transformation to a Knowledge-Sharing Culture; Organizational Maturity Models - KM Maturity Models, COP Maturity Models. 

 

Text Books And Reference Books:

 

1.       Dalkir, K. (2017) Knowledge management in theory and practice (3rded.). Cambridge, MA: MIT Press

 

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

 

1.       Rhem, A. J. (2017). Knowledge management in practice. New York: CRC Press. 

 

2.       Leonard-Barton, D., Swap, W. C., & Barton, G. (2015). Critical knowledge transfer: Tools for managing your company's deep smarts.Boston, US: Harvard Business Review Press.

 

3.       Horaguchi. (2014). Collective knowledge management: Foundations of international business in the age of .. [Place of publication not identified]: Edward Elgar Publishing

 

4.       Jay Liebowitz., & Liebowitz, J. (2012). Knowledge Management Handbook: Collaboration and social networking (2nd ed.). London: CRC Press.

 

5.       Pugh, K. (2011). Sharing hidden know-how: How managers solve thorny problems with the knowledge jam. San Francisco, CA: Jossey-Bass.

 

Evaluation Pattern

 

CIA – 1 (20)*

CIA – 2 (25)*

CIA – 3 (20)*

Attendance (5)*

ESE  (30)*

Total (100)*

Component

1

2

MSE

1

2

 

ESE

 

Marks

20

25

20

5

30

100

Nature

Individual  Assignment

Written Examination

Individual Assginment 

 

 Written Examination

 

BBA641M - INTEGRATED MARKETING COMMUNICATION (2021 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:60
No of Lecture Hours/Week:4
Max Marks:100
Credits:4

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

Course Description: This is an elective course offered in the sixth semester to students of marketing specialization. Students learn various aspects of the evolution, growth and development of marketing communications

 

Course Objectives:

 

        To identify the promotional elements in the marketing programmes

 

        To demonstrate the role of various communication models.

 

        To examine the role and functions of specialized marketing organizations.

        To curate the process of budgeting for IMC

            To interpret social insights of research to build creative strategy for IMC.

Learning Outcome

CO1: Identify the promotional elements in the marketing programmes

CO2: To interpret social insights of research to build creative strategy for IMC.T

CO3: To demonstrate the role of various communication models.

CO4: To curate the process of budgeting for IMC

CO5: To examine the role and functions of specialized marketing organizations.

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:6
Introduction to IMC
 

 

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

 

Concept of integrated marketing communications (IMC), Evolution and Importance of IMC, Elements of the Marketing Mix and its impact on IMC, Target Marketing, Segmentation and Positioning strategies and its application in IMC 

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:6
Elements of the Promotional Mix
 

 

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

 

Sales Promotion, PR, Digital Marketing, Direct Marketing – elements, process and techniques. Advertising in brief (types of advertising and advertisement) 

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:8
Unit III: ADVERTISING: THE BASICS
 

 

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual and Application (National)

Approaches – AIDA and DAGMAR, Ad Messages - Writing an Ad Copy , Elements of an Advertising message (headline, illustration and identification) Copy Structure , Storyboard formation, Testing, validation and reliability of ads , Ethical, Legal and Social Implications of Advertising Regulatory agencies of advertising in India

Unit-4
Teaching Hours:10
Unit IV: Ad INDUSTRY STRUCTURE AND MEDIA SCHEDULING
 

 

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

 

Types of Ad agencies, Services offered by various agencies, Criteria for selecting the agencies and evaluation. Structure of advertising industry (earlier role of client and agency personnel), choosing an Advertising Agency, Account planning and Account brief. Developing Media plan – strategy, scheduling, reach & frequency, Creativity and advertising, Elements of creative strategies and its implementation, Media Evaluation – Print, Broadcast media, Support media in advertising, Ad campaigns and measuring effectiveness (earlier evaluation and approval process)

 

Unit-5
Teaching Hours:10
Unit V: IMC PLANNING PROCESS AND BUDGETING
 

 

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual and Application (National)

 IMC Planning process model, Models of Communication Process, Importance of setting specific objectives and Problems encountered, Methods of Budget Setting, Process of Budget Setting , Budget setting for promotional mix elements 

 

Unit-6
Teaching Hours:12
UNIT VI Monitoring, Evaluation and Control:
 

Measuring Promotional Programme Effectiveness, Methods to monitor the effectiveness of an IMC campaign 

Unit-7
Teaching Hours:8
UNIT VII Contemporary Perspectives in IMC:
 

Global vs Localized Marketing and Advertising, Role of promotional mix in international IMC, viral and guerrilla marketing and IMC

 

Text Books And Reference Books:

 

  1. Belch, George E., Michael A. Belch. Purani, Keyoor (2022), Advertising and Promotion: An Integrated Marketing Communications Perspective, 12th Ed. India: McGraw-Hill

 

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

 

  1. Shimp, T. A(2014) Integrated Marketing Communication in Advertising and Promotion, 8th Ed,Cengage Learning India Pvt Ltd, New Delhi
  2. Philip J. Kitchen; Patrick De Pelsmacker (2004), Integrated Marketing Communications: A Primer, Routledge

 

Evaluation Pattern

CIA 1 - Max marks 25 - 100% weightage - 25

CIA 2 - Max  marks 20 - 100% weightage -20

CIA 3 - Max marks  20 - 100% weightage - 20 

CIA 4 - Max marks 30 - 100% weightage - 30

Class participation - 5 marks 

BBA642E - MANAGING INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS (2021 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:60
No of Lecture Hours/Week:4
Max Marks:100
Credits:4

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

Course Description: 

Management of Intellectual Property course includes essential components Patents, Trade Marks, Copy Rights, Geographical Indications and Designs. As the future managers will have to acquire, protect, harness and manage such vital intangible and invisible assets that are common to manage every business. 

Course Objectives: 

        To find out the key components of intellectual property and their use in business

        To compare and contrast the different forms of intellectual property from the perspective of nature and subject matter of  legal protection.

        To identify the real life examples of application of different  intellectual property in businesses

        To analyse the legal disputes involving companies in relation to intellectual property 

        To explain the integration of intellectual property with businesses with examples.

  • To develop an ability to apply for the acquisition of  different types of intellectual property

Learning Outcome

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:13
Introduction to Intellectual Property.
 

Introduction- Objectives, Concept of Property/IP: Classification of Property; Intellectual Property Rights- Meaning and importance; Kinds of IPR: Distinguishing Features- Patents, Copyrights and Neighboring Rights, Trade and Service Marks, Designs, Geographical Indications and Designs. Developments in other areas of Intellectual Property and Data.   Meaning, significance, and procedure of acquisition and Protection of Data, Confidential Information, Trade Secrets, Integrated Circuit & Plant Varieties.  

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:12
Law Of Copyright And Neighboring Rights.
 

Law Of Copyrights- Definition, Nature Of Protection, Evolution Of Copyright Law, Basic Concepts Under Copyright Act- Basis Of Copyright Protection, Underlying Concepts, Idea-Expression Dichotomy, Originality/Creativity, Fixation, Term Of Copyright Protection- Categories Of Copyrightable Works / Subject Matter Of Copyright; Rights Of The Copyright Owner; License And Assignment,- Compulsory License & Statutory License, Copyright Act 1957; Infringement Of Copyright - Introduction, Essentials Of Infringement, Facts To Be Established By Plaintiff In Case Of Infringement, Tests For Infringement, International Regime, Trips Agreement – Three Step Test, The Berne Convention, Remedies For Infringement- Civil Remedies, Criminal Remedies

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:8
Law Of Patents
 

Development Of Law Of Patents- What Is Patent, Justification and Evolution Of Patent Law ,Need For A Patent System; Patentability Requirements- Introduction, Patentability Requirements: Patentable Subject Matter, Novelty, Prior Art, Relevant Cases; Utility/Industrial Applicability; Grant; Infringement Of Patents, Freedom To Operate, Defenses For Infringement Action & Remedies; Prosecution History Estoppel- Defenses, Experiment, Research Or Education, Government Use, Patent Exhaustion, Patent Misuse, Inequitable Conduct, Remedies - Relevant Cases, 

Unit-4
Teaching Hours:10
Law Of Trademarks
 

Introduction, Evolution and Development Of The Law Of Trademark, Spectrum Of Distinctiveness, Definition Of Trademark, Non-Conventional Marks; Procedure For Registration Of Trademark - Application, Examination, Grounds Of Refusal Of Registration, Acceptance & Advertisement, Opposition, Registration, Renewal; Rights Of Trademark Owner, Assignment Of Trademarks, Licensing Of Trademark, Infringement - Essentials, Dilution Of Trademark, Registration Of Collective Marks; Passing Off - Essential Elements Of Passing Off, Difference Between Infringement And Passing Off, Remedies For Infringement, Classification Of Goods

Unit-5
Teaching Hours:10
Law of Geographical Indications
 

Geographic Indications-Objective, Introduction, Justification For Protection; International Position-Paris Convention On The Protection Of Intellectual Property, 1883, The Madrid Agreement, Lisbon Agreement, Trips Agreement, Bilateral Agreements, Regional Developments – Eu – Designation Of Origin And Geographical Indication, 6.2.6.2. Product Specification, Application For Registration, Examination By The Commission, Objections, Names, Indications And Symbols, Amending The Product Specification, Official Controls, Cancellation, Protection, Relations Between Trademarks, Designations Of Origin And Gi, Committee Procedure, Fees, Case Study: Spanish Champagne Case; Geographical Indication Protection In India - Criteria, Procedure For Registration In India, Duration, Rights, Overlap Between Trademark And Gi, Remedies; Case Studies- Darjeeling Tea Case, Pochampally Ikat Case; Information Provided By The Geographic Indication Registry, Chennai, India

Unit-6
Teaching Hours:7
Law Of Designs
 

The Law Of Designs- Introduction, Meaning Of Designs; Evolution and Development Of Law Of Designs, Basic Principles Of Design Rights, Protection For Designs, Historical Perspective, Philosophy Of Design Protection; Publication; Procedure For Registration Of Designs, Forms- Shape, Configuration, Pattern, Excluded Subject- Matter- Method Or Principle Of Construction, Registered Designs, Design Right, Term Of Design Protection, Copyright In Design, Registration Of Designs In India, Rights Of The Owner Of Designs And Tests For Infringement

Text Books And Reference Books:

 Fundamentals of Intellectual Property (English) 1st Edition (Paperback, Dr. Kalyan C. Kankanala) Publisher: Asia Law House ISBN: 9789381849514, 938184951X. Edition: 3rd Edition, 2017

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading
  1. Susan K Sell, Private Power, Public Law: The Globalization of Intellectual Property Rights, Cambridge University Press, 2003
  2. N.S. Gopalakrishnan & T.G. Ajitha, Principles of Intellectual Property, Eastern Book Company, 3rd  Edition , 2016
  3. Jayashree Watal, Intellectual Property Rights in the WTO and Developing Countries, Oxford University Press, 2001
  4. Lionel Bently& Brad Sherman, Intellectual Property Law, Oxford University Press, 3rd Edition, 2008
  5. Peter Drahos,  A Philosophy of Intellectual Property, Dartmouth Pub Co, 1996
  6. Duggal Pavan, Legal Framework on Electronic Commerce & IntellectualProperty Rights, Universal Publishing House, 2014
  7. Paul Torremans,  Intellectual Property And Human Rights, Kluwer LawInternational, 2008
  8. Steven D Anderman, Interface Between Intellectual Property Rights andCompetition Policy, Cambridge University Press, 2007.
  9. Philippe Cullet, Intellectual Property Protection and Sustainable Development, Lexis Nexis, 2005. 
  10. E-Book:http://www.caaa.in/image/34_hb_on_ipr.pdf
Evaluation Pattern

CIA I 20 MARKS 

CIA II MARK 50 MARKS

CIA III 20 MARKS

END SEMESTER EXAM 50 MARKS 

BBA642F - CORPORATE RESTRUCTURING (2021 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:60
No of Lecture Hours/Week:4
Max Marks:100
Credits:4

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

Course Description: The corporate world is undergoing a sea change and firms have been growing in size, becoming global and diversifying into new areas. They quite often face different challenges, more so in case of Indian companies.  The last decade has seen numerous M&As, which have often forced firms to adopt special strategies for growth and survival. Today M&As have become a global phenomenon and Indian companies which had often been targets of Mergers and acquisitions, reversed the trend and started acquiring other companies both in India and abroad. This course intends to provide knowledge on different aspects of Mergers and acquisitions.

 

Course Objectives:

·         To understand Mergers and acquisitions happening in corporate world

·         To evaluate the M&A process

·         To compute the organizational synergies resulted by corporate restructuring 

·         To understand need for and performance of cross border mergers and acquisitions

Learning Outcome

CO1: To comprehend the Mergers & Acquisitions process

CO2: To evaluate different business valuation approaches

CO3: To analyze different legal aspects involved in Mergers & Acquisition.

CO4: To assess need for and performance of cross border mergers and acquisition

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:12
Mergers and Acquisitions
 

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

 

Introduction – Forms of corporate restructuring –M&A, Joint Ventures, sell-off and spin-off, divestitures, LBO, MBO,MLP, ESOP- History of merger movement –types of merger- Economic rationale  for different types of merger - Motives behind Mergers – theories of merger- synergy of mergers and acquisitions – Internal and external change forces contributing towards M&A activities

Readings and cases:

M&A: Theone thing you need to get right by Roger L Martin

3 Common M&A Pitfalls and how to avoid them by Craig Walker

Surviving M&A: How to thrive amid the turmoil by Mitchell Lee Marks, Philip Mirvis and Ron Ashkenas

Improving the odds of M&A success by Tom Herd, Terry W Steger and Arun K Saksena 

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:12
Merger Process
 

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

 

Identification of target – Negotiation – closing the deal – due diligence – M&A integration – organisational and human aspects – Managerial challenges of M&A

Readings and cases:

The Mergers and Acquisitions process by John C Coates

H.J. Heinz Merger and Acquistion by David P Stowell and Nicholas Kawar

Sustainability and Post-Merger Integration: The Dow Chemical Company’s 2009 Acquisition of Rohm & Haas

3 Ways M&A Is Different When You are acquiring a Digital Company by Arnaud Leroi 

Building a global corporate social responsibility program via mergers and acquisitions: A Managerial framework by Kathleen Marshall Park, Olimpia Meglio, Svante Schriber 

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:14
Valuation
 

Level of Knowledge: Analytical

 

Valuation of operating and financial synergy – Valuation of LBO – Methods of financing- cash offer, share exchange ratio – M&A as a capital budgeting decision

Readings and cases:

Evaluating M&A Deals: Accretion vs. Dilution of Earnings-per-share

Methods for evaluation for M&A

Evaluating M&A Deals: Introduction to the Deal NPV

Business Valuation in M&A

Mergers and acquisitions: Overcoming pitfalls, building synergy, and creating value by Michael Hitt and et al

Teuer Furniture (A): Discounted Cash Flow Valuation by Mitchell Peterson

DuPont Corporation: Sale of Performance coatings (LBO)

Unit-4
Teaching Hours:8
Takeover
 

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

 

Types of takeover – Hostile takeover approaches – Takeover defences – Anti-takeover amendments- SEBI takeover code

Readings and cases:

How Emerging Giants Are Rewriting the Rules of M&A

The Leaders: Who Make M&A Work

Unit-5
Teaching Hours:7
Legal and Accounting
 

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

 

Legal and Accounting aspects of M&A – accounting for amalgamation- Pooling of interest method, Purchase method – Provisions of companies Act of 2013, Income Tax Act 1961, Provisions of competition Act.

Readings and cases:

TYCO –M&A Machine – Stanford Case

Accounting for Mergers & Acquisitions

Unit-6
Teaching Hours:7
Cross Border Deals
 

Level of Knowledge: Analytical

 

Cross Border Mergers and Acquisitions – The theory of MNE – Reasons – strategies and performance of CBMA. 

Readings and cases:

Why do Cross-border Merger/Acquisition Deals become Delayed, or Unsuccessful? – ACross-Case Analysis in the Dynamic Industries

Tata Steel and Corus Case

Videocon and Daewoo Electronics corporation case

Text Books And Reference Books:

1.       Godbole, P. (2018). Mergers Acquisitions and Corporate Restructuring. Noida: Vikas Publishing House.

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

1.       Kale, R. S. (2013). Mergers and Acquisitions. New Delhi: Oxford University Press.

2.       Rajesh, K.B. (2010). Mergers and Acquisitions. Text and Cases. New Delhi: Tata Mcgraw Hill. 

3.       Sudarsanam, S. (2010). Creating Value through Mergers and Acquisitions. New Delhi: Peasons Education.

4.       Pandey, I.M. (2010). Financial Management. New Delhi: Vikas Publishig house.

5.       Gauchan, P. A. (2014). Mergers, Acquisitions and Corporate Restructurings. New Delhi: Wiley India Pvt. Ltd.,.

6.       Jha, N. (2011). Mergers, Acquisitions and Corporate Restructuring. Mumbai: Himalaya Publishing House Pvt. Ltd.,.

7.       Yaragol, P. B., & S, B. C. (2015). Mergers & Acquisitions. Delhi: Kalyani Publishers.

Evaluation Pattern
Component of Final Grade Max Marks per Component Weightage towards Final Grade Total Marks per Component in Final Grade
CIA-I 20 100% 20
CIA-II 50 50% 25
CIA-III 20 100% 20
End Semester 50 60% 30
Attendance 05 100% 05
Total     100

BBA642M - SALES AND DISTRIBUTION MANAGEMENT (2021 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:60
No of Lecture Hours/Week:4
Max Marks:100
Credits:4

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

Course Description: This course is designed to help students learn about sales and distribution management  concepts  and  how  to  apply  them to  solve  business  problems. Students will examine the dynamics of business decision making and demonstrate the ability to identify professional selling and negotiation skills, and man management skills. This course brings in features in Distribution Management like channel design, and the different components of distribution such as logistic management and channel information system

 

Course Objectives:

 

        To defining the key concepts in Sales and Distribution Management.

 

        To analyze the strategic role of Sales management in attaining competitive advantage for a firm.

 

        To apply and relate Sales and Distribution Management with other key departments of a firm.

 

        To evaluate emerging and important topics related to Sales and Distribution Management.

            To formulate, plan, manage and control the best processes so that value-addition occurs in the most efficient and effective way.

Learning Outcome

CLO1: Defining the key concepts in Sales and Distribution Management. CLO5 Formulate, plan, manage and control the best processes so that value-addition occurs in the most efficient and effective way.

CLO2: Analyze the strategic role of Sales management in attaining competitive advantage for a firm.

CLO3 : Apply and relate Sales and Distribution Management with other key departments of a firm.

CLO4: Evaluate emerging and important topics related to Sales and Distribution Management.

CLO5: Formulate, plan, manage and control the best processes so that value-addition occurs in the most efficient and effective way.

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:7
Introduction to Sales Management
 

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Nature and scope of sales management, personal selling objectives, Types of sales management positions, Theories of personal selling, personal selling strategies, sales forecasting and budgeting decisions, emerging trends in selling, ethical leadership, case analysis. – Sales Funnel

 

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:8
Sales Organisation and control
 

 Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

 Purpose of Sales Organisation, setting sales organisation, Types of sales organization structures. Coordinating selling function with other marketing activities, Sales Territory: Concept and process of devising sales territories. Sales forecasting and Sales Potential, Sales Forecasting Techniques Sales Budget: Purpose and Procedure Sales Quotas: Concept and types.

 

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:9
Managing Sales Force
 

 

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Concepts of sales force management: Recruitment and Selection of sales personnel. Sales Training: Areas of sales training: Company specific knowledge, product knowledge, industry and market trend knowledge, and customer education. Compensating and motivating sales force. Routing and scheduling of sales force. Sales audit. Sales Force Metrics

 

 

Unit-4
Teaching Hours:9
Distribution Management
 

 Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

 Managing marketing logistics & channels, Channel Integration - VMS, HMS, Channel Management, and Marketing channel Policies & legal issues.Metrics for Channel Decisions   Digital Channels

 

Unit-5
Teaching Hours:9
Distribution Channel Strategy
 

 Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Distribution Channels: Concept, Functions and Types. Distribution channel strategy and features of effective channel design. Channel Conflict: Concept and stages, conflict management International distribution strategy                                                                                                        

Unit-6
Teaching Hours:10
Logistics and Supply Chain Management
 

 Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

 Definition & scope of logistics, Components of logistics. Inventory management decisions: Concept of EOQ, ROP, JIT, online inventory management Out bound Logistics: Transportation decision, location and warehousing decisions Concept and scope of Supply chain management. Components of Supply Chain Management.

 

Unit-7
Teaching Hours:8
Recent changes in warehouse and distribution Management
 

 Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

 Distribution plan, elements of distribution, & cost implication, Network design, Quality control monitoring, supply tracking,Warehouse management systems, Warehouse execution system, Cloud transport management system, Enterprise Resource planning, 3PL

 

 

Text Books And Reference Books:

 

  1. Sales Management- Analysis & Decision Making –Johnston & Marshall (Tata McGRAW Hill 9th Edition, India Edition
  2. Krishna K. Havaldar, Vasant M. Cavale (2011) Sales & Distribution Management Tata McGrawHill

 

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

 

  1. Tanner, J; Honecutt ED Erfmeyer Robert C (2009). Sales Management, Pearson Education.
  2. Johnson, EM etc. (2007). Sales Management: Concepts Practices& Cases, McGraw Hill Co.

A, Nag (2013).Sales and Distribution Management, McGraw Hill.

Evaluation Pattern

 

Component

 

Description

Units

Maximum marks

Weightage

Total Marks in Final Grade

CIA1

CIA1A-Design a sales process

CIA1B- Apply AIDA model

I, II

20

100%

20

CIA2

Mid Semester Examination

I, II, III

50

50%

25

CIA3

Innovative and sustainable distribution management

IV, V, VI, VII

20

100%

20

ESE

End Semester Examination

ALL

50

60%

30

ATTENDANCE

 

-NA-

05

100%

05

Total

100

 

BBA643E - TECHNOLOGY AND ENTREPRENEURSHIP (2021 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:60
No of Lecture Hours/Week:4
Max Marks:100
Credits:2

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

Course Description: This course is designed for students interested in learning about the fundamental issues related to starting and managing technology-based new ventures. The course explores the development of innovative business models and new commercial ventures within the broad field of science and technology. The course encourages students to consider how technology-based solutions can solve economic and socially oriented problems. The course prepares students for more intensive entrepreneurship courses, such as Venture Creation and Entrepreneurial Growth Strategies, which focus on testing, developing, and growing new businesses.

Course Objectives: 

        To understand the fundamental concepts, theories, principles, and practices employed in the field of entrepreneurship and of the role that technology entrepreneurship plays in the global economy and in society.

        To explain the student with a combined view of the Technology and Entrepreneurship space and its synergic effect and enable them to come with constructive ideas keeping in mind future demands of the market.

        To develop competency in students to design new products and introduce to market.

        To influence students to construct a winning business plan and organize for required finances and other resources to use technology to meet market demands.

 

Learning Outcome

CO1: Interpret the challenges posed by high technology entrepreneurial ventures and role that technology entrepreneurship plays in the global economy and in society

CO2: Develop the capabilities to find the opportunities and come up with constructive ideas keeping in mind future demands of the market in a science and technology context;

CO3: Propose new ideas of products/services to the dynamic market.

CO4: Design a business plan to take a science-/technology-based product/service to market; and Pitch a venture to a potential funder or customer.

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:8
Introduction to Technology Management
 

Trends, Opportunities, Challenges for technology entrepreneur, what comes first- Technology or Entrepreneurial idea, Innovation;  Effectuation

Reference Readings and cases:

a)      Swiggy case study : India's fastest growing company : By CIDM

https://www.cidm.co.in/swiggy-case-study-india/

 

b)      Case study: How Tesla changed the auto industry : By Kate Patrick Macri: https://www.supplychaindive.com/news/case-study-how-tesla-changed-the-auto-industry/517251/

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:8
Five Pillars of Technology Entrepreneurship
 

Five Pillars of Technology Entrepreneurship - Value Creation, The Lean Startup, Customer Discovery and Validation, The Business Model Canvas and The Entrepreneurial Method.

Reference Readings and cases:

a)      Case study Model Analysis :Udaan.com: By N Jacitha Cruz : https://www.researchgate.net/publication/343892891_Udaancom_Case_study_Model_Analysi

 

b)      Business Model Canvas Reading Material and examples: By Altexsoft.com : https://www.altexsoft.com/media/2017/06/linkedin-bmc.png 

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:8
Tools and techniques for Tech-based startup
 

Framework for Minimum Viable Product (MVP), Technology selection, acceptance & implementation frame work, Application of Analytic Hierarchy Process (AHP), Pareto Analysis and optimization, Affinity mapping.

Reference Readings and cases:

a)      How To Design Your Next Minimum Viable Product - 3 Case Studies : By Forbes : https://www.forbes.com/sites/darden/2016/06/07/how-to-design-your-next-minimum-viable-product-3-case-studies/?sh=2b162bdb733b

 

b)      The Innovation Value Chain :by Morten T. Hansen and Julian Birkinshaw :https://hbr.org/2007/06/the-innovation-value-chain

Unit-4
Teaching Hours:8
Current Scenario on Technology Entrepreneurship
 

Understanding of current technology entrepreneurship with respect to government regulations on different technology development and implementation, IP related to technology,   Journey map of technology idea to realization. 

Reference Readings and cases:

a)      Flipkart Case Study: The Rise And Downfall Of Flipkart :By CIDM : https://www.cidm.co.in/flipkart-case-study/

 

b)      Bharat Pay : Financial Irregularities : By ET: https://economictimes.indiatimes.com/tech/startups/bharatpes-independent-probe-hints-at-fraudulent-transactions-and-irregular-invoices/articleshow/89337193.cms

Unit-5
Teaching Hours:8
Current Scenario on Technology Entrepreneurship
 

Understanding of current technology entrepreneurship with respect to government regulations on different technology development and implementation, IP related to technology,   Journey map of technology idea to realization. 

Reference Readings and cases:

a)      Flipkart Case Study: The Rise And Downfall Of Flipkart :By CIDM : https://www.cidm.co.in/flipkart-case-study/

 

b)      Bharat Pay : Financial Irregularities : By ET: https://economictimes.indiatimes.com/tech/startups/bharatpes-independent-probe-hints-at-fraudulent-transactions-and-irregular-invoices/articleshow/89337193.cms

Unit-6
Teaching Hours:8
Technology and Visionary Leadership
 

Quality triads of technology leaders and practitioners from large corporations as well as startups including creating new opportunities, shaping the future market and social welfare

 

Reference Readings and cases:

 

https://www.proquest.com/docview/2172818762?pq-origsite=gscholar&fromopenview=true

Unit-7
Teaching Hours:12
The road ahead for Technology Entrepreneurs
 

Application of transformational digital technologies in managing or driving disruption. Introduction to exponential technologies such as Artificial Intelligence, Machine Learning, Augmented Reality, Blockchain and cloud etc.,

 

Reference Readings and cases:

 

  1. Netflix: ​​https://www.themarcomavenue.com/blog/a-case-study-on-netflixs-marketing-strategies-tactics/
  2. Uber: https://www.researchgate.net/publication/334535923_Management_Analysis_of_Uber/link/5d3018c4299bf1547cbf70ee/download
Text Books And Reference Books:
  1. Thomas N. Duening, Robert D. Hisrich,  Michael A. Lechter, (2020). Technology Entrepreneurship- Taking Innovation to the Marketplace (Third Edition), Academic Press.
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

1. Thomas H. Byers Professor Prof. (Author),‎Richard C. Dorf (Author),‎Andrew Nelson Assistant Professor Dr. (Author) (2014). Technology Ventures: From Idea to Enterprise 4th Edition, McGraw-Hill Education

2. Natasha Evers and James Cunningham. (2014). Technology Entrepreneurship: Bringing Innovation to the Marketplace, Palgrave

 

3. John Bessant and Joe Tidd .Innovation and Entrepreneurship( 2015). Wiley

Evaluation Pattern

CIA 1 : 20 Marks 

CIA 2 (MSE): 50 Marks 

CIA 3 : 20 Marks 

ESE : 50 Marks 

BBA643F - PROJECT AND INFRASTRUCTURE FINANCE (2021 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:60
No of Lecture Hours/Week:4
Max Marks:100
Credits:4

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

Course Description:

Project finance is a well-established technique for raising funds for large scale projects that require huge capital expenditure but have long term pay-offs. The pay-offs to the financiers come from the estimated cash flows of the project, as the sponsors of these projects often ring-fence their position statements from the risks of the project. It requires asset-specific financial structuring to minimize the risks and enhance the expected returns for their stakeholders. Presently, Infrastructure development lies at the nexus of economic growth, productive investment, job creation, and poverty reduction. This developmental line works on expanding infrastructure finance markets across economies, leveraging private funding from institutional investors and from various Government bodies. This course is specifically designed for students seeking to understand the technical dynamics of investment in large-scale projects and to develop the skills in managing long term project and infrastructure finance. 

 

Course Objectives:

●To understand the role of Project and Infrastructure Finance in Emerging Markets

●To assess the public-private partnerships (PPP) and Private Finance Initiatives (PFI) in India

●To evaluate finance option, cost determination, value creation and structure of large-scale infrastructure projects 

●To analyse project risks and associate reward measurement with the projects

●To build a deep understanding of different business culture and regulatory norms applicable to infrastructure projects with multiple stakeholder patterns. 

 

Learning Outcome

CO1: Determine a systematic approach towards project financing methods to raise and create value for infrastructure and large-scale projects.

CO2: Demonstrate a critical ability to analyses and structure project development phases.

CO3: Asses the techniques to mitigate specific risks and provide incentives in infrastructure projects.

CO4: Formulate a rigorous business plan to finance an infrastructure project.

CO5: Asses the social cost benefits derived through infrastructure developmental projects

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:4
UNIT : I Introduction to Project and Infrastructure Finance
 

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Definition of Project Finance (Basel II Guidelines) , Rationale and scope of Infrastructure and Finance, Capital Expenditure Decisions,  Traditional On-balance-sheet Financing, From Corporate to Project Finance, Leveraging Project Finance to Fund Infrastructure, RBI and Infrastructure Lending (Addendum) . 

 

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:6
UNIT: II Project Finance and PPP Module
 

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Conceptual Framework – Public Private Partnerships (PPP) and Project Finance Loans, Current Status of Global Project Finance Markets, Sources of Funds for Large Projects (Domestic Commercial Banks; Infrastructure Finance by Non-banking Finance Companies; Insurance and Pension Funds; External Commercial Borrowings; Insurance and Pension Funds; Real Estate Investment Trusts and Infrastructure Investment Trusts)  Role of IDFC, ILFS Limited, IIFC Limited, Multilateral Agencies (IFC, ADB, AIIB), Issues Faced in India. 

 

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:10
UNIT: III - Generation and Screening of Project Ideas
 

Level of Knowledge: Analytical

Generation of ideas – Monitoring the environment - regulatory framework for projects - corporate appraisal - preliminary screening - project rating index. Sources of positive NPV qualities of a successful entrepreneur - the porter model for estimation of profit potential of industries. Market and demand analysis: Situational analysis and specification of objectives. Technical Analysis: Study of Material Inputs and Utilities – Manufacturing Process and technology. 

 

Unit-4
Teaching Hours:10
UNIT: IV ? Valuing the Project and Project Cash Flows
 

Level of Knowledge: Analytical

Operating Cash Flows – Creating Cash Flow Models (Gross Revenues, Operating Expenditure, Net working capital, Capita Expenditure , Salvage Value, Free Cash flow to the project, Financing costs, Forecasting cash flows), Free cash flow and Capital cash flow methods of valuing projects, Credit Ratios, Accounting Ratios, Optimal Capital Structure. 

Estimation of cost of project and means of financing - estimates of sales and production - cost of production - working capital requirement and its financing - estimates of working results – breakeven points - projected cash flow statement - projected balance sheet. Assessment of the Tax Burden.

 

Unit-5
Teaching Hours:10
UNIT: V ? Measurement of Risk
 

Level of Knowledge: Analytical

Types (pre-construction risks, Construction risk,  Cost risk component, Sponsor risk, Management risk, Technology risk, Supply risk, Market risk, Legal risk) and Measure of Risk . Special Decision Situations: Choice between Mutually Exclusive Projects of unequal life - Optimal Timing Decision - Determination of Economic Life - inter-relationships between Investment and Financing aspects. Assessing and lose characteristic – Default risk.

 

Unit-6
Teaching Hours:6
UNIT: VI - Social Cost Benefit Analysis
 

Level of Knowledge: Analytical

Rationale for Social Cost Benefit Analysis (SCBA) – UNIDO Approach to SCBA - Little and Mirle Approach to SCBA, Qualitative Considerations-Social Cost Benefit Analysis, Contribution to Government Revenue, Political Stability, Priority and Evaluation of International Competitiveness.

 

Unit-7
Teaching Hours:10
UNIT: VII - Project Management Tools & Techniques
 

Level of Knowledge: Analytical

Classical Technique, Network techniques for Project Management - Development of Project Network - Time Estimation (Gantt Chart) - Determination of critical path - scheduling when resources are limit - PERT and CPM models - Network cost system (Only Problems on Resources Allocation and resources leveling), Waterfall / Linear, Scrum- Agile Project Management Technique.  Project review and administrative aspects: Initial review – Performance evaluation - Abandonment analysis. 

 

Unit-8
Teaching Hours:4
UNIT: VIII - Project Financing in India (Infrastructure Finance in India)
 

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Means of Finance - Norms and Policies of Financial Institutions - SEBI Guidelines - Sample Financing plans - structure of Financial Institutions in India - Schemes of assistance - Term Loans procedures - Project Appraisal by Financial Institutions. Regulatory Norms 

 

Text Books And Reference Books:

1.  Vikas Srivastava and Rajaraman V (2017) Project and Infrastructure Finance: Corporate Banking Perspective. Oxford University Press. 

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

1.Prasanna Chandra (2011). Project Preparation Appraisal Budgeting and Implementation. New Delhi. Tata McGraw Hill.

2.Stefano Gatti (2018) Project Finance in Theory and Practice: Designing, Structuring and Financing Private and Public Projects, Elsevier, 3rd edition. 

3.Bagchi S K (2010) Project Infrastructure Finance Ane Books Pvt Ltd.,

4.Bennet P. Lientz, Kathryn P. Rea (2010). Breakthrough Technology Project Management. New Delhi. Academic Press.

5.Machiraju, H.R. (2009). Introduction to Project Finance. New Delhi. Vikas Publishing House.

6.Narendra Singh (2009). Problems and Solutions in Project Management and Control. New Delhi. Himalaya Publishing House.

7.Rao.P.C.K (2009). Project Management and control. New Delhi. Sultan Chand & Sons.

8.Vasanth Desai (2008). Project Management. New Delhi. Himalaya Publishing House.

Evaluation Pattern

CIA-I : 20 Marks

CIA-II (MSE) : 25 Marks

CIA-III : 20 Marks

ESE: 30 Marks

Attendance: 5 Marks

BBA643H - STRATEGIC HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT (2021 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:60
No of Lecture Hours/Week:4
Max Marks:100
Credits:4

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

Course Description:

Strategic human resource management is very critical to a firm’s success in the contemporary business world. This course explores the strategic role of human resources in organizational performance, human resource environment in organizations, human resource evaluation, measuring employee performance, mentoring and career management. This course provides an insight on how human resources can be looked at from an investment perspective and how an integration of human resource strategy and business strategy becomes a point of competitive advantage for companies.

 

Course Objectives:

 

        To understand different theoretical approaches to SHRM and the linkage between HR strategy and business strategy

 

        To discuss the significance of viewing human resources as investment and a source of sustainable competitive advantage

 

        To analyze the relationship between business strategy and human resource planning

 

        To determine the linkage between business strategy and compensation strategy

      ●    To examine the human aspect of strategic implementation.

Learning Outcome

CO1: CLO1: Interpret the opportunities and challenges posed by business environment to human resources management.

CO2: Develop different SHRM approaches in implementing business strategies to manage challenges of business environment

CO3: Choose an appropriate framework in analyzing the significance of human resources as investment and as a source of sustainable competitive advantage

CO4: Propose and apply HR strategy in relations to business strategy

CO5: Evaluate social and ethical issues related to adopting a human resource strategy.

CO6: Formulate HR policies and program to address the social and ethical issues.

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:8
Introduction to Strategic HRM
 

 

Definition of SHRM, Need and Importance of SHRM – From Traditional HRM to SHRM – Linking HR Strategy with Business Strategy- Developing an HRM Plan - Gaining Competitive Advantage through HR, on becoming a strategic partner, The VRIO Framework, The changing role of HR, Future Challenges of HR.

 

Case Reading: Human resource management in the changing business environment of the Indian construction industry: a case study. (Shah & Sankar, 2013)

 

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:8
Human Resource Environment
 

 

Technology and Structure, Workforce Diversity, Societal and Demographic Changes, Change in Employment Relationships - Temporary and Contract Labor; Global Environment, Global Competition.

 

Case Readings: Using diversity, equity and inclusion to drive outcomes at CareerStaff unlimited. (Guglielmo et al., 2021)

 

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:8
An Investment perspective of Human resources
 

 

Human resource investment considerations, investments in T&D, investment practices for improved retention, investments in job secure workforce, ethical implications of employment practices, non-traditional investment approaches.

 

Case Reading:

 

  1. Finding, training, and keeping best service workers;(Dandira, 2012)
  2. Retaining human capital: a danger zone for METAL STAR;(Kong et al., 2021)

 

Unit-4
Teaching Hours:10
Human resource planning
 

 

Strategic role of HRP, overview of HRP, managerial issues in planning, selecting forecasting techniques, forecasting the supply of HR, forecasting the demand.  Efficient utilization of HR, dealing with employee shortages, selection of employees, dealing with employee surpluses, special implementation challenges.

 

Case Reading:Closed Loop: the art of succession planning; (Boyd & Ronnie, 2021)

 

Unit-5
Teaching Hours:8
Strategy implementation: development and reward management
 

 

Employee development, strategically oriented performance measurement systems, strategically oriented compensation systems.

 

Case Readings: Reward encourages beast.... oops, best! (Purohit, 2018)

 

Unit-6
Teaching Hours:10
Retrenchment Strategies
 

 

Understanding what is “Retrenchment” and “Redundancy”, Selection of Employees for Retrenchment, Downsizing, HR Outsourcing and Employee Leasing.

 

Case Reading: Hyatt’s housekeeper debacle; (Landau, 2013)

 

Unit-7
Teaching Hours:8
Human Aspect of Strategies Implementation
 

 

Organization Culture, Culture and Leadership, Human Side of Merger and Acquisition, Organizational Power and Politics.

 

Case Readings: Overcoming the HR challenge: a case of merger of Kotak Mahindra Bank and ING Vysya Bank. (Jain & Jaisinghani, 2017)

 

Text Books And Reference Books:

Greer, C.R. (2017). Strategic Human Resource Management (3ndedi), Pearson education

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

 

  1. Agarwala, T. (2010). Strategic Human Resource Management, Oxford University Press.
  2. Paauwe, J. (2017). Strategy, HRM, and performance: A contextual approach (Second edition.). Oxford: Oxford university press.
  3. Armstrong, M. 1, & Armstrong, M. (2016). Armstrong's Handbook of Strategic Human Resource Management (6th Ed.). London: Kogan Page.

 

 

 

Case Readings:

 

1.                  Boyd, S., & Ronnie, L. (2021). Closed Loop: the art of succession planning. Emerald Emerging Markets Case Studies, 11(4), 1–25. https://doi.org/10.1108/EEMCS-05-2021-0142

 

2.      Dandira, M. (2012). Finding, training, and keeping the best service workers. Emerald Emerging Markets Case Studies, 2(4), 1–3. https://doi.org/10.1108/20450621211256256

 

3.      Guglielmo, M., Edwards, S., DiBernardino, F., & Coughlin, M. (2021). Using diversity, equity and inclusion to drive outcomes at CareerStaff unlimited. The Case For Women, 1–19. https://doi.org/10.1108/cfw.2020.000017

 

4.      Jain, N. R., & Jaisinghani, D. (2017). Overcoming the HR challenge: a case of merger of Kotak Mahindra Bank and ING Vysya Bank. Emerald Emerging Markets Case Studies, 7(2), 1–16. https://doi.org/10.1108/EEMCS-09-2016-0187

 

5.      Kong, S. M., Muthuveloo, R., Chan, J. I. L., Nezakati, H., & Joshi, J. P. (2021). Retaining human capital: a danger zone for METAL STAR. Emerald Emerging Markets Case Studies, 11(1), 1–33. https://doi.org/10.1108/EEMCS-09-2020-0330

 

6.      Landau, J. (2013). Hyatt ’ s housekeeper debacle. 9(2), 17–26.

 

7.      Purohit, N. (2018). Reward encourages the beast...oops, best! Emerald Emerging Markets Case Studies, 8(4), 1–17. https://doi.org/10.1108/EEMCS-07-2017-0188

 

8.Shah, S., & Sankar, R. N. A. (2013). Human resource management in the changing business environment of the Indian construction industry: a case study. Emerald Emerging Markets Case Studies, 3(6), 1–17. https://doi.org/10.1108/EEMCS-05-2012-0095

 

Evaluation Pattern

 

 

CIA – 1 (20)*

CIA – 2 (25)*

CIA – 3 (20)*

Attendance (5)*

ESE  (30)*

Total (100)*

Component

1

2

MSE

1

2

 

ESE

 

Marks

20

25

20

5

30

100

Nature

Individual  Assignment

Written Examination

Individual Assignment

 

 Written Examination

 

BBA643M - RURAL MARKETING (2021 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:60
No of Lecture Hours/Week:4
Max Marks:100
Credits:4

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

The course introduces the student to the various aspects of Indian rural markets as the study of rural marketing has become significant because of the saturation of the urban markets and the increase in the purchasing power of the rural population. It covers aspects like relevance and scope of rural market in India, the environment prevailing these dynamics involved in the behavior of rural consumers, rural market segmentation and targeting. It also goes in details for explaining the product strategy adopted by the companies for rural market, pricing strategy and rural distributions includes traditional and modern channels.

Course Objectives:

       To illustrate the evolution of rural market and classification of rural marketing

       To plan the STP for rural markets.

       To apply the marketing mix and branding concepts for rural markets

       To analyze pricing and distribution strategy for a rural market

  • To recommend a rural communication with help of rural financial services

 

 

Learning Outcome

CO1: Illustrate the evolution of rural market and classification of rural marketing

CO2: Plan the STP for rural markets.

CO3: Apply the marketing mix and branding concepts for rural markets

CO4: Analyze pricing and distribution strategy for a rural market

CO5: Recommend a rural communication with help of rural financial services

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:10
Introduction to Rural Markets
 

Definition, scope of rural marketing, their evolution over period of time and Demographic pattern of Rural Market concepts, and components of rural markets, classification of rural markets. Need for rural marketing, types of rural customers, Evolution of Rural Marketing: Pre-1960s, 1960-1990 and 1990 – Present Rural Market Structure, Size of Rural Market, FMCG Market and Durable Market, Literacy Levels, Expenditure Pattern.

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:10
Rural Market & STP
 

Rise of Consumerism, Consumer Buying Process, Opinion Leadership Process, Diffusion of Innovation, Brand Loyalty, Growing connectivity in rural India, role of rural women& rural youth. Segmenting, Targeting and Positioning, Segmentation- Heterogeneity in Rural, Prerequisites for Effective Segmentation, Degrees of Segmentation, Basis of Segmentation and Approaches to Rural Segmentation- Targeting- Evaluation and Selection of Segments, Coverage of Segments, Positioning- Identifying the positioning Concept, Selecting the positioning Concept, Developing the Concept, Communicating the Concept, Urban vs. rural marketing. Rural consumer behavior – buyer characteristics, decision process, and behavior patterns, evaluation procedure, innovation adoption

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:8
Marketing Mix and New Product Development for Rural Market
 

Product Strategy Introduction, Marketing Mix Challenges, Product concepts classification-Five Levels Products, Classification of Products, Rural Product Categories – Fast moving Consumer goods, Consumer Durables, Agriculture Goods, Services, New Product Development Consumer Adoption Process, Product life cycle, Product Mix, Branding in Rural India- Brand building in Rural India, Brand Spectrum in Rural, Brand Loyalty Vs Stickiness, Fake Brands: Lookalikes, Spell-alike, Duplicates

Unit-4
Teaching Hours:8
Pricing Strategy & Rural Distribution
 

Pricing Strategy / Pricing Objectives, Pricing Methods

 

Introduction: Accessing Rural Markets, Coverage Status in Rural Markets, Channels of Distribution, Evolution of Rural Distribution Systems- Wholesaling, Rural Retail System, Vans, Rural Mobile Traders: The last Mile Distribution, Haats/Shandies, Public Distribution System, Co-operative Societies Behavior of the Channel, Prevalent Rural Distribution Models

Unit-5
Teaching Hours:8
Rural Distribution Models
 

Distribution Models of FMCG Companies, Distribution Model of Durable Companies, Distribution of fake products, Emerging Distribution Models- Corporate –SHG Linkage, Satellite Distribution, Syndicated Distribution, ITC’s Distribution Model, Petrol pumps and Extension counters, Barefoot agents, Agricultural agents, Agricultural input dealers, Ideal distribution model for Rural Market. Innovations in rural markets: ICT in Rural Distribution, Project i - Shakti – HUL, Project e-Choupal – ITC

Unit-6
Teaching Hours:8
Rural Communication ? Conventional & Unconventional
 

Challenges in Rural Communication, A view of Communication Process, Developing Effective- Profiling the Target Audience, determining communication objectives, designing the message, selecting the communication channels, deciding the promotion mix, Creating advertisement for rural audiences’ rural media- Mass media. Non- Conventional Media, melas, Haats, Interactive games, folk media, puppet shows, POP displays, Personalized media, Rural Media: The importance of the two-step flow of communication Media Typology, The Media Model, Media innovatio

Unit-7
Teaching Hours:8
Rural Financial Services
 

Development banking – social banking – banking structure: commercial banks, cooperative, RRBS constraints in credit delivery system - NABARD and rural development –Innovative Credit Delivery Systems, Micro Finance, Financial Products in Rural Area

Text Books And Reference Books:

  1. Kashyap, P.(2013). Rural Marketing (2nd edi), Pearson Education
  2. Krishnamoorthy, R (2013). Rural Marketing (3rd Edi), Himalaya Publishing House

 

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

1.      M Gopalswamy T.P (2009). Rural Marketing (3rd edi),  Vikas Publishing house.

2.      Dogra (2007). Rural Marketing (7th edi), Tata McGraw-Hill Education.

3.      Krishnamacharyulu C.G. (2011). Cases in Rural Marketing. (2nd ed). Pearson Education.

4.      Mathur, U.C. (2008). Rural Marketing(1st edi). Excel books.

5.      Prahlad C.K (2005). Fortune at the bottom of the Pyramid. Wharton School Publishing.

6.      Allen R.K, (2005). Bringing new technology to market (1st edi). Prentice Hall Publication.

Evaluation Pattern

Assessment Outline

 

Component

Description

Units

Maximum marks 

Weightage

Total Marks in Final Grade

CIA1

Individual and Group Assignment( 2 Components)

1, 2,3

20

100%

20

CIA2

Mid Semester Examination

1,2,3, 4

50

50%

25

CIA3

Individual Assignment

5, 6, 7

20

100%

20

ESE

End Semester Examination

All Modules

50

60%

30

Attendance

   

5

100%

5

TOTAL

100

BBA644E - QUALITY MANAGEMENT (2021 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:60
No of Lecture Hours/Week:4
Max Marks:100
Credits:4

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

 

Course Description: Total quality management (TQM) is a philosophy, methodology and system of tools aimed to create and maintain mechanism of organization’s continuous improvement. It involves all departments and employees into improvement of processes and products. It helps to reduce costs and to meet and exceed needs and expectations of customers and other stakeholders of an organization. This course covers the fundamentals and requirements for a Quality Management System. It provides a basic knowledge of concepts, philosophies, and requirements for the series of standards and management systems. Quality management is a major business strategy for increasing productivity and gaining competitive advantage in all industries and types of organizations. This course covers differing perspectives and definitions of quality; tools and techniques for managing quality and continuous improvement; statistical methods; creation and interpretation of control charts; and Six Sigma tools for detection and isolation of sources of variation, process control, and capability analysis. The goal is to develop an operational use and familiarity with contemporary methods that are effective in managing quality, including Six Sigma.

 

 

Course Objectives: 

 

        To outline the basic framework of total quality management.

 

        To develop strategic thinking towards quality in organizational context.

 

        To examine the issues relating to supplier relations and use of quality control tools.

 

        To interpret quality management systems from the perspective of organizational productivity.

             To solve the issues in benchmarking process and formulate strategies for continuous improvement.

Learning Outcome

CO1: Explain the basic concepts of quality and basic framework of total quality management.

CO2: Apply the concept of strategic thinking in quality management

CO3: Analyze the issues related to quality management

CO4: Recommend quality management systems and standards for enhancing organizational productivity.

CO5: Plan for continuous improvement.

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:10
Introduction to Quality
 

 

Evolution of Quality, Definition of Quality, Dimensions of Quality, Quality Control,        Quality Assurance, TQM PRINCIPLES ,Leadership – Strategic quality planning, Quality statements - Customer focus – Customer orientation, Customer satisfaction, Customer complaints, Customer retention - Employee involvement – Motivation, Empowerment, Team and Teamwork, Recognition and Reward, Performance appraisal – Continuous process improvement – PDSA cycle, 5s, Kaizen - Supplier partnership – partnering, Supplier selection, Supplier Rating, Total Quality Management (TQM), Significant Contributions-Shewhart, Edwards Deming, Philip B. Crosby, Joseph Juran, Genichi Taguchi, Shigeo Shingo, Kaoru Ishikawa, Masaaki Imai.

 

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:10
Quality as a Strategic Decision & Customer Focus
 

 

Meaning of Strategy and Strategic Quality Management, Mission and Vision Statements, Quality Policy, Quality Objectives, Strategic Planning and Implementation, Competitive Analysis, Management Commitment to Quality, Meaning of Customer and Customer Focus, Classification of customers, Customer Focus, Customer Perception of Quality, Factors affecting customer perception, Customer Requirements, Meeting Customer Needs and Expectations, Customer Satisfaction and Customer Delight, Handling Customer Complaints.

 

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:10
Cost of Quality & Continuous Improvement Process
 

 

Cost of Quality, Categories of Cost of Quality, Models of Cost of Quality, Optimizing Costs, Preventing Cost of Quality, Process Concept, Meaning and Importance of Continuous Improvement Process, Elements of Continuous Improvement, Juran Trilogy, Kaizen, PDSA Cycle and Other Improvement Strategies, Business Process Reengineering.

 

Unit-4
Teaching Hours:10
Supplier Relations & Quality Control Tools
 

 

Principles of Supplier Relations / Supplier Relationship Development, Togetherness, Types of Suppliers,      Outsourcing, Outsourcing strategy, Partnering, Goals of partnership, Building successful partnership, Supplier Selection and Rating, Establishing due process, Criteria for supplier selection, Supplier rating,     Sourcing, Supplier certification, Check Sheet, Histogram, Shapes of histogram, Drawing a histogram, Pareto Chart, Drawing a Pareto chart, Cause & Effect Diagram, Scatter Diagram, Control charts

 

Unit-5
Teaching Hours:10
Quality Management Systems & Productivity
 

Quality Management System, Quality Management Principles, ISO 9001 Structure, Quality Audits, ISO Registration, Requirements, Benefits of ISO registration, Examples of ISO Standard Application, Defining Productivity, Importance of Productivity, Productivity Factors, Workforce and Productivity, Work study for productivity, Managing Improvement.

Unit-6
Teaching Hours:5
Benchmarking
 

 

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

 

Benchmarking – Definition of Benchmarking, Reasons for Benchmarking, Types of Benchmarking, Benchmarking Process, Advantages of Benchmarking, Limitations of Benchmarking.

 

Unit-7
Teaching Hours:5
Quality Awards
 

 

Malcolm Baldrige National Quality Award, Deming Prize-categories-criteria-committee, Rajiv Gandhi National Quality Award- Eligibility requirements- Award categories- Assessment criteria, IMC Ramakrishna Bajaj National Quality Awards, Award categories, Award criteria, Quality Bodies in India, EFQM award.

 

Text Books And Reference Books:

 

  1. Dale H. Besterfield, et al., “Total Quality Management”, Pearson Education, Inc. 2003 (Indian reprint 2004). ISBN: 81-297-0260-6.

 

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

 

  1. James R. Evans & William M. Lindsay, “The Management and Control of Quality”, (5th Edition), South- Western (Thomson Learning), 2002 (ISBN 0-324-06680-5).
  2. Poornima M Charantimath, “Total Quality Management”, 3rd Edition, Pearson Education Publishers, ISBN: 978-9332579392.
  3. Feigenbaum.A.V. “Total Quality Management”, McGraw Hill, 1991.
  4. Oakland.J.S. “Total Quality Management”, Butterworth – Hcinemann Ltd., Oxford. 1989.
  5. Narayana V. and Sreenivasan, N.S. “Quality Management – Concepts and Tasks”, New Age International

Zeiri, “Total Quality Management for Engineers”, Wood Head Publishers, 1991.

Evaluation Pattern

 

 

CIA – 1 (20)*

CIA – 2 (25)*

CIA – 3 (20)*

Attendance (5)*

ESE  (30)*

Total (100)*

Component

1

2

MSE

1

2

 

ESE

 

Marks

20

50

20

5

50

145

Nature

Individual  Assignment

Written Examination

Group Presentation

 

 Written Examination

 

BBA644H - PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT (2021 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:60
No of Lecture Hours/Week:4
Max Marks:100
Credits:4

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

Course Description: The course examines the importance of effective performance management systems that help organizations in achieving short and long term goals. It explains and reinforces the concept that performance management is not a one-time supervisory event, but an ongoing process of planning, facilitating, assessing, and improving individual and organizational performance. In addition, the course emphasizes the importance of measuring the effectiveness of human resource activities that are designed to enhance individual and organizational performance. The course seeks to provide theoretical and practical perspectives of effective performance management systems.

 

Course Objectives:

         To understand the key concepts and frameworks that enable performance management from a multiple stakeholder perspective.

         To illustrate the importance of implementing well-designed performance management systems

         To examine the deficiencies in the existing systems and suggest how these can be improved.

         To evaluate performance management practices in various organizations.

         To design and suggest comprehensive performance management initiatives for organizations. 

Learning Outcome

 

CLO1 Demonstrate the understanding of strategic performance aims, objectives, priorities and targets. 

 

CLO2 Plan effective performance management policies and practices to improve organizational and employee performance. 

 

CLO3 Deduce arguments for using appropriate performance management techniques, rewards and sanctions to improve performance. 

 

CLO4 Justify the communication skills required when managing achievement and underachievement. 

      CLO5 Propose initiatives for improving effectiveness of performance management

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:12
Unit 1. Introduction to Performance Management
 

Definition of performance management, Objectives of performance management, Characteristics of performance management, and Pitfalls of poorly implemented performance management systems; Process of performance management – Prerequisites, performance planning, performance execution, performance assessment, performance review, performance renewal and recontracting. 

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:8
Unit 2. Defining Performance and Choosing a Measurement Approach
 

Defining performance, determinants of performance, performance dimensions, approaches to measuring performance – behaviours, results, traits.

 

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:8
Unit 3. Measuring Results and Behavior
 

 Measuring Results – determining accountabilities, determining objectives, determining performance standards; Measuring Behaviours – comparative systems, absolute systems. 

 

Unit-4
Teaching Hours:8
Unit 4. Gathering Performance Information
 

Appraisal forms – characteristics of appraisal forms, determining overall rating, appraisal period and number of meetings, appraisal information sources, model of rater motivation, preventing rating distortion through rater training programs.

 

Unit-5
Teaching Hours:8
Unit 5. Implementing a Performance Management System
 

Communication plan, appeals process, training programs for acquisition of requisite skills, pilot testing, ongoing monitoring and evaluation, online implementation.

 

Unit-6
Teaching Hours:8
Unit 6. Performance Management Skills
 

Coaching, coaching styles, coaching process, observation and documentation of developmental behavior and outcomes, giving feedback, disciplinary process and termination, performance review meetings.

 

Unit-7
Teaching Hours:8
Unit 7. Managing Team Performance
 

Definition and importance of teams, types of teams and implications for performance management, purposes and challenges of team performance management, including team performance in the performance management system, rewarding team performance.

 

Text Books And Reference Books:

 

1.       Aguinis, H (2013). Performance Management (3rd edition). New Jersey, USA: Pearson.

 

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

 

  1. Armstrong, M. (2018). Armstrong's handbook of performance management: An evidence-based guide to delivering high performance (Sixth edition.). U K: Kogan Page.
  2. Adler, R. W. (2018). Strategic performance management: Accounting for organizational control. Oxon: Routledge. 
  3. Ashdown, L. (2018). Performance management: A practical introduction (Second edition.). London: Kogan Page Limited. 
  4. Mone, E. M. (2018). Employee engagement through effective performance management: A practical guide for managers (Second Edition.). New York: Routledge. 
  5. HBR. (2017). HBR guide to performance management. Boston: HBR.
  6. Armstrong, M. (2017). Armstrong on reinventing performance management: Building a culture of continuous improvement. London: Kogan Page.

Evaluation Pattern

Component

 

Description

Units

Maximum marks

Weightage

Total Marks in Final Grade

CIA1

Group Assignment

1, 2,

20

100%

20

CIA2

Mid Semester Examination

1,2,3

50

50%

25

CIA3

Individual Assignment

4,5,6

20

100%

20

ESE

End Semester Examination

All units

50

60%

30

Attendance

 

 

5

100%

5

TOTAL

100

BBA644M - DIGITAL MARKETING (2021 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:60
No of Lecture Hours/Week:4
Max Marks:100
Credits:4

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

The emerging powers of internet and related technologies have changed the marketplace in the world by making transactions quick- economical- and convenient.  This course develops an overall understanding of digital marketing/online marketing- social media tools- search engine optimization- mobile marketing- email marketing- pay per click- display marketing and content marketing.

Course Objectives: 

1. To present the student with an overall view of the Digital marketing space

2. To develop competency in students to develop Marketing Strategy using various tools available to manage consumers and content on the internet

3. To enable students with the techniques that can be used for marketing in the digital/internet world.

Learning Outcome

CLO1: Understand the basics of digital marketing and would be able to use it effectively to run full-fledged campaigns

CLO2: Develop a comprehensive digital marketing strategy

CLO3: Enable students with the techniques that can be used for marketing in the digital/internet world

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:6
Introduction to Digital Marketing
 

Introduction to Digital Marketing- Digital Vs Traditional marketing- Digital Marketing channels- Technologies and Framework - Online Branding- Digital branding eco-system-Process and Procedure of Digital Marketing Funnel system.

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:6
Social Media Foundation
 

Introduction to social media- Multiple platforms- Social media Strategy and Planning- Channel management- Management tools- Measurement tools and reporting- Social Advertising.

Facebook Marketing- Twitter marketing- Instagram marketing- LinkedIn Marketing- Mobile marketing foundation- Email marketing - Mastering social media - Mobile Marketing and Digital Strategy

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:6
SEO & SEM
 

Introduction to SEO- The business impact of SEO- terms and definition- Page ranking, SEO business concepts How search engine works- Keyword research- on-page optimization- Website management- planning a new website- analytics and measurement. Search Engine Marketing, Difference b/w SEO and SEM.

Unit-4
Teaching Hours:6
Pay Per Click (PPC)
 

Psychology of search- buying funnel- understanding keyword organization- keyword match types- negative keyword- managing search terms- keyword research- creating compelling Ads- Ad extension - Campaign types-budget and reach- location and language targeting- segment data- create lists- display network- Ad formats- Ad group organization- Quality Score- Setting PPS Strategy- Shopping and video campaigns- automation

Unit-5
Teaching Hours:6
Video Marking & Digital Marketing budgeting
 

Video marketing strategy- YouTube Advertising- leveraging mobile video- YouTube and Instagram - Video ad on different social media- video for B2B marketing. Resource planning- cost estimation- cost budgeting- cost control.

Unit-6
Teaching Hours:15
Practical / Hands on Sessions
 
  1. Fundamentals (4hrs) - Google Branding Strategy- Digital presence:  Website development - Google My Business account creation and management- Website creation- website optimization
  2. Content Creation (4hrs) - Digital Content Creation – hands on tools training for crating Post- Story- Reels- Shorts. Multiple tools strategy- #tag strategy- Email marketing- email content. Blog creation [ Canva / creative cloud express / Figma / Adobe XD
  3. Ad Management (4hrs) - Google Ads- Facebook Ads creation- Insta Ad Creation and management - Strategy-Search Ad- Display Ad- Video Ad- campaigns, Optimization.

4. Strategy for Campaign (3hrs) - Strategy for Twitter Ad- Linked-in Ad- Instagram ad- Facebook ad- Google ad- Virtual campaigns

 

Text Books And Reference Books:
  1. Vandana Ahuja, (2015) Digital Marketing, Oxford University Press
  2. Seema Gupta, Tata McGrawhill, 2nd Edition
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading
  1. Dave Chaffey and Ellis Chadwick, Digital Marketing: Strategy, Implementation and Practice, Pearson Publications. 
  2. Zimmerman Jan, Sahlin Doug. (2008). Social media marketing, All-in-one for dummies, Wiley India   
  3. Teixeira, J. (2010). Your Google Game Plan for Success: Increasing Your Web Presence with Google AdWords, Analytics and Website Optimizer, Wiley India.
  4. Damian Ryan. (2014). Understanding Digital Marketing: Marketing Strategies for Engaging the Digital Generation, Kogan Page
  5. Jab, Jab, Jab, Right Hook: How to Tell Your Story in a Noisy World: 2021
  6. The Zen of Social Media Marketing: An Easier Way to Build Credibility, Generate Buzz, and Increase Revenue:
  7. Digital Marketing for Dummies, Ryan Deiss, Russ Hennberry
  8. Click Millionaires: Work Less, Live More with an Internet Business You Love, SCOTT FOX
Evaluation Pattern

Component

 

Description

Units

Maximum marks

Weightage

Total Marks in Final Grade

CIA1

Case Study Analysis

1, 2,

20

100%

20

CIA2

Quiz / Test

1,2,3

50

50%

25

CIA3

Individual Assignment

4,5,6

20

100%

20

CIA4

Group Assignment

All units

50

60%

30

Attendance

 

 

5

100%

5

TOTAL

100

BBA645E - ENTREPRENEURIAL FINANCE (2021 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:60
No of Lecture Hours/Week:4
Max Marks:100
Credits:4

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

Course Description: Entrepreneurial Finance is a set of ideas that is applicable to a broad spectrum of firms, from small entrepreneurial software firms to large international conglomerates. The financing needs of firms at the ends of this spectrum are significantly different from each other. This course will focus on financing issues facing new, young, and small business ventures. The course is intended for both entrepreneurs and employees in these types of ventures. The various stages in the life cycle of entrepreneurial finance, techniques of cash flow estimates, lease financing, Tax aspects in start-up financing and the art of writing a Business plan will be elaborated.

 

Course Objectives:

 

        To understand the different stages in the life cycle of entrepreneurial finance.

        To comprehend with the nature and characteristics of entrepreneurial finance.

        To assess the requirement for Venture Capital funding

        To resolve mathematical and analytical problems related to financial management enabling decision-making. 

          To construct a business plan for a new venture.

Learning Outcome

CO1: Understand the different stages in the life cycle of entrepreneurial finance.

CO2: Explain the nature and characteristics of entrepreneurial finance.

CO3: Assess the requirement for Venture Capital funding

CO4: Solve mathematical and analytical problems related to financial management enabling decision-making.

CO5: Construct a business plan for a new venture.

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:6
Introduction to Entrepreneurial finance
 

 

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

 

 

 

The fundamental financial aspects of the management of small business and entrepreneurial firms (sole proprietorships, partnership, small private corporations), Difference between Entrepreneurial financing and normal business financing- Financial Risks faced by entrepreneurs- Early stage funding credit risk.

 

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:8
Sources of Finance
 

 

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

 

 

 

Various sources of Finance available: Boot strapping, External finance_ Long term sources -Equity Shares, Preference Shares and debentures- Kinds Private Placements- IPO-SEBI- FDI- Institutional Finance - Banks - IDBI, IFCI, IIBI, ICICI, SIDBI, SFC's in India - Merchant Banks in India - NBFC's in India - their way of financing in India for small and medium business, Angel investor and Venture capital.

 

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:12
Entrepreneurial Project and Appraisal
 

 

Level of Knowledge: Application

 

 

 

Concepts Capital Expenditures - Importance and difficulties - Phases of Capital budgeting Levels of Capital budgeting - Estimation of Project Cash flows -Expenditures - Time value of money. Pay-back period - NPV of inflows - IRR concepts -Cost of acquiring capital - Planning of portfolio. Risk Analysis - Economic Risk -Industry Risk - Company Risk - Financial Risk. 

 

Unit-4
Teaching Hours:8
Venture capital financing
 

 

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

 

 

Venture capital - Meaning - origin - Importance –Early stage growth financing, Venture capital in India – Benefits. Intangible asset financing- Staged financing of venture capital-assessing VC share and portfolio- VC market in India – VC market in Europe and USA

Unit-5
Teaching Hours:6
Private Equity Participation
 

 

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

 

 

 

Meaning, Overview of the private Equity market, Later stage growth financing, Mezzanine Financing, PE cycle, Exit strategy.

 

Unit-6
Teaching Hours:10
Entrepreneurial Finance and Tax planning
 

 

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

 

 

 

Finance planning by entrepreneurs: Hire Purchase - Concept - Evaluation of Hire Purchase Proposals - Leasing - Overview -Tax aspects - Lease Accounting - Evaluation of Leasing Proposals. Tax planning for start-ups – location of business, nature of business, nature of business organization.

 

Unit-7
Teaching Hours:10
Preparing the Financing Plan
 

 

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

 

 

 

Preparation of Start-up budget including marketing, pay roll budgets, Start-up cost sheet, projected statements -BEP, projected cash flows, projected Profit/loss account, projected balance sheet, projected business ratios, developing revenue models, importance of review of plans, Introduction to start up ERP packages, Long term financing- Withholding Tax Considerations- Estimating the Borrowing capacity of a project- Loan repayment.

 

Text Books And Reference Books:

 

  1. Indian Financial Systems - M. Y. Khan, (Tata McGraw - Hill Publishing Corporation Limited, New Delhi). 

 

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

 

  1. Projects - Planning, Analysis, Selection, Implementation and Review - Prasanna Chandra. (Tata McGraw - Hill Publishing Corporation Limited, New Delhi). 
  2. Financial Institution & Markets - L. M. Bhole. (Tata McGraw - Hill Publishing Corporation Limited, New Delhi). 
  3. Financial Markets - Gordon & Natarajan. (BPB Publications).
  4. Investment Management - V. K. Blialla. (S. Chand & Company Publishers ltd.,) 
  5. Project Financing- Asset based Financial Engineering- John D Finnerty-John Wiley & Sons Inc, New York

      6.Entrepreneurial Finance, Leach Melicher, Southwestern/CengageLearning

Evaluation Pattern

 

CIA – 1 (20)*

CIA – 2 (25)*

CIA – 3 (20)*

Attendance (5)*

ESE  (30)*

Total (100)*

Component

1

2

MSE

1

2

 

ESE

 

Marks

20

50

20

5

50

100

Nature

Individual  Assignment

Written Examination

Group Presentation

 

 Written Examination

 

BBA645F - DEBT MARKETS AND MUTUAL FUNDS (2021 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:60
No of Lecture Hours/Week:4
Max Marks:100
Credits:4

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

Course Description: The course intends to provide a comprehensive knowledge on the Debt market and Mutual funds. Mutual funds have become a much sought after investment product in recent years. This course demystifies the concept of mutual funds and helps create awareness and knowledge about the industry and its functioning We will cover topics such as Fixed Income Securities Markets, Bond Mathematics, Risk Identification in Bond, Corporate Debt Market, Bond Portfolio Management Strategies, and Mutual Fund Valuations. Debt markets are an important source of funds, especially in a developing economy like India. Like all other countries, the debt market in India is also considered a useful substitute to banking channels for finance. The intent of the course is to provide students with a basic understanding of the Debt market and how to value those securities. 

 

Course Objectives:

 

        To compare and contrast the Fixed Income Securities Market environment in India

 

        To demonstrate bond valuations and Risk Identification in Fixed Income Securities

 

        To distinguish the Government securities and Corporate Debt Market in India.

             To interpret the Bond Portfolio Management Strategies.

Learning Outcome

CO1: Compare and contrast the Fixed Income Securities Market environment in India

CO2: Evaluate bonds based on different valuation techniques and the risk parameters

CO3: Rate the Government securities and Corporate Debt securities in India.

CO4: Interpret the Bond Portfolio Management Strategies

CO5: Propose the suitable funds to the investors according to their risk tolerance

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:8
Fixed Income Securities Markets Overview
 

 

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

 

Features - types – Debt market in India - Institutional Arrangements - Market Participants and Instruments - Investors Perspectives Risk and Rewards  - Treasury Securities Auction - Government Bond Markets - Auction Mechanisms - Uniform vs Discriminatory Auction - Auction and Repo Markets - Markets Implications of Auctions

 

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:8
Bond Mathematics
 

 

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

 

Time Value of Money - Price and Yield Conventions - Bond Valuation (Advanced Models)

 

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:10
Risk Identification in Bonds
 

 

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

 

Credit rating system – risk factors - Duration, Convexity - Immunization Strategies – Bond price theorems – malkiel bond theorems - Yield Curve Analysis - Par Value, Zero, Spot Curve - Term Structure of Interest Rates - (Constructing Yield Curve Bootstrapping)

 

Unit-4
Teaching Hours:8
Corporate Debt Markets
 

 

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

 

Structure, Rating, Spread - Issuers and Investors Perspectives - Valuation, Convertibles - Financial Distress, Bankruptcy, Current trends in Indian Debt market

 

Unit-5
Teaching Hours:8
Bond Portfolio Management Strategies
 

 

Level of Knowledge: Analytical

 

Asset Allocation Decision- Portfolio management Team- Spectrum of Bond Portfolio Strategies-Bond Indexes- Primary Risk factors- Top down versus Bottom up Portfolio construction - Active Portfolio strategies- Use of Leverage.

 

Unit-6
Teaching Hours:8
Introduction to Mutual Fund
 

 

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

 

Introduction - Mutual Funds: Structure in India – Management of Investor's Money custodian - Role of the AMC, Registrar and Transfer Agents. – NFO procedure - investor’s rights and obligations.

 

Unit-7
Teaching Hours:10
Mutual Fund Valuations
 

 

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

 

Fund Accounting and Valuation. Portfolio Management- AUM - Managing Unit Holder’s money. Performance Measurement and Evaluation of Mutual Fund Schemes- Mutual Fund as an investment · Developing a Model Portfolio for the investor · Unit holders Protection.

 

Text Books And Reference Books:

 

1.       Frank J. Fabozzi (2016) Bond Markets Analysis and Strategies, Pearson 

 

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

 

  1. Bond Market Association. (2008). The fundamentals of municipal bonds.John Wiley.
  2. Alexander, C. (2008). Market Risk Analysis Vol. I – Quantitative Methods in Finance. England: John Wiley & Sons. 
  3. Choudhry, M. (2010). An Introduction to Bond Markets. UK: John Wiley & Sons. 
  4. Hull, J. C. (2018). Risk Management and Financial Institutions. New Jersey: John Wiley & Sons. 
  5. Jorion, P. (2011): Financial Risk Manager Handbook. New Jersey: John Wiley & Sons.

 

Evaluation Pattern

 

CIA – 1 (20)*

CIA – 2 (25)*

CIA – 3 (20)*

Attendance (5)*

ESE  (30)*

Total (100)*

Component

1

2

MSE

1

2

 

ESE

 

Marks

20

50

20

5

50

145

Nature

Individual  Assignment

Written Examination

Group Presentation

 

 Written Examination

 

BBA645H - HUMAN RESOURCE ANALYTICS (2021 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:60
No of Lecture Hours/Week:4
Max Marks:100
Credits:4

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

Course Description: This course aims at developing analytical skills which will help students to conduct comprehensive analysis of data to develop and streamline HR Policies and strategic decisions of organizations. The course also enables students to understand how HR professionals make data-driven decisions to attract, manage and retain employees, which improves ROI. This course helps students gain employability skills in the HR functional area to create a better work environment and maximize employee productivity.

 

Course Objectives:

 

        To outline the theory, concepts, and business application of human resources research, data, metrics, systems, analyses, and reporting. 

 

        To understand how HR professionals make data-driven decisions to attract, manage and retain employees, which improves ROI.

 

        To examine the role and importance of HR analytics, and the ability to track, store, retrieve, analyze and interpret HR data to support decision making

 

        To create benchmarks/metrics to conduct research and statistical analyses related to Human Resource Management 

              To choose appropriate software to record, maintain, retrieve and analyze human resources information (e.g., staffing, skills, performance ratings and compensation information).

Learning Outcome

CO1: Understand the importance of and the metrics measured by HR analytics

CO2: Apply quantitative and qualitative analysis to understand trends and indicators in human resource data

CO3: Develop effective workforce planning for cost and effort reduction

CO4: Choose information technology to enhance the efficiency and effectiveness of human resource functions within the organization.

CO5: Formulate strategies for working across functional areas to solve HR problems that enhance the employability skills.

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:10
Introduction to HR Analytics
 

 Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Introduction to HR Analytics and its importance, The Language of Metrics and Analytics, Ascending the Value Ladder, The power of analytics, The Model for Predictive Management, Strategic Human Capital Measures,  The Value of Statistical Analysis, Basic statistical tests and advanced statistical tests, Hands on experience using SPSS

 

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:10
The HCM:21 Model
 

 Level of Knowledge: Analytical

The Big Picture, The Importance of Risk Assessment, The Data Speak for Predictive Management, The Intersection of People And Profits: The Employee Value Proposition, More Than Compensation: Attracting, Motivating, And Retaining Employees, Now and in The Future

 

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:10
Workforce Deployment Metrics
 

 Level of Knowledge: Analytical

The New Face of Workforce Planning, Quality Employee Engagement Measurement: the CEO’s Essential Hucametric to Manage the Future, Process Analysis for Human Resources, Employees per manager, Employee service profiling, Workforce age profiling, Churn over index, Separation clearance time

 

Unit-4
Teaching Hours:7
HR Performance Analysis
 

 Level of Knowledge: Analytical

Performance Analysis: Predicting employee performance, Training requirements, evaluating training and development, Optimizing selection and promotion decisions, Using human capital data for performance management during economic uncertainty

 

Unit-5
Teaching Hours:6
Designing HR Scorecard
 

 Level of Knowledge: Analytical

Balanced Scorecard - Learning and Growth perspective, Customer perspective, Business Process perspective, Financial perspective, Steps to Create Human Resources Scorecard. 

 

Unit-6
Teaching Hours:7
Talent Retention Metrics and Talent Analytics Maturity Model
 

 Level of Knowledge: Analytical

Retention index, Voluntary and involuntary turnover, Turnover by department, grades, performance, and service tenure, Internal hired index, Career path index, Level wise succession readiness Index

 

Unit-7
Teaching Hours:10
HR Metrics Dashboard using Excel and Tableau
 

 Level of Knowledge: Analytical

Process of development of dashboard, Essential criteria, Leading and Lagging indicators, Selection of appropriate metrics, Revenue per employee, Operating cost per employee, HR cost per employee, Compensation to HR cost, HR Budget variance, HR ROI, Visualizing and publishing HR Data using Excel and Tableau.

 

Text Books And Reference Books:

 1.       Jac Fitz-enz, (2010). The NewHR Analytics, 1st edition, AMACOM

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

 1.       Ramesh Soundararajan (2016), Winning on HR Analytics: Leveraging Data for Competitive Advantage,  1st Edition, Sage Publications

 2.       Dipak Kumar Bhattacharyya (2017), HR Analytics: Understanding Theories and Applications, 1st Edition, Sage Publications

 3.       Edwards Martin R, Edwards Kirsten (2016),“Predictive HR Analytics: Mastering the HR Metric”, Kogan Page Publishers, ISBN-0749473924

 

Evaluation Pattern

 

CIA – 1

CIA – 2

CIA – 3

Attendance

ESE  

Total

Component

1

2

MSE

1

2

 

ESE

 

Marks

20

25

20

5

30

100

 

BBA645M - NEURO MARKETING (2021 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:60
No of Lecture Hours/Week:4
Max Marks:100
Credits:4

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

Course Description: The course focuses on how neuro marketing can help business to achieve an in-depth understanding of consumers’ thinking, choices and purchase decisions. The central focus is to bring awareness about the brain science of consumers’ decision making at the same time this is not a course on brain anatomy.This course comprises of the practical implication of brain science in marketing strategies and how organizations can succeed with neuromarketing research unlike traditional marketing research practices.

 

Course Objectives

 

        To understand the basic interdisciplinary dimensions of Neuro marketing.

 

        To distinguish how neural networks respond to different marketing cues 

 

        To interpret the relevant theories and concepts to various practices of Neuromarkeing.

 

        To apply Neuro marketing to predict consumers’ decisions.

               To examine and diagnose the various strategies of neuromarketing

Learning Outcome

CO1: Understand the basic interdisciplinary dimensions of Neuro marketing.

CO2: Distinguish how neural networks respond to different marketing cues

CO3: Interpret the relevant theories and concepts to various practices of Neuromarkeing.

CO4: Apply Neuro marketing to predict consumers? decisions.

CO5: Examine and diagnose the various strategies of neuromarketing

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:10
Introduction
 

 

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

 

 

Meaning and interdisciplinary dimension of Neuro Marketing, behaviourism, positioning-gaps; structure and functions of the human brain., emotions depend on cognitive appraisal of stimulus

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:10
NEURAL CORRELATES OF HUMAN BRAIN APPLIED IN MARKETING
 

 

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

 

 

 

Memory-importance, types, its application to marketing and advertising, 4 stages of memory formation, advertising &seven sins of memory. Brain laterality-usefulness to marketing, applications-communication design, communication strategy, low-involvement & high involvement process, brain waves and brand communication, 

 

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:6
BRAIN WAVES AND BRAND COMMUNICATION
 

 

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

 

 

Brain waves, ads create emotional and cognitive impact, branding moments

Unit-4
Teaching Hours:12
DEVICES FOR NEURAL READING
 

 

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

 

 

 

EEG-types of waves, CT scanning, MRI, fMRI, Eye tracking, GSR, PET, Biometrics, brain tracking devices and tools to measure neural activities

 

Unit-5
Teaching Hours:14
NEUROMARKETING RESEARCH
 

 

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

 

 

 

Experiments in package design, Retties and Brewer (2000), neuroimages of advertising, advertising and brain waves, experimental ad research-thinking and feeling are necessary, methodology& conclusions drawn from experiments. experimental advertising research- print ads generate more brain waves, design of the study, findings and conclusion, impact of media, product and message on affective, cognitive and persuasive outcomes of ads

 

Unit-6
Teaching Hours:4
NEUROMARKETING: TOWARDS AN INTEGRATED APPROACH
 

 

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

 

 

 

Brain laterality, memory formation and interference, rational and emotional components of brand attributes, positioning, marketing research, brand recall, deciding the price  

 

Unit-7
Teaching Hours:4
ETHICS IN NEUROMARKETING
 

 

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

 

 

 

Controversy: Pseudo-science, Mind Reader, Ethical Concerns, Academic Vs Industry Research

 

Text Books And Reference Books:

 

  1. Sharma, J.K., Singh, D and Deepak, K.K and Agarwal. D.P (2012) Neuromarketing: a peep into customers’ minds, Eastern Economy Edition, Prentice Hall Pvt Ltd, New Delhi.
  2. Genco, Stephen J., Andrew P. Pohlmann, and Peter Steidl. Neuromarketing for Dummies. John Wiley & Sons.

 

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

 

  1. Lindstrom,M. (2008). Buyology: How everything we believe about why we buy is wrong. London: Random House Business.
  2. Plessis, E. (2011). The branded mind:  what neuroscience really tells us about the puzzle of the brain and the brand, London, UK: Kogan Page
  3. Genco, Stephen J., Andrew P. Pohlmann and Peter Steid (2013) Neuromarketing for Dummies, John Wiley & Sons. ISBN-10: 1118518586, ISBN-13: 978-1118518588. (Paperback or Kindle formats at http://www.amazon.com/Neuromarketing-Dummies-Business-PersonalFinance/dp/1118518586/ref)
  4. Bridger, Darren (2015) Decoding the Irrational Consumer: How to Commission, Run and Generate Insights from Neuromarketing Research, Kogan Page Publishers, ISBN-10: 0749473843, ISBN-13: 978-0749473846

 

Evaluation Pattern

 

 

CIA – 1 (20)*

CIA – 2 (25)*

CIA – 3 (20)*

Attendance (5)*

ESE  (30)*

Total (100)*

Component

1

2

MSE

1

2

 

ESE

 

Marks

20

50

20

5

50

145

Nature

Individual  Assignment

Written Examination

Group Presentation

 

 Written Examination

 

BBA651A - ADVANCED DATA ANALYTICS FOR BUSINESS APPLICATIONS (2021 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:60
No of Lecture Hours/Week:4
Max Marks:100
Credits:4

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

This course is a comprehensive representation of Advanced Data Analytics, as applied in various function domains of business and management. A Variety of relevant topics like healthcare analytics, Social Media Analytics, Social Networking Analytics, Web Analytics, HR Analytics, Supply Chain Analytics, Marketing Analytics, Retail Analytics and Financial Analytics will transform the students into industry-ready managers This course is designed for students who might seek employment in analytics as well as for students who would want to broaden their understanding of the field.

Course Objectives

·       Understand the data processing & principles implemented in different functional domain of business

·       Apply advanced analytics in various business application domain

·       Create an understanding of the use of analytics in business applications

·       Evaluate the data modelling in various business applications.

Construct conceptual data models for modeling & simulation in Data Science research

Learning Outcome

CO1: Understand different advanced data analytics evolution & its application in Business Applications

CO2: Apply advanced data analytics techniques across a range of functional areas like Marketing Finance, HR, Retail, Supply chain and Operations.

CO3: Evaluate various data analytics techniques and select the most appropriate for the given business decision making problem.

CO4: Develop logical data models & data analytics techniques in decision making process.

CO5: Construct conceptual data models for modelling & simulation in Data Science research.

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:8
Healthcare Analytics
 

Data governance, Data Privacy, Data Protection, Data Security in healthcare Organization, Importance of fostering a data-driven culture in a healthcare organization

The Data Life Cycle- Healthcare data sources and data structures, measuring quality and safety of caring and Developing Key Performance Indicators.

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:8
Web Analytics & Social Media Analytics
 

Web metrics and web analytics, PULSE metrics (Page views, Uptime, Latency, Seven-day active users) on business and technical issues; HEART metrics (Happiness, Engagement, Adoption, Retention, and Task success) on user behaviour issues; On-site web analytics, off-site web analytics, analysis, measure and feedback)

 

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:8
HR Analytics
 

Predictive modelling in HR: Employee retention and turnover, workforce productivity and performance, scenario planning, Optimizing selection and promotion decisions, recruitment analytics, attitude and behavioural analytics, emotional analytics in HR

Unit-4
Teaching Hours:8
Supply Chain Analytics
 

Data Envelopment Analysis, Risk Analysis in Supply Chain, measuring transit risks, supply risks, delivering risks, Risk pooling strategies, Fuzzy Logic and Techniques & application in SCM

Unit-5
Teaching Hours:8
Marketing Analytics
 

Customer Analytics Overview: Quantifying Customer Value, RFM Analysis, Market Basket Analysis, Digital evolution of retail marketing, Digital natives, Constant connectivity Social interaction, Keeping track of Customer, Price Analytics - Pricing Techniques, Pricing Assessment, Profitable pricing, Pricing for Business Markets, Price Discrimination, Distribution analytics - Distribution Channel Characteristics,

Unit-6
Teaching Hours:8
Financial Analytics
 

Understanding data in finance, sources of data, cleaning and pre-processing data, understanding stock price behaviour, time series analysis in finance, Predicting stock prices using machine learning, News analytics (accessing news using web scrapping) and sentiment analysis in finance, Credit risk Modelling

Unit-7
Teaching Hours:12
Computational Intelligence
 

Internet of Things in Business Decision Making, Cyber Insurance Analytics, Computer Vision, Computational Intelligence Techniques in Business.

Text Books And Reference Books:

Sharon B. Buchbinder, Nancy H. Shanks (2012), Introduction To Health Care Management, Malloy Incorporation, 2nd edition

Tom Tullis, Bill Albert (2008), Measuring the User Experience: Collecting, Analysing, and Presenting Usability Metrics, Morgan Kaufmann; 1st edition.

Jac Fitz-Enz (2010), The New HR Analytics: Predicting the Economic Value of Your Company’s Human Capital Investments: Predicting the Economic Value of Your Company's Human Capital Investments Hardcover

 

 

 

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

Gerad Feigin (2011), Supply Chain planning and analytics – The right product in the right place at the right time, Business Expert Press

Tom Tullis, Bill Albert (2008), Measuring the User Experience: Collecting, Analysing, and Presenting Usability Metrics, Morgan Kaufmann; 1st edition.

Evaluation Pattern

Component 

Maximum marks

CIA1

20

CIA2

25

CIA3

25

CIA 4

25

Attendance

5

Total

100

BBA652A - DATA WAREHOUSING AND DATA MINING (2021 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:60
No of Lecture Hours/Week:4
Max Marks:100
Credits:4

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

Course Description

Data warehousing & Data Mining has recently gained a considerable momentum as a paradigm for driving firm’s daily business analytics operations. This course provides an introduction to fundamental techniques and novel applications of data warehouse and Data Mining. Issues covered by this learning experience include data warehouse planning; data mining techniques, business analytics modeling, design, and implementation. In particular, the role of data warehouse in supporting business intelligence and effective decision making is emphasized through labs, projects and case studies. This course will use Rapid Miner / WEKA, which are popular, open source, graphical data mining & intelligence tools, as well as MySQL open source database. This course should prove valuable to you if you want to join or start an analyticscentric firm, help an existing organization improve its data mining skill set, and make good managerial decisions regarding data mining and business intelligence.

 

Course Objectives:

 

        To understand and implement classical models and algorithms in data warehouses and data mining

 

        To characterize the kinds of patterns that can be discovered by association rule mining classification and clustering.

 

        To master data mining techniques in various applications like social, scientific and business application context.

      ●      To develop skill in selecting the appropriate data mining algorithm for solving practical problems.

Learning Outcome

CO1: Understand and implement classical models and algorithms in data warehouses and data mining

CO2: Characterize the kinds of patterns that can be discovered by association rule mining, classification and clustering

CO3: Master data mining techniques in various applications like social, scientific and business application context

CO4: Develop skill in selecting the appropriate data mining algorithm for solving practical problems

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:10
Data Warehouse
 

 Level of Knowledge: Analytical

Introduction to Data Ware House, Differences between operational data base systems and data Ware House, Data Ware House characteristics, Data Ware House Architecture and its components, Extraction-Transformation-Loading, Logical (Multidimensional), Data Modeling, Schema Design, star and Snow-Flake Schema, Dimension Table characteristics; Fact-Less-Facts, Dimension Table characteristics; OLAP cube, OLAP Operations, OLAP Server Architecture-ROLAP, MOLAP and HOLAP.

 

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:10
Introduction to Data Mining
 

 Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

 Introduction, what is Data Mining, Definition, KDD, Challenges, Data Mining Tasks, Data Preprocessing- Data Cleaning, Missing Data Enrichment, Dimensionality Reduction, Feature Subset Selection, Discretization and Binaryzation, Data Transformation; Measures of similarity and Dissimilarity.

 

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:5
Association Rules
 

 Level of Knowledge: Analytical

 Problem Definition, Frequent Item Set Generation, The APRIORI Principle, Support and Confidence Measures, Association Rule Generation, APRIORI Algorithm, The Partition Algorithms, FP-Growth Algorithms, Compact Representation of Frequent Item Set-Maximal Frequent Item Set, Closed Frequent Item Set.

 

Unit-4
Teaching Hours:10
Classification
 

 Level of Knowledge: Analytical

 Problem definition, General Approaches to solving a classification problem, Evaluation of Classifiers, Classification techniques, Decision Trees-Decision Tree Construction, Methods for expressing attribute test conditions, Measures for Selecting the Best split, Algorithm for Decision Tree Induction, Naïve-Bayes Classifier, Bayesian Belief Networks; K-nearest neighbor, Classification-Algorithm and characteristics

Unit-5
Teaching Hours:10
Clustering
 

Level of Knowledge: Analytical

Problem Definition, clustering overview, Evaluation of clustering algorithms, Partitioning clustering K-Means Algorithm, K-Means Additional Issues, PAM Algorithm, Hierarchical Clustering-Algorithm- Agglomerative Methods and Divisive Methods, Basic Agglomerative Hierarchical Clustering Algorithm, Specific techniques, Key Issues in Hierarchical Clustering, Strengths and weakness, Outlier Detection

 

Unit-6
Teaching Hours:7
Mining Time-Series and Sequence Data
 

 Level of Knowledge: Analytical

 Regression analysis, simple and multiple linear regression, nonlinear regression, logistic regression, regression trees, regression using Support Vector Machine, other regression models Trend analysis, Sequential pattern mining

 

Unit-7
Teaching Hours:8
Text Mining and Web Mining
 

Level of Knowledge: Analytical

Mining text databases: Text data analysis and information retrieval, keyword-based association analysis, document classification, text clustering analysis, mining social networks, Web resource discovery, Web usage mining

 

Text Books And Reference Books:
  • Jiawei Han, Micheline Kamber (2006), Data Mining-Concepts and Techniques-, Morgan Kaufmann Publishers, Elsevier, 2nd Edition
  • Pang-Ning Tan, Vipin Kumar, Michael Steinbanch, Introduction to Data Mining, Pearson Education

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading
  • Arun K Pujari, Data Mining Techniques, 3rd Edition, Universities Press.
  • Pualraj Ponnaiah, Data Ware Housing Fundamentals, Wiley Student Edition
  • Ralph Kimball, The Data Ware House Life Cycle Toolkit- Wiley Student Edition.
  • Vikaram Pudi, P Radha Krishna, Data Mining, Oxford University.

 

Evaluation Pattern

CIA 1 – 30 Marks

CIA 2 – 30 Marks

CIA 3 – 30 Marks

Class Participation – 10 marks

Total – 100 Marks

BBA653A - ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE FOR BUSINESS AND SOCIETY (2021 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:60
No of Lecture Hours/Week:4
Max Marks:100
Credits:4

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

 

Course Description:

Driven by the combination of increased access to data, computational power, and improved sensors and algorithms, artificial intelligence (AI) technologies are entering the mainstream of technological innovation. These technologies include search, machine learning, natural language processing, robotics and image processing. The course is an introduction to AI from an applied perspective in Business and Society. It begins by describing what the latest generation of artificial intelligence techniques can actually do. After an introduction of some basic concepts and techniques, the course illustrates both the potential and current limitations of these techniques with examples from a variety of business applications. In a final project, groups of students will participate in the creation of an AI-based application.

 

1. To  understand  the history and philosophy of Artificial Intelligence (AI)  

2. To Explain the different machine learning methods and advanced AI techniques  are used to solve various business problems

3. To examine the applications of AI in various domains of the business 

4. To Evaluate Use Cases on Ethics and Challenges of AI.

 

Learning Outcome

CO1: Identify problems where artificial intelligence techniques are applicable

CO2: Apply selected basic AI techniques; judge applicability of more advanced techniques.

CO3: Participate in the design of systems that act intelligently and learn from experience.

CO4: Raise students? awareness of the importance of AI and its application in business and society.

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:5
Introduction to Artificial Intelligence
 

 

Introduction to Artificial Intelligence, AI History & Philosophy, Logic Based AI, Knowledge Based AI, Contemporary AI. Types of AI-Artificial Narrow Intelligence (ANI), Artificial General Intelligence (AGI) Artificial Superintelligence (ASI).

 

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:9
Philosophy of Artificial Intelligence
 

 

Philosophy of Artificial Intelligence ,Philosophy of Mind, Evolving Intelligence, Types of Memory, Human Like Problem Solving, Difference between Artificial Intelligence, Biological Intelligence, Natural Intelligence, Hard Computing and Soft Computing, Problem Solving, Knowledge and Reasoning, Intelligent Agent and Human Computer Interface

 

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:12
Introduction to Machine Learning
 

 

Introduction to Machine Learning -Supervised Learning: Classification problems , Linear regression, logistic regression - Support Vector Machines, , Decision Tree and Random forest  , Naive Bayes , Nearest Neighbor and Neural Networks. Characteristics and Comparison. Unsupervised learning: Clustering, Association Rules and Dimensionality reduction techniques. Semi Supervised Learning and Reinforcement Learning.

 

Unit-4
Teaching Hours:12
Application of Artificial Intelligence
 

 

Uses of AI in Business applications and Social Applications, AI in Governance, Smart City Project Implementation using Artificial Intelligence. How AI is transforming the future of business on an organizational level with special emphasis on the sales and marketing, finance, HR, customer service, manufacturing, supply chain management and the supporting functions. - Financial Analytics - Sentimental Analytics & Behavioral Analytics.  Practical New Business Creation (NBC) with AI and Global interests in AI.

 

Unit-5
Teaching Hours:9
Advanced Artificial Intelligence
 

 

Natural Language Processing , Evolutionary Programming,  Fuzzy Logic, Genetic Algorithm, Genetic Programming, Computer Vision, Virtual Reality, Image Processing , Video Analytics  and  Cognitive Intelligence,  Advanced Robotics developments. 

 

Unit-6
Teaching Hours:8
Case Study / Use Case
 

 

Case Study in Conversational systems, Advanced Robotics, Drones, Automated Vehicles, Healthcare application, Gamification and Entertainment and other sectoral applications

 

Unit-7
Teaching Hours:5
Ethics and Challenges of AI
 

 

Ethical issues, the good and bad AI and the human component. Challenges for successful implementation and utilization of AI applications.

 

Essential Reference: ·Stuart J. Russell, Peter Norvig (2010), Artificial Intelligence: A Modern Approach (2nd edition) by Prentice Hall

 

Text Books And Reference Books:

 

Stuart J. Russell, Peter Norvig (2010), Artificial Intelligence: A Modern Approach (2nd edition) by Prentice Hall

 

·Steven Finlay, Relativistic, (2017). Artificial Intelligence and Machine Learning for Business:  A No‐Nonsense Guide to Data Driven Technologies

 

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

Margaret H. Dunham, Data Mining: Introductory and Advanced Topics, Prentice Hall, ISBN: 0130888923

Evaluation Pattern

 CIA 1 – 20 Marks

 CIA 2 – 30 Marks

 CIA 3 – 20 Marks

 CIA4- 30 Marks 

Total – 100 Marks

 

BBA654F - FINANCIAL MODELING (2021 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:60
No of Lecture Hours/Week:4
Max Marks:100
Credits:4

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

Course Description: This course aims to familiarize the students with the different aspects of financial modelling using computer applications. It is a key skill with application in several domains of banking and finance industry as well as within corporations. It equips students for roles in core finance areas such as Equity Research, Investment Banking, Project Finance, Business Analysis, Mergers & Acquisitions, Financial Analysis, and Corporate Finance

 

Course Learning Objectives: This course aims to:

        To understand the applications of advance excel functions in financial modeling.

        To forecast the company performance on relevant financial parameters.

        To asses and apply mathematical models to different financial variables.

  • To evaluate financial viability of various projects

Learning Outcome

CO1: Demonstrate an understanding of excel functions in financial modeling

CO2: Construct the sound financial forecasting model to forecast Income statement and Balance sheet by using relevant assumptions

CO3: Analyze the feasibility of pre- and post-Mergers and Acquisition deals.

CO4: Evaluate the financial viability of various projects at different stages of the project

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:10
Introduction to Financial Modelling
 

Level of Knowledge: Analytical

 

Introduction to Financial Modelling, Need, Uses, application of Financial Modelling in functional areas. Time Value of Money – Compounding and Discounting Techniques, 

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:14
Financial Modeling using Excel
 

Level of Knowledge: Analytical

Build a financial model from a scratch using the best structuring techniques - Use efficiently key Excel functions to construct sound financial forecasting models - Economy Industry and Company Framework - Step by Step analysis of company- Interpret and analyze the key ratios used in a financial forecast - Projecting B/S , Income statement - Scenario Analysis

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:8
Forecasting Cash Flows and Cash Flow Statements
 

Level of Knowledge: Analytical

 

Cash Flows - Developing dynamic models using Excel - Equity Valuation using DDM, DCF, Relative Valuation, Residual Valuation - Preparing a comprehensive high-quality report

Unit-4
Teaching Hours:10
Equity Research Modeling
 

Level of Knowledge: Analytical

Fundamental & Technical Analysis – Financial Statement Analysis, Geographic Revenue Sheet, Segment Revenue Sheet, Cost Statement, Debt Sheet, Analyze Revenue Drivers - Compute Margins, Balance Sheet -Compute Ratios, TA– Client based scenario, low, medium and high-risk takers, stock or sectorial analysis, Moving Average.

Capital Asset Pricing Model (CAPM) – Average returns, expected returns, risk measure – beta, standard deviation.

 

Portfolio Constriction and Evaluation – Sharpe Index Model

Unit-5
Teaching Hours:10
Project Finance Modeling
 

Level of Knowledge: Analytical

 

Why Project evaluation; stage of project; construction & development phase; funding during investment phase; costs during investment phase; life of project; decision making, cash flow waterfall & resolve circular reference problem in interest during construction; Understanding Date functions, Modeling Cash flow waterfall, Scenario Analysis of project management - Delays in Projects - Cost escalation, Input Variation

Unit-6
Teaching Hours:8
Merger& Acquisition (M&A) Analysis
 

Level of Knowledge: Analytical

Building Merger Inputs - Stock and Cash Mix Deal - Contribution Analysis - Accretion and Dilution 

Text Books And Reference Books:

Essential Reading:

 

1.      Danielle Stein Fairhurst (2017), Financial Modelling in Excel for Dummies

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

Recommended Readings:

1.      Alstair L Day. (2013). Mastering Financial Modeling in Excel. Pearson Publications.

2.      Jonathan Swan. (2008). Practical financial modeling -A Guide to Current Practice.John Wiley and Sons.

3. Alastair Day. (2010). Mastering Financial Modeling in Microsoft Excel: A practitioner's guide to applied corporate finance (English).

Evaluation Pattern

CIA1 - 25

CIA2 - 25

CIA3 - 25

CIA4 - 25

BBA681 - PROJECT (2021 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:30
No of Lecture Hours/Week:2
Max Marks:100
Credits:3

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

The purpose of writing project report is to communicate the findings of theprojectstudy undertaken on a particular topic by a student in a systematic way, in partial fulfilment of BBAprogram. It is a time-bound and independent study guided by a faculty member.

At the end of the course, students should be able:

  1. To enable students to identify the thrust area of research.
  2. To conduct the literature survey and problem identification and articulate theresearch gap
  3. To develop research proposal and design for a study
  4. To collect and analyze the data and summarize the findings
  5. To develop a research report, Present conference papers and publish articles inrefereed journals 

 

Learning Outcome

CO1: Identify the research gap by conducting the literature survey

CO2: Select an appropriate research design for the research proposal

CO3: Choose appropriate statistical tools to analyse the data.

CO4: Develop a research report and research paper in a proper format

CO5: Choose appropriate language (verbal & non-verbal) to present the findings with appropriate structure & style

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:5
Introduction
 

Introduction to the variables and the context of the study, need for the study, statement of the problem, scope of the study.

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:5
Literature Review
 

Critical review of extant literature in the field of study with the identification of research gap.

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:5
Research Methodology
 

Introduction, Operational definitions/terms, Objectives of the Study, Hypotheses, Sampling size and sampling technique, Data and the sources of data collection, Methods of data collection, various techniques used in analysis of data, Limitations of the Study.

Unit-4
Teaching Hours:10
Data Analysis and Interpretation
 

Descriptive Statistics and Inferential Statistics (as applicable), interpretation of results.

Unit-5
Teaching Hours:5
Findings, Suggestions and Conclusion
 

Summary of findings, Suggestions based on the scope of the study and the findings, conclusion and scope for further research.

Text Books And Reference Books:

Gournelos, T. 1., Hammonds,Joshua R., & Wilson,Maridath A. (2019). Doing academic research: A practical guide to research methods and analysis. New York: Routledge.

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

Gupta, M. L. (2022). An Introduction to Research Methodology. Jaipur: Galaxy Book Company.

Polonsky, M. J., & Waller, D. S. (2019). Designing and managing a research project: A business student's guide (Fourth Edition.). London: Sage.

Strang, K. D. (2015). The Palgrave Handbook of Research Design in Business and Management. New York: Palgrave Macmillan.

Evaluation Pattern

Viva-voce: 50 marks

Presentation of key facts with clarity       – 20 marks

Answering the questions                           – 20 marks

Sources of Data use            – 10 marks

 

Guide marks: 50 marks

Project Report: 25 marks

Content                                                         – 10 marks

Sources of data                                            – 10 marks

Report format                                              – 5 marks

Guide Interactions: 25 marks

Content of the weekly report                    – 10 marks

Learning outcome                                       – 10 marks

Regular reporting to guide  – 5 marks

VBBA611A - EMERGING TECHNOLOGIES AND BUSINESS INNOVATION (2021 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:30
No of Lecture Hours/Week:2
Max Marks:100
Credits:1

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

Course Description: This is a full-fledged practical oriented course which covers entire aspects of Business Analytics Application Areas. The application of the gained knowledge, skills and competences will help students in forming the exposure and expertise towards emerging technologies & applications related to Business / Artificial Intelligence & Its application in Business.

 

Course Learning Objectives: This course aims:

 

        To provide understanding about the application of IoT in business & society

 

        To equip the students to appraise the interrelationships among elements that comprise a modern security system, including hardware, software, policies, and people;

 

        To train the students with mobile operating system and mobile development IDE‟s

         To facilitate the students in designing & developing Chatbots in business applications & business decision-making.

             To develop critical thinking of the students to explain the role of forecasting in business decision-making

Learning Outcome

CLO1: Critically Analyse the use cases on applications of Blockchain technologies in business.

CLO2: Design & develop Chatbots in business applications & business decision-making.

CLO3: Appraise the interrelationships among elements that comprise a modern security system, including hardware, software, policies, and people.

CLO4: Utilize programming techniques require for mobile application development (mobile operating system and mobile development

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:5
Internet of Things / Industrial Internet of Things
 

 

Level of Knowledge: Application

 

The Internet of Things Today, Time for Convergence, Towards the IoT Universe, Internet of Things Vision, IoT Strategic Research and Innovation Directions, IoT Applications, Future Internet Technologies, Infrastructure, Networks and Communication, Processes, Data Management, Security, Privacy & Trust, Device Level Energy Issues, IoT Related Standardization, Recommendations on Research Topics. Industry 4.0 for IIoT

 

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:5
Mobile Application Development
 

 

Level of Knowledge: Application

 

Introduction to Mobile development IDE's, Introduction to Worklight basics, Optimization, pages and fragments, writing a basic program- in Worklight Studio, Client technologies, Client side debugging, creating adapters, invoking adapters from Worklight Client application, Common Controls, Programming exercise with Skins, Understanding Apache Cordova, Offline access, Encrypted cache deprecated, Using JSONStore, Ionic, Phonegap

 

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:5
Chatbot Design & Development
 

 

Level of Knowledge: Application

 

What is Chatbot, Different Types of Chatbots, Technical aspects of chatbots, Chatbot Architecture, Conversational Design & Chatbot Development, Chatbot Testing & Iteration, Introduction to Dialogflow, creating a Chatbot using Dialogflow. 

 

Unit-4
Teaching Hours:5
Cyber Security
 

 

Level of Knowledge: Application

 

Introduction to Cyber Security & Privacy Management, Types of Threat Actors, Legal, reputational and other business risks, Fundamental differences in regional approaches to privacy protection, Cyber Forensic Tools & Techniques, Forensic Accounting

 

Unit-5
Teaching Hours:5
Blockchain
 

 

Level of Knowledge: Application

 

Introduction to Blockchain, Advantage over conventional distributed database, Blockchain Network, Mining Mechanism, Distributed Consensus, Blockchain Construction, Blockchain application, Private and Public Blockchain, Blockchain Demo & Use Cases

 

Unit-6
Teaching Hours:5
Do It Yourself (DIY)
 

 

Level of Knowledge: Application

 

Live tasks and assignments / Projects on Chatbot 

 

Live tasks and assignments / Projects on Mobile Applications Development

 

Live tasks and assignments / Projects on Blockchain

 

Live tasks and assignments / Projects on Internet of Things

 

Text Books And Reference Books:

 

  1. Francis daCosta, “Rethinking the Internet of Things: A Scalable Approach to Connecting Everything”, 1st Edition, Apress Publications, 2013

 

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

 

  1. Francis daCosta, “Rethinking the Internet of Things: A Scalable Approach to Connecting Everything”, 1st Edition, Apress Publications, 2013
  2. DR. Gavin Wood, “ETHEREUM: A Secure Decentralized Transaction Ledger,” Yellow paper.2014
  3. Teach Yourself Android Application Development In 24 Hours, Edition: I, Publication: SAMS

 

Evaluation Pattern

 

CIA 1 – 30 Marks

 

CIA 2 – 30 Marks

 

CIA 3 – 30 Marks

 

Class Participation – 10 marks

 

Total – 100 Marks

 

VBBA611E - BUILDING BUSINESS MODELS (2021 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:30
No of Lecture Hours/Week:2
Max Marks:100
Credits:0

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

Course Description: This is the era of entrepreneurship. The start-up culture has pervaded the socio-economic fabric of our world and it is imperative that budding entrepreneurs are equipped with the right skills sets that will see them achieve their goals. The course will enable the students to understand and establish a business model and give them hands-on practice of the same.

Course Objective:

        To apply the various tools and techniques learnt in real time scenarios

       ●      To provide hands on practice on various entrepreneurial practices

Learning Outcome

CO1: Understand the business model innovation in varied aspects of a business

CO2: Hands on practice on business model building

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:4
Understanding Business Model
 

Understanding varied characteristics of business model with respect to organizational, market and product innovation

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:6
Business Value Generation
 

Value generation process, business offering and market justification - customer journey map

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:4
Assessing Business Model
 

Explore and understand different business models based on product and service offerings

Unit-4
Teaching Hours:4
Business Model - Organizational Level
 

Establish a innovative business model for with in organizational with respect to people, process and communication that transforms the organizational growth

Unit-5
Teaching Hours:4
Business Model - Market Level
 

Establish a innovative business model for market offering - product, service offerings

Unit-6
Teaching Hours:4
Business Model and sustainable business growth
 

Importance of business model, scalability and organizational growth

Unit-7
Teaching Hours:4
Competitive Advantage
 

Understand the competitive advantage of a business model and apply to the business model that was developed by the students.

Text Books And Reference Books:
  1. Business Model Generation: A Handbook for Visionaries, Game Changers, and Challenger by Alexander Osterwalder and Yves Pigneur, Publisher OSF 2010, ISBN:2839905809, 9782839905800
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading
  1. Business Model Generation: A Handbook for Visionaries, Game Changers, and Challenger by Alexander Osterwalder and Yves Pigneur, Publisher OSF 2010, ISBN:2839905809, 9782839905800
Evaluation Pattern

Component Description Units Maximum marks Weightage Total Marks in

CIA1 30 

CIA2 30

CIA3 30

Class Participation 10 

TOTAL 100

VBBA611F - ADVANCED PANEL DATA ANALYSIS (2021 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:30
No of Lecture Hours/Week:2
Max Marks:100
Credits:1

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

Course Description: Financial econometrics is the intersection of statistical techniques and finance. It provides a set of empirical tools to analyze historical financial data, model underlying economic mechanisms, and predict future price trends. This course covers both few topics of time series and panel data techniques. The course prepares students to conduct empirical research in an academic or business setting. Eviews or R Programming or Gretl software’s will be used for the class. 

Course Learning Objectives: This course aims:

  1. To build a strong foundation in quantitative research using econometric tools. 
  2. To develop research skills using panel and time series data analysis
  3. To apply suitable and popular econometric analyses for financial data.
  4. To investigate market interdependence (in the mean and variance equations).
  5. To forecast financial data using high-level econometric techniques and measure their effectiveness.

Learning Outcome

CLO1: Understand a solid knowledge about basic themes in financial econometrics

CLO2: know and be able to use concepts and notation that is frequently used in financial econometrics

CLO3: conduct empirical applications of financial theory based on real financial data using statistical/econometric techniques

CLO4: Effectively apply the methods in own empirical research.

CLO5: familiar with and be able to use key capabilities of the statistical packages like Eviews or R Programming or Grettl

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:2
Introduction
 

Introduction to Econometrics • Need for Econometric Analysis • Basic Terminologies • Types of Data • Steps in Econometric Analysis

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:6
Bivariate and Multivariate Models -
 

Bivariate and Multivariate Models - Cointegration: Background; why and when to do? • Granger’s causality test – What it signifies? 

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:4
Bivariate and Multivariate Models -
 

Bivariate and Multivariate Models - VECM – How error correction happens? • VAR • Wald test - testing Joint significance • Impulse Response Function • Variance Decomposition

Unit-4
Teaching Hours:8
Panel Data Analysis
 

Panel data Analysis • Advantages; Types of Panel data • Panel Unit Root analysis • Pooled OLS; Fixed Effect and Random Effect model • Hausman test

Unit-5
Teaching Hours:6
Dynamic Panel Data Analysis
 

Dynamic panel data (DPD) setup. Correlation between the lagged dependent variable and error term. Nickell bias. Anderson and Hsiao estimator. GMM estimation notes. 

Unit-6
Teaching Hours:4
Dynamic Panel Data Analysis
 

Arellano-Bond estimator. System DPD estimator 

Text Books And Reference Books:
  1. Wooldridge, Jeffrey M. (2002) Econometric Analysis of Cross Section and Panel Data. MIT Press.
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading
  1. Baltagi, B. (2008). Econometric analysis of panel data. John Wiley & Sons..
  2. Wooldridge, Jeffrey M. (2009) Introductory Econometrics: A Modern Approach. 4 th Edition. South-Western College Publ.
Evaluation Pattern

CIA I 30 Marks

CIA II 30 Marks

CIA III 30 Marks

Class Participation 10 Marks

VBBA611H - TALENT ACQUISITION SKILLS-II (2021 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:30
No of Lecture Hours/Week:2
Max Marks:100
Credits:0

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

Course Description: HR managers are the key to the success of talent acquisition and management for the organization. They are responsible for providing the organization with the proper key performance indicators to show that the organization is in alignment with its mission, values and goals. HR is also responsible for ensuring that supervisors and managers as well as rank and file employees understand the corporate policies and procedures. They have the responsibility to ensure that these processes are applied consistently and correctly. HR has the responsibility to learn the language of business so that they can communicate with the management of the organization in their space rather than that of HR and emerge as a true business partner.

 

Course Objectives: 

 

        Extend HR Concepts and theories to real life situations. 

 

        Take part in designing and executing various learning activities related to HR function

 

        Evaluate different perspectives of HR related issues and challenges

      ●     Develop written and oral communication skills.

Learning Outcome

CO1: Compare the concepts and theories studied in the classroom with the real time business situation.

CO2: Analyse various functions of HR and its significance to organization.

CO3: Assess the various issues and challenges related to Human Resource Management.

CO4: Propose solutions to real time problems

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:6
Salary Fitment
 

 

Level of Knowledge: Application

 

 

Deciding the salary to be offered to a candidate based on job evaluation techniques and salary fitment

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:6
Closing an Offer
 

 

Level of Knowledge: Application

 

 

 

Negotiating with candidates, realistic job previews, closing an offer and follow-up with candidates to the date of joining.

 

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:6
Goal Setting
 

 

Level of Knowledge: Application

 

 

 

Designing performance management forms and setting KRAs, aligning with organizational objectives, provide constructive feedback.

 

Unit-4
Teaching Hours:6
HR Policy Formulation
 

 

Level of Knowledge: Application

 

 

 

Designing various types of policy and documenting the same. 

 

Unit-5
Teaching Hours:4
Grievance Redressal
 

 

Level of Knowledge: Application

 

 

Design grievance redressal procedure for various organizations

Unit-6
Teaching Hours:2
Exit Interview
 

 

Level of Knowledge: Application

 

 

 

Design exit process forms and flowchart, conduct exit interviews.

 

Text Books And Reference Books:

 

        www.chrmglobal.com/Replies/2232/1/Salary-fitment-for-potential-employee's.html

 

Evaluation Pattern

 

CIA 1 – 30 Marks

 

CIA 2 – 30 Marks

 

CIA 3 – 30 Marks

 

Class Participation - 10 marks

 

Total – 100 Marks

 

VBBA611M - MEDIA ANALYTICS AND APPLICATIONS (2021 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:30
No of Lecture Hours/Week:2
Max Marks:100
Credits:1

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

Marketing analytics enables marketers to measure, manage and analyze marketing performance to maximize its effectiveness and optimize return on investment (ROI). Beyond the obvious sales and lead generation applications, marketing analytics can offer profound insights into customer preferences and trends, which can be further utilized for future marketing and business decisions.

Course Objectives:

  • To understand of how to use marketing analytics to predict outcomes and systematically allocate resources.
  • To measure brand and customer assets, understand regression analysis, and design experiments as a way to evaluate and optimize marketing campaigns.
  • To measure, manage and analyze marketing performance to maximize its effectiveness and optimize return on investment (ROI).

Learning Outcome

CO1: Students are able to understand of how to use marketing analytics to predict outcomes and systematically allocate resources.

CO2: Students are able to measure brand and customer assets, understand regression analysis, and design experiments as a way to evaluate and optimize marketing campaigns.

CO3: Students are able to measure, manage and analyze marketing performance to maximize its effectiveness and optimize return on investment (ROI).

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:6
Basics of Forecasting Models
 

Identify the necessary components of a forecasting model based on patterns in the history data,evaluate the performance of a forecasting model using both in-sample and out-of-sample metrics.

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:6
Customer Analytics: Predicting Individual Customer Behavior
 

Exploring your Data with Visualization and Descriptive Statisticsfrom Analysis to Action.

 

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:6
Managing Customer Equity
 

This module will discuss managing customer equity, acquisition, retention, market value, and customer valuation. You will learn how to decompose customer value into its underlying components. Linking Customer Analytics to Customer Value

Unit-4
Teaching Hours:6
Marketing Mix Modeling
 

Develop forecasting models is to use them to make decisions regarding the marketing mix activity, pricing information from competitors, build a series of regression models to evaluate the impact of the brand’s actions and competitors’ actions.

Unit-5
Teaching Hours:4
Marketing Experiments
 

Effectiveness of different marketing strategies and forecast expected ROI, design basic experiments to assess marketing efforts and invest effectively, gap between your test results and field implementation, and explore how web experiments can be implemented cheaply and quickly.

Unit-6
Teaching Hours:2
Regression Basics
 

Identify variables influence consumer behavior in the real world, how weather and a price promotion affect the prices of the products, use regression and find the relationship, how to set up regressions and interpret outputs, explore confounding effects and biases, and distinguish between economic and statistical significance.

Text Books And Reference Books:

1. https://poetsandquants.com/tag/forecasting-models-for-marketing-decisions/

2. https://mixpanel.com/topics/what-is-customer-analytics/

3. https://www.slideshare.net/nusantara99/customer-equit

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

1. https://mma.com › Expertise › Commercial Effectiveness

2. https://www.process.st/marketing-experiments/

3. www.statgraphics.com/regression-analysis

Evaluation Pattern

Component

 

Description

Units

Maximum marks 

Weightage

Total Marks in Final Grade

CIA1

Individual

 

30

30%

30

CIA2

Mid-term

 

30

30%

30

CIA3

Individual/Group

 

30

35%

35

Attendance

 

 

10

5%

5

TOTAL

 

 

100